Course Catalog by shitingting

VIEWS: 0 PAGES: 80

									2012
2013
                                   The course selection booklets for the junior high school and high school have been combined in order to give a broad view of the secondary
                                       program. The information provided in this publication is designed to assist students and parents in planning and making choices for the
                                       student’s high school career. The most current Course Catalog can be found on the Katy ISD website. Information found in this printed
                                           version is current as of December 2011. Based on graduation requirements and preliminary post high school plans, a personalized
                                   graduation plan is developed in a team effort by the student, parents, and the school. Students and parents may review this graduation plan
                                                                                                                                    by contacting the appropriate counselor at:




  Beck Jr. High (281) 237-3300 Beckendorff Jr. High (281) 237-8800 Cardiff Jr. High (281) 237-0600 Cinco Ranch Jr. High (281) 237-7300 Katy Jr. High (281) 237-6800
Mayde Creek Jr. High (281) 237-3900 McDonald Jr. High (281) 237-5300 McMeans Jr. High (281) 237-8000 Memorial Parkway Jr.High (281) 237-5800 Morton Ranch Jr.
                                                                 High (281) 237-7400 West Memorial Junior High (281) 237-6400 WoodCreek Jr. High (281) 234-0800

                                               Cinco Ranch High School (281) 237-7000 Katy High School (281) 237-6700 Mayde Creek High School (281) 237-3000
                                              Morton Ranch High School (281) 237-7800 Seven Lakes High School (281) 237-2800 Taylor High School (281) 237-3100
                                                                              Miller Career and Technology Center (281) 237-6300 Raines High School (281) 237-6380
The contents of this handbook are not contractual, and do not give rise to a claim of breach of
contract against the school district. The most current Course Catalog can be found on the Katy
ISD website. Information found in this printed version is current as of December 2011. Further,
the contents of this handbook apply to all students of the district, as the contents now appear
in the handbook or may be amended in the future.
                                                                    Table of Contents

 Introduction                                                                               Catalog of Courses: Senior High
How to Use this Planning Guide........................ ...........................6        •	 English ............................................................................ 27-29
                                                                                           •	 Communication	Applications .................................................28
                                                                                           •	 Math ................................................................................ 29-31
 High School Graduation Requirements                                                       •	 Science ........................................................................... 31-33
                                                                                           •				Social	Studies/Economics ............................................... 33-36
•	   Credits	Needed	to	Graduate ...................................................7       •	 Physical	Education/Athletics ........................................... 36-37
•	   Course	Designations ........................................................... 8-9   •	 Other	Languages ............................................................ 37-41
•	   4-Year	Plan	Worksheets	.......................................................10      •	 Fine	Arts .......................................................................... 41-44
•	   Katy	Summer	Academic	Term ...............................................11           •	 Health ....................................................................................44
•	   Ways	to	Earn	High	School	Credit ..........................................12          •	 Electives .......................................................................... 44-47
                                                                                           •	 Non	Credit .............................................................................47
                                                                                           •	 Local	Credit ...........................................................................47	
 College Readiness                                                                         •	 Campus	Based	CTE	(Career	&	Technical	Education)..... 48-55
                                                                                           •	 Miller	Career	&	Technology	Center ................................. 55-62
•	 Steps	toward	College ............................................................14
•	 Earning	College	Credit	in	High	School ..................................16
   o	 AP	Courses................................................................ 16-17      The Junior High School Program
   o Dual Credit Courses .................................................. 17-18
   o	 Advanced	Technical	Credit	Courses ................................19                 •	   Course	of	Study	Grades	6	–	8...............................................63
                                                                                           •	   Course	Designations .............................................................63
                                                                                           •	   High	School	Credit	Courses	in	Grades	7	–	8 ........................64
 Career	Workplace	Preparation                                                              •	   Previewing	High	School	Requirements .................................66
                                                                                           •	   Grading	System ....................................................................67
•	 Career	and	Technical	Education ...........................................20
•	 Certification	and	License	Options .........................................21
•	 More	Information	about	Advanced	Technical	Credit........ 22-24                           Catalog of Courses: Junior High
                                                                                           •	 Language	Arts .......................................................................68
 Grading and Class Rank System                                                             •	 Math ......................................................................................70
                                                                                           •	 Science .................................................................................70
Grading and Class Rank System ...............................................25            •	 Social Studies .......................................................................71
                                                                                           •	 Athletics.................................................................................72
                                                                                           •	 PE	.........................................................................................72
 Selection	of	Courses	for	Next	Year                                                        •	 Electives ................................................................................73
                                                                                              o Grade 6 ............................................................................73
Selecting	Courses	for	Next	Year.................................................26
                                                                                              o Grade 7 ............................................................................73
                                                                                              o Grade 8 ............................................................................75
                                                                                           •	 Campus	Based	CTE	(Career	&	Technical	Education)...........77
                                        How To Use This Planning Guide
 Planning	Your	High	School	Program
    You	have	a	unique	opportunity	to	make	some	decisions	that	will	influence	your	future.		Planning	your	high	school	program	is	an	
important transition in your life. This process does not need to be overwhelming, but it should be taken seriously. Keep in mind that the
decisions you make with regard to your high school program will affect the rest of your life.
    College students change their majors an average of three times, and you will probably change your mind about your career several
times.		You	need	to	be	aware	that	each	decision	you	make	now	will	affect	the	options	you	will	have	later.			It	is	better	to	develop	a	plan	
that	keeps	all	of	your	options	open	rather	than	to	create	one	that	may	limit	you	later.		For	that	reason,	it	is	important	for	you	to	plan	as	
challenging	a	program	as	you	can.		If	your	career	plans	change,	then	it	will	be	easier	to	move	to	another	program.		You	should	try	to	
find	courses	that	meet	your	needs	and	that	prepare	you	for	potential	careers	of	interest	rather	than	just	taking	courses	that	will	allow	
you	to	graduate.		In	Katy	ISD,	there	is	a	wide	range	of	programs	designed	to	prepare	students	for	post-high	school	experiences:	col-
lege,	business	or	technical	school,	military	service,	fine	arts,	and	immediate	employment.		These	programs	allow	you	to	choose	the	one	
that is best suited to your needs.
    On	the	following	pages	are	the	graduation	requirements	and	the	graduation	plans	available	to	you	as	well	as	information	about	
career	planning.		In	the	Catalog	of	Courses,	pages	27	to	62	for	high	school	and	pages	68	to	77	for	junior	high	school,	you	will	find	a	
description	of	the	courses	offered	along	with	information	on	prerequisites	or	grade	level	placement.		A	worksheet	for	your	four-year	plan	
will assist you in making sure that you include the necessary courses for the graduation plan you select. Devote some time and make a
serious	effort	in	planning	YOUR	future.

Junior High Students and Parents:

q Review the Junior High Course of Study on page 63.

q Study the content and requirements for the core and elective courses available for your grade level on page 63.

q Think about your future goals for high school and college. Consider the examples of ways to earn high school credit while in junior high school
  on page 64 - 65.

q	 Make	a	final	decision	about	the	courses	you	plan	to	take	for	next	year.	Complete	the	Course	Selection	process	provided	by	your	campus	to	indi-
   cate your requests for next year and submit it by the required deadline.


High School Students and Parents:

q Review the graduation requirements on page 7. Review the 4 Year Plan that you have completed and/or review records of the high school courses
  you have already taken.

q Think about your post-secondary education plans and career goals. Decide which college and/or articulated credit opportunities you might want
  to pursue in high school. For information about
      o       Ways to potentially earn college credit see page 16.
      o       Career preparation courses see page 21.
      o       Ways to earn credits outside the normal school day see pages 12 - 13.

q Review the formats in which core courses are offered on pages 8 - 9.

q Update your 4 Year plan as needed.

q Choose courses for next year’s schedule that support your 4 year plan and career goals. Be sure you have completed the prerequisite requirements
  for the courses you select.

q Complete the Course Selection process that was issued by your campus and submit it by the required deadline.




             6
                                             Graduation Course Requirements
 Graduation Requirements                                                                                                                 KATY ISD PROGRAMS FOR COMPLETING HIGH SCHOOL
                                                                                                                                                    GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
   All students must plan to complete the 26-credit
                                                                                                                                          Freshmen Entering High School
Recommended High School Program or 26-credit Distinguished
                                                                                                                                  Fall of 2007 - 2011 and Fall 2012 and Beyond
Achievement Program. All students enter high school on the
RHSP or DAP. Students must meet eligibility criteria before                                             Course                                          Katy ISD
                                                                                                                                                                                       Katy ISD
consideration is given to selection of the Minimum High School                                                                                          26-Credit
                                                                                                                                                                                      26-Credit
Program. Placement on MHSP is restricted and requires school,                                                                                        Recommended
                                                                                                                                                                             Distinguished Achievement
parent and student approval. Contact the counseling office at                                                                                          High School
                                                                                                                                                                                       (DAP)**
your campus if additional information is needed.                                                                                                         (RHSP)*
                                                                                                        English Language Arts*                             4.0                           4.0
                                                                                                                                                               1
   Beginning with the Freshman class of 2011-2012, a student                                            Mathematics*                                       4.0                           4.0 1
must earn a passing score on 12 End of Course tests in the                                              Science*                                           4.0 2                         4.0 2
core areas of English, math, science, and social studies as well                                        Social Studies*                                    3.5 3                         3.5 3
as passing cumulative scores in each core area. Additional in-                                          Economics*                                         0.5                           0.5
formation on STAAR EOC is posted on the KISD website and                                                Physical Education 4
                                                                                                                                                           1.0                           1.0
procedures related to EOC will be shared with students as need-                                         Health Education 5
                                                                                                                                                           0.5                           0.5
ed.                                                                                                     Lang. Other Than English6
                                                                                                                                                           2.0                           3.0
                                                                                                                  7
                                                                                                        Fine Arts*                                         1.0                           1.0
    Students who enrolled as 9th graders prior to 2011- 2012 must                                                                  8
                                                                                                        Communication Applications                         0.5                           0.5
pass their classes as well as all four sections of the Exit Level
Texas Assessment of Knowledge and Skills (TAKS) in order to                                             Electives/Additional Components*                                   5.0 9                                     4.0 9
receive a diploma and graduate from a Texas public high school.                                         Total Program                                                      26.0                                      26.0
The Exit Level TAKS includes math, science, social studies,
and English language arts. These tests are based on the Texas             Note: Students who entered ninth (9th) grade in years prior to those specified above will follow the graduation program in effect the year they entered high school or they may choose to
Essential Knowledge and Skills, or TEKS, which are the curriculum         complete graduation programs approved in subsequent years and may earn the appropriate seal on their transcripts.

standards that teachers use as the basis for instruction. Students        Students must meet state assessment standards in addition to earning credits in order to earn a diploma. Requirements differ for Freshmen 2007-2010 and Freshmen 2011 and thereafter.

first take the Exit Level TAKS in the spring of their junior year.
                                                                          *College Board Advanced Placement courses may be substituted in appropriate areas.
Students will have five opportunities prior to their graduation to take   **Distinguished Achievement Program (DAP)
and pass the four Exit Level TAKS tests; however, passing these           In addition to earning the required credits in the 26 credit DAP column above, a student must submit four advanced measures as outlined in Katy ISD Regulation EIF. Students should contact their
tests in their junior year is preferable.                                 school counselor for detailed information.
                                                                            DAP advanced measures as defined in Katy ISD are listed below:
                                                                               AP test score of 3 or above                                               1-4 measures
                                                                               IB test score of 4 or above                                               1-4 measures
 Class Standing                                                                Qualifying PSAT score based on 11th grade results                           1 measure
                                                                               College course with a final grade of 3.0 (A or B grade)                   1-4 measures

   Students are classified by the number of academic credits                   Articulated course (ATC) with a final grade of 3.0 (A or B grade)         1-2 measures
                                                                               Original Research/Project- Transfer students may petition for this         1 measure
they have earned at the beginning of the school year.
                                                                          For DAP, IPC cannot be used as a science credit and the fourth math credit must follow successful completion of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II.
                                                                          Freshmen who enter 2011-2012 and after must also earn state qualifying scores on the STAAR EOC for English III and Algebra II to meet DAP standards.
Freshmen Entering High School in the Fall of 2007 & thereafter
                                                                          Course Footnotes:
                                                                          1A
                                                                            Freshmen entering high school 2007-2011 on the RHSP or the DAP: math credits must consist of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II and a fourth math credit taken after successful completion
            Grade                           Credits                       of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II from the following courses: Precalculus, AP Stat, AP Calculus, AP Computer Science, Topics in Mathematics or dual credit college math courses. OR
              9 .............................0 - 5.0                      For RHSP ONLY --Math Models with Application and Algebra II (in that order) will satisfy the fourth math credit.
             10 ............................5.5 - 11.5                    For DAP the fourth math credit must have Algebra II as a prerequisite.
                                                                          1b
             11 ............................12.0 - 18.5                     Freshmen entering high school 2012 on the RHSP: math credits must consist of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II and one of these:
                                                                           (A) Precalculus, AP Stat, AP Calculus, AP Computer Science, Topics in Mathematics or dual credit college math courses; OR
             12 ............................19.0 - 26                      (B) Math Models with Application and Algebra II (in that order).
                                                                          For DAP: The fourth Math credit must follow the successful completion of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II.

                                                                          2
                                                                              Must consist of Biology/PreAP Biology and must choose option A or B below:
                                                                               (A) IPC, Chemistry/PreAP Chemistry, and Physics/PreAP Physics; OR
                                                                               (B) Chemistry/PreAP Chemistry, Physics/PreAP Physics and one lab based science course*
                                                                               *Lab Based Courses: Aquatic Science, Anatomy/Physiology, AP Biology, AP Physics, AP Chemistry, AP Environmental Science, Environmental Systems, or Advanced Animal Science.
                                                                                NOTE: IPC must be completed prior to both Chemistry and Physics for RHSP. For DAP, IPC cannot be used as a science credit.
                                                                          3
                                                                              Must consist of: W. History, W. Geography, US History, US Government.
                                                                          4
                                                                           May include: Foundations of Personal Fitness (one-half credit) or PE (up to 4 credits). Credits from the following may fulfill the PE requirement: Dance Team (1), Marching Band (1), Athletics (1),
                                                                          and/or off-campus PE. Additional semesters in these courses may be used as elective credit. Cheerleading will fulfill only one PE credit; additional semesters of cheerleading will earn only local
                                                                          credit.
                                                                          5
                                                                              Katy ISD Board of Trustees has adopted graduation requirements above the state requirements to include Health. Principles of Health Science (one credit) may substitute.

                                                                          6
                                                                              Credits must be in the same language.
                                                                          7
                                                                              Principles of Floral Design may substitute.
                                                                          8
                                                                              Two courses satisfy: Communication Applications or Professional Communications (available at specified schools).
                                                                          9
                                                                              Electives may be selected from any state-approved courses. Local credits, as indicated in the course catalog, will not count toward graduation requirements.
                                                                          For more information, please refer to Katy ISD Policy EIF (LOCAL) or contact a Katy ISD secondary counselor.



                    7
 Course Designations
                                                                           2. PreAP	and	AP	courses	are	designed	to	challenge	students	
    Courses are designed in various ways to meet the skills and               beyond grade-level academic courses and prepare them for
interests	of	students.	Courses	are	offered	as	Academic,	PreAP,	               success in future advanced level coursework. Information
and	GT	courses.	Upper	level	courses	may	be	offered	as	Academic,	              provided by student performance in related courses and
AP,	GT	or	dual	credit	courses.	A	student’s	course	of	study	may	               teacher input are important elements for parents and students
be a combination of courses with different designations. The                  to consider in selecting advanced coursework. Students
student, parent, and school will work together to determine the best          may require additional encouragement and support to be
combination for each learner. See page 25 for information about the           successful in these courses.
grading system, weighted grade point scale, and class ranking.
                                                                           3. Students	who	opt	to	participate	in	AP	or	PreAP	must:
Course Fees                                                                      •	 Successfully	complete	prerequisite	courses	as	specified	  	
   Some courses require additional fees which are noted with the                    in the course catalog.
course description. Students should inquire about alternate payment              •	 Demonstrate mastery on course-related state-mandated
plans for fees on an as-needed basis.                                               performance	assessments	including	TAKS	and/or	STAAR.
                                                                                 •	 Recognize	the	long	term	benefits	of	participation,	seek		
Academic Courses                                                                    assistance when needed, and be committed to staying
   These core and elective courses prepare students for college and                 in the course for a minimum of one semester.
post-secondary instruction using a variety of teaching strategies, stu-
dent activities, and assessments. The curriculum requires students to      					Questions	about	PreAP/AP	courses	should	be	directed	to	the	
develop critical thinking and problem solving skills as well as master     counselor	and/or	the	subject	area	teacher.
core content. Courses are taught on grade level.
                                                                           					Note:	Due	to	the	curricular	differences	between	academic	cours-
PreAP/AP Courses                                                           es	and	PreAP	and	for	the	benefit	of	students,	entry	into	a	PreAP	
   PreAP/AP	core	and	elective	courses	are	designed	to	challenge	           course from an academic course is discouraged after the beginning
motivated students and prepare them for success in college level           of each semester. It is recommended that students enter advanced
course work in high school and beyond. These advanced or above             placement courses at the beginning of the course, typically in the
grade-level courses move at a faster pace, are more academically           first	week	of	instruction.	Exceptions	must	have	principal	approval.
challenging and require more independent learning than academic
courses.
                                                                           Exit	Guidelines	for	High	School	or	Junior	High	PreAP/AP	Courses
   A	few	important	factors	to	keep	in	mind	are:
                                                                           					Exit	processes	are	in	place	to	assist	students	in	making	sound	
    •	   Katy	ISD’s	on	level	Academic	curriculum	is	a	college-bound	
                                                                           course selection decisions. Students and parents must be aware that,
         curriculum.
                                                                           depending	on	timeline,	grades	earned	in	a	PreAP	or	AP	course	follow	
    •	   While	PreAP	courses	are	designed	to	better	prepare	stu-
                                                                           the student to the on-grade-level academic course. These grades will
         dents	for	AP,	PreAP	courses	are	not	a	requirement	for	
         enrolling	in	most	AP	courses.                                     be included in calculating the academic course grade and may impact
    •	   Some	AP	courses	have	course	prerequisites	that	must	be	           UIL	eligibility.		Consult	with	the	counselor	for	more	detailed	information.
         completed. Check the course description for prerequisites.
    •	   PreAP	is	not	“all	or	nothing.”	Students	may	take	from	one	to	     1. It	is	expected	that	students	seek	assistance	when	needed				
         all	of	their	core	classes	as	PreAP.                                  to	be	successful	in	the	course	and	remain	in	the	PreAP	or	AP	
    •	   Students	develop	academic	readiness	at	different	rates	              course at least one full semester.
         and	may	not	be	ready	for	PreAP	at	the	same	time	as	their	
         friends or classmates.                                            2. Students	petitioning	to	exit	a	PreAP	or	AP	course	must	meet		the	
    •	   For	most	courses	it	is	possible	to	move	from	academic	to	            following criteria: conference with the teacher and completion of
         PreAP	sections	from	one	year	to	the	next.		In	mathematics,	          course	assignments	and/or	attendance	at	recommended	tutorials.	
         it	is	more	difficult	due	to	the	acceleration	and	compacting	of	      The	petition	for	exit	may	or	may	not	be	granted	by	the	campus.	
         the	curriculum	in	6th	and	7th	grades.		A	student	who	de-             Granting the petition is based on input from the teacher, student
         cides	to	move	from	Academic	to	PreAP	mathematics	may	                performance in the course, availabilty of space in other courses
         require additional support in making the transition.                 and	the	timing	of	the	request.		Students	experiencing	success	
                                                                              (able	to	maintain	a	C	or	better	SEMESTER	average)	in	the	course	
PreAP/AP	Entry	and	Exit	Guidelines	-	Revised	for	2011-2012	(EIF	              should remain in the course for the semester. Contact the coun-
Regulation)                                                                   selor for more information about documenting these requirements.

					The	purpose	of	the	PreAP	and	AP	entry	guidelines	is	to	provide	       3. Students	who	earn	an	“F”	at	the	end	of	a	grading	period	
information to facilitate placement of students in academically               will be removed from the class unless otherwise recom-
challenging courses.                                                          mended by the teacher and administrator. In the case of
                                                                              AP	courses	see	number	4.
1. Katy ISD recognizes the value of student participation in
   advanced academic coursework and encourages students to                 4.	 Students	who	elect	to	take	an	AP	class	for	which	there	is	no	
   graduate from high school with at least one advanced course                 academic equivalent will be required to remain in the course
   credit	such	as	Advanced	Placement	or		dual	credit.	To	this	end,	            until	the	end	of	the	semester.		Options	for		credit	for	AP	courses	
   Katy	ISD	has	an	inclusive	enrollment	model	for	AP	and	PreAP	                with	no	academic	equivalent	which	fulfill	a	graduation	require-
   courses that provides support systems for student success.                  ment	are	limited	and	may	be	at	the	expense	of	the	student.
   Students are encouraged to access the most rigorous curriculum
   in	which	they	can	be	successful,	generally	defined	as	earning	a	C	
   or better semester average.
                   8
Advanced Placement (AP) and Dual Credit Courses                                     Special Education Services

	 The	AP	program	offers	college-level	instruction	to	the	aca-                          Katy ISD seeks to provide students with disabilities valu-
demically successful student while in high school with the option                   able	educational	experiences	that	prepare	them	for	the	future.	
of	taking	an	Advanced	Placement	examination	to	possibly	qualify	                    Each	student	with	a	disability	has	the	opportunity	to	partici-
for college credit. In dual credit courses a student concurrently                   pate in an appropriate educational setting designed to meet
earns high school credit and college credit from a post secondary                   his/her	individual	needs.	
institution.		For	more	information	on	college	readiness	and	re-
quirements	for	AP	and	dual	credit	courses	see	pages	16-18.                              Services are provided in the least restrictive environment that
                                                                                    allows access to the general education curriculum and instruction
Gifted and Talented Program Services                                                with	non-disabled	peers	to	the	extent	that	is	appropriate	for	the	
                                                                                    student.	At	the	secondary	level,	the	Special	Education	Depart-
    The Gifted and Talented program is provided to address the                      ment provides a full continuum of services to meet the needs of
special interests, needs, and abilities of gifted learners through                  students. These services include general education, resource,
the differentiation of content, process, product and learning en-                   self-contained, itinerant services, and vocational education. The
vironment. Instruction is offered in language arts, math, science,                  educational setting and services for secondary students with dis-
and social studies.                                                                 abilities	are	provided	upon	the	recommendation	of	the	Admission	
    Students	are	identified	based	on	need	for	service	in	the	                       Review	Dismissal	(ARD)	Committee.	
program.		The	state	of	Texas	requires	that	both	quantitative	
(standardized	test)	and	qualitative	(subjective)	instruments	be	                    ESOL English for Speakers of Other Languages
used to determine placement. The Campus Selection Commit-
tee considers the following indicators when identifying students                    	 The	goal	of	the	Department	of	Other	Languages	is	to	provide	
for the GT program:                                                                 courses	for	ELLs	(English	Language	Learners)	that	help	them	
                                                                                    rapidly	acquire	the	English	skills	necessary	to	be	successful:
   1.	   Parent	checklist;
   2.	   Ability	test	score;                                                             •	   in the general education setting
   3.	   Achievement	test	score;                                                         •	   in content courses
   4.	   Classroom	observation	(waived	for	GT	transfer);                                 •	   on state mandated testing
         Contact the campus GT facilitator for more information.                         •	   for post secondary opportunities.

Compensatory Education                                                              	 Upon	enrolling	in	Katy	ISD,	students	whose	Home	Language	
                                                                                    Survey	indicates	a	language	other	than	English	are	sent	to	the	
    Compensatory	Education	offers	supplemental	courses	or	                          district	English	Language	Learner	Testing	Center	for	an	evaluation	
services designed to improve and enhance the educational                            of	their	oral	and	written	proficiency	in	English.		Secondary	English	
achievement	of	students	who	have	been	identified	as	at	risk	                        Language	Learners	who	score	at	the	non-English	speaking	level	
(for	dropping	out	of	school	or	not	thriving	in	school).		These	                     on	an	oral	proficiency	test	are	assigned	to	a	Newcomer	Program	
services or courses are designed to provide intensive or                            to	participate	in	the	Accelerated	Learning	Model,	an	accelerated	
accelerated instruction which will enable students to perform                       English	language	acquisition	program.		All	other	secondary	Eng-
at the appropriate grade level in order to graduate. To select                      lish	Language	Learners	are	scheduled	into	appropriate	classes	
students to participate in a Compensatory Program, Katy ISD                         based	on	their	English	proficiency.		Typically,	junior	high	students	
uses student performance data from basic skills assessments,                        are	served	with	two	classes	of	ESOL.		High	school	English	Lan-
classroom	performance	and	the	results	of	the	Texas	Assessment	                      guage	Learners	are	assigned	to	a	class	or	classes	commensurate	
of	Knowledge	and	Skills	(TAKS).		Based	on	the	information	from	                     to	their	English	proficiency;	this	placement	may	be	a	sheltered	
these	sources,	the	campus	staff	will	offer	and/or	place	the	student	                English	course	with	an	additional	support	course	such	as	Practi-
in services designed to enhance student learning opportunities.                     cal	Writing	or	in	a	general	education	English	class	with	a	teacher	
The courses and services listed below are some which are                            who	holds	ESL	certification	and	who	is	trained	in	sheltered	in-
available for secondary students:                                                   struction.		All	placement	and	testing	recommendations	for	English	
                                                                                    Language	Learners	are	made	by	the	LPAC	(Language	Proficiency	
	1.		Counseling	for	Personalized	             	 10.		Reading	(Elective	Credit)      Assessment	Committee).		
						Graduation	Plans	(PGP)	                      11.		Subject	Area	Tutoring
                                      	
	2.		Computer	Aided	Instruction													12.		Summer	Academic	Term
	3.		ESOL	Support																																	13.	TAKS	Acceleration/Tutorials
	4.		Extended	(Block)	Periods	(9-12)					14.	0%	Membership	Services
	5.		Extended	Day	Classes	              												(for	seniors	who	meet	all	
	6.		Math	Lab/Block	(6-8)	              											credit	requirements	but	not
	7.		Mentor	Programs	                   											TAKS	requirements	for
                                        	
	8.		Monitoring	-	Weekly	Reports	 										diploma/graduation).
	9.		Pregnancy	Education	&	Parenting			
                                                                            	
       If	your	student	is	experiencing	difficulty	in	successfully	completing		
							course	requirements,	please	talk	to	his/her	counselor	who	may	
							recommend	a	Compensatory	Education	service.




                     9
High	School	Graduation	Plan	Worksheet

                                                                                       FRESHMEN ENTERING 2007 and Thereafter
                                                                                             FOUR-YEAR PLAN COURSE WORKSHEET
                                                                                           Recommended High School Program: 26 Credit
                        Discipline                         Credit from Junior High                         Summer Term          Summer Term                                          Summer
                                                                                             Grade 9                   Grade 10             Grade 11                                                Grade 12
         RHSP              DAP                               or Summer Term                                  or other             or other                                            Term
  English Language Arts
  4 Credits           4 Credits
  Mathematics (1)
  4 Credits           4 Credit
  Science (2)
  4 Credits           4 Credits
  Social Studies (3)
  3.5 Credits         3.5 Credits
  Economics
  .5 Credit           .5 Credit
  Physical Education (4)
  1.0 Credits         1.0 Credits
  Health (5)
  .5 Credit           .5 Credit
  Languages Other Than English (6)
  2 Credits           3 Credits
  Fine Arts (7)
  1 Credit            1 Credit
  Communication Applications (8)
  .5 Credit           .5 Credit
  Electives (9)
  5.0 Credits         4.0 Credits

                                     Total Credits
  Course Footnotes:
  1
    Must consist of Algebra I, Geometry, and Algebra II and one of these: (A) Pre Calculus, AP Stat, AP Calculus, AP Computer Science, Topics in Mathematics or Dual Credit College Math
    Courses; or (B) Math Models with Applications and Algebra II (in that order)
    NOTE: For DAP the fourth math credit must have Algebra II as a prerequisite.
  2
    Must consist of Biology/PreAP Biology and must choose option A or B below: (A) IPC, Chemistry/PreAP Chemistry, and Physics/PreAP Physics; or (B) Chemistry/PreAP Chemistry,
    Physics/PreAP Physics and one lab based science course*
    *Lab Based Courses: Aquatic Science, Anatomy/Physiology, AP Biology, AP Physics, AP Chemistry, AP Environmental Science, Environmental Systems, or Advanced Animal
    Science.
    NOTE: IPC must be completed prior to both Chemistry and Physics for RHSP. For DAP, IPC cannot be used as a science credit.
  3
    Must consist of: W. History, W. Geography, US History, US Government.
  4
      May include: Foundations of Personal Fitness (one-half credit) or PE (up to 4 credits). Credits from the following may fulfill the PE requirement: Dance Team (1), Marching Band (1),
      Athletics (1) and/or off-campus PE. Additional semesters in these courses may be used as elective credit. Cheerleading will fulfill only one PE credit; additional semesters of cheerleading will
      earn only local credit.
  5
      Katy ISD Board of Trustees has adopted graduation requirements above the state requirements to include Health. Principles of Health Science (one credit) may substitute.
  6
    Credits must be in the same language.
  7
    Principles of Floral Design may substitute.
  8
    Two courses satisfy: Communication Applications or Professional Communications.
  9
    Electives may be selected from any state-approved courses. Local credits, as indicated in the course catalog, will not count toward graduation requirements.
  For more information, please refer to Katy ISD Policy EIF (LOCAL) or contact a Katy ISD secondary counselor.


                10
 Earning	Credits	that	Meet	Graduation	Requirements
               General Information about Credits                        Katy Summer Academic Term (KSAT)(original and recovery
                                                                        credit)
Awarding of Credit                                                         Katy ISD offers a summer term for elementary, junior high and
   Policies and procedures related to calculation of grades and         high school students. There is an enrollment fee for most Katy Sum-
awarding of credit are under review due to the required imple-          mer	Academic	Term	courses.	Course	selection	and	enrollment	in	
mentation	of	the	STAAR		End	of	Course	tests	and	associated	             summer courses is limited and contingent upon teacher availability.
mandates. KISD requirements for 2012-2013 will be published                Course selection and enrollment forms will be available in
separately	and	posted	on-line	when	finalized.                           the	Counselors’	office	in	the	spring.		Enrollment	in	any	of	the	
                                                                        KSAT	courses	requires	approval	of	the	student’s	home	campus	
Denial of Credit                                                        counselor,	diagnostician	and/or	principal.																																																																																																							
    Students must be in attendance at least 90 percent of the
time	a	class	is	in	session	to	receive	credit.	(Texas	Education	         •	 KSAT	dates,	times,	fees	and	locations	are	announced	each	spring.
Code	25.092)		When	a	student’s	attendance	falls	below	90	               •	 Registration for these courses is separate from regular school
percent of the days the class is offered, after consideration of           enrollment and is announced in the spring.
absences	labeled	as	due	to	extraordinary	circumstances,	the	
student	and	parent(s)	shall	be	notified	in	writing.		The	principal	        Junior	High	KSAT	will	offer	credit recovery for students who failed
and/or	campus	Attendance	Review	Committee	shall	hear	all	               two or more courses during the regular school year. Junior High
cases where a student’s attendance has fallen below the 90 per-         credit	recovery	courses	include	English	6,	7	and	8,	Reading	6	and	7,	
cent	threshold,	and	an	appeal	has	been	filed	in	writing.		In	order	     Science	6,	7	and	8,	Math	6,	7	and	8,	Social	Studies	6,	7	and	8.
to	receive	credit,	the	principal	and/or	Attendance	Review	Com-
mittee may assign one or more alternative learning activities to           A	limited	number	of	courses	are	offered	for	original	credit	in	
make up work missed or credit lost.                                     High School Summer Term. Students wishing to enroll in Katy
    NOTE:		The	principal	reviews	all	attendance	cases	between	75	-	     Summer	Academic	Term	(KSAT)	original	credit	courses	must	
90%;	the	Attendance	Review	Committee	considers	cases	below	75%.         meet	the	requirements	of	the	course.		State	of	Texas	Assess-
                                                                        ments	of	Academic	Readiness	(STAAR)	End	of	Course	(EOC)	
Local Credit Warning                                                    assessment requirements may alter summer course offerings.
   Local	credit	courses	DO	NOT	count	towards	required	                  Check	the	KSAT	Brochure	for	additional	information.
graduation credits.
                                                                           The courses listed below are typically offered for original credit
Ways to Earn Credits                                                    during	Katy	Summer	Academic	Term.
     Original credit is earned when a student takes a course for the
first	time	and	successfully	meets	the	course	requirements	to	earn	      0223	Geometry	(two	semesters)	(Must	have	a	minimum	grade	of				
a passing semester or year average. Recovery credit is earned               		80	in	Algebra	1.		Offered	only	to	incoming	10th	graders	and				
when a student retakes a course for which credit was not awarded            			above)	
the	first	time	because	of	failing	semester/year	average.		The	recov-    0224	Pre-AP	Geometry	(two	semesters)	See	PreAP/AP	Entry/		
ery may occur by retaking the entire course in its standard format          		Exit	guidelines,	page	8.		Offered	only	to	incoming	10th				
or by retaking it in an alternate format. Several of the ways to earn       			graders	and	above)	
credit described below can be used for either original or recovery      0321	US	Government	(one	semester)
credit. In either case the school counselor must be consulted           0331	Economics	FE	(one	semester)
before a final decision is made about how to earn the credit.           0341	World	Geography	(two	semesters)		
                                                                        0343	World	Geography	PreAP	(two	semesters)	(See	PreAP/AP		
High School Credit Courses in Junior High School (original credit)          		Entry/Exit	guidelines,	page	8.		Incoming	9th	grade	students		
   During junior high school, students can select elective courses          		must	have	successfully	completed	PreAP	8th	grade	Social		
that yield high school credit. Some students also qualify to take           		Studies	with	a	minimum	grade	of	80)		
Algebra	1	and	Spanish	I	in	junior	high	school.	These	options	are	       0404	IPC	(two	semesters)
described	on	page	65	of	this	planning	guide.	While	it	is	not	nec-       0505	Health	(one	semester)
essary to take a high school credit course in junior high school,       1515	Communications	Applications	(one	semester)
doing	so	provides	a	student	greater	flexibility	in	high	school.		Ju-    8560	Touch	System	Data	Entry	(one	semester)
nior	high	students	enrolled	in	an	EOC	tested	high	school	course	        5411	Foundations	of	Personal	Fitness	Boys	(one	semester)
are	required	to	take	the	STAAR	End	of	Course	test.		The	score	          5412	Foundations	of	Personal	Fitness	Girls	(one	semester)
earned will be included as a part of the individual course and cu-      5421	Individual	and	Team	Sports	Boys	(one	semester)
mulative	score	requirements	for	high	school	EOC	tests.		                5422	Individual	and	Team	Sports	Girls	(one	semester)
                                                                        7511	Art	I	(one	or	two	semesters)
Fall and Spring Semesters of Grades 9 – 12 (original and                0236	Math	Models	Applications	(two	semesters)
recovery credit)                                                        0490	Aquatic	Science
   Students can earn all of the required graduation credits for         0361 Psychology
the	Recommended	High	School	Program	(26)	and	Distinguished	             0351 Sociology
High	School	Program	(26)	by	taking	courses	carefully	selected	
to match the required course titles and successfully meeting the        Both	semesters	must	be	taken	for	a	two	semester	course.		Failure	
course requirements of each course during the 7 period day at           to take both semesters will result in no credit for the course.
each high school.                                                           Credit recovery is also offered for high school during the
                                                                        Summer Term. Information about retake courses will be an-
                                                                        nounced in the spring.

                   11
Houston Community College (HCC) Summer Classes/Dual                              Credit towards state graduation requirements may be achieved
Credit                                                                      by approved on-line courses under the following conditions:
    Incoming	juniors	and	seniors	may	choose	to	take	specified	                       1. The online course is provided by a vendor authorized by
summer term courses at HCC and receive dual credit for the                           						Katy	ISD	like	the	TxVSN	(Texas	Virtual	School	Network)	
course. Students are limited to 2 courses during the summer term.                    						(accredited,	principal	approved).	
    Juniors	and	seniors	may	take	Dual	Credit	Speech	(SPCH	1311	                      2. The online course includes the state required essential
or	1321)	and/or	Dual	Credit	P.E.	(PHED	1111)                                               knowledge and skills for the course.
    Seniors	may	take	Dual	Credit	Economics	(ECON	2301)	and/or	                       3. Students may earn eight	(8)	state required credits
Dual	Credit	Government	(GOVT	2301).                                                  						through	online	courses;		2	of	the	8	may	be	from	corre-
    Admission	and	enrollment	information	packets	from	HCC	will	              														spondence.	[See	EHDE	(Regulation)(EXHIBIT)]
be	available	from	the	campus	counselor	in	late	April/early	May.		                    4.			Seniors	involved	in	an	online	course	must	complete	the	
Students	will	attend	the	dual	credit	class	at	the	HCC	campus	(Katy	                  						course	and	submit	a	final	grade	by	the	end	of	the	first	
Campus	or	Spring	Branch	Campus).		Students	who	attend	class	                               semester of the academic year they plan to graduate.
at a HCC campus must document that they have a vaccination for                       5.			All	online	course	grades	earned	count	for	the	student’s	
meningitis	that	is	still	valid.		More	information	will	be	made	available	            						grade	point	(GPA)	calculation.
in	the	Katy	Summer	Academic	Term	brochure	and	on	the	Katy	ISD	                       6. Costs may be incurred by the student.
website in the spring.
                                                                            Credit By Examination Without Prior Instruction (CBE)
Credit from home school or non-accredited private schools                        Secondary	students	(grades	6-12)	may	place	out	of	courses	if	
     Transfer students from non-accredited public, private, or parochi-     they have had no prior instruction in the courses for which credit
al schools, including home schools, shall validate high school credit       is	sought.	Credit	by	Examination	Without	Prior	Instruction	for	for-
for courses by testing for evidence that courses meet State Board           eign	language	(LOTE)	courses	is	available	for	grades	8-12	only.		
requirements and standards. Credit is awarded based on academic                                                                  r
                                                                            A	minimum	score	of	90	on	the	test	is	required	to		 eceive	credit.	
achievement	or	demonstrated	proficiency	of	the	subject	matter	as	           If the score is less than 90, it is not recorded nor counted on the
stated	by	Section	28.021	of	the	Texas	Education	Code	(TEC).		This	          GPA. Students must pass both semesters to satisfy course
process is completed on an individual basis and is reviewed care-           requirements.		See	your	school	counselor	for	examination	dates	
fully.		A	secondary	student	assessed	using	the	credit-by-examination	       and times. Students must have written parental approval and the
method will be given adequate time to prepare for the test, particu-        approval of the campus principal or counselor on the application.
larly	if	multiple	examinations	are	required.		A	standard	of	70%	for	        To satisfy course requirements for a two (2) semester course,
students to receive credit for courses they have already taken will be      the average of the (2) semester exam grades must be 90% or
used. If a transfer student makes a grade of 70 or higher, the grade        above. If credit is awarded, the actual score for each semes-
earned at the previous school will be the grade recorded on the             ter is recorded on the student’s transcript.	Scores/credit	are	
transcript. If there is no grade from the previous school, the grade        used in calculation of the grade point average. Students who use
earned on the Katy ISD test will be recorded as the grade.                  CBE	to	satisfy	a	course	requirement	in	an	EOC	tested	course	will	
                                                                            also	take	the	EOC	exam	for	that	course.		For	more	information	or	
Correspondence Courses                                                      to receive an application, contact your student’s school counselor.
    Prior to enrollment in any correspondence course, students              No	Pre-AP/AP	credit	can	be	earned	through	CBE.		
shall	submit	an	“Application	for	Approval	to	Enroll	in	a	Cor-               [see	EEJB	(REGULATION)]
respondence	Course”	to	the	principal	or	designee.	[see	EEJC	
(Regulation)(Exhibit)]		Please	see	campus	counselor	for	ap-                 Credit By Examination and Junior High PreAP Mathematics
plication prior to enrollment. Credit toward state graduation                       Due to the compacted nature of the 6th and 7th grade
requirements may be achieved by approved correspondence                     PreAP	mathematics	courses	in	junior	high,	students	wishing	to	
courses with the following conditions:                                      test	out	of	either	of	these	courses	must	take	3	CBE	semester	
    1. The institution offering the course must be The Univer-              exams.		For	6th	grade	PreAP,	students	must	pass	with	a	grade	of	
    						sity	of	Texas	at	Austin,	Texas	Tech	University,	or	another        90	the	two	6th	grade	exams	and	the	exam	for	the	first	semester	of	
          public institution of higher education approved by the            7th	grade.	For	7th	grade	PreAP,	students	must	pass	with	a	grade	
    						Commissioner	of	Education.	                                       of 90 the second semester of 7th grade and both semesters of
    2. The correspondence course includes the state-required                8th grade mathematics to obtain credit. Students may only obtain
          essential knowledge and skills for such a course.                 credit	for	one	grade	level	of	math	per	year	using	credit	by	exam.
    3.			Students	may	earn	a	maximum	of	two	(2)	state	required	
          credits through correspondence courses.                           Credit By Examination With Prior Instruction
    4.			Seniors	enrolled	in	a	correspondence	course	must	com-                   Credit by Examination with Prior Instruction to regain cred-
          plete the course and submit a grade to the school by the          it is only for Katy ISD students who have been enrolled in a core
    						end	of	the	first	semester	of	the	year	they	plan	to	graduate.      course during the previous school year and whose grade for the
    5.			All	correspondence	course	grades	earned	count	for	the		            course	was	between	60	and	69	or	if	the	Campus	Attendance	Com-
          grade point calculation.                                          mittee	requires	the	exam	due	to	excessive	absences	[see	EEJA	
    6. Costs incurred are the responsibility of the student.                (Regulation)].		The number of credits which a student may earn on
                                                                            Credit	by	Examination	with	Prior	Instruction	to	regain	credit	during	
Online Courses/Virtual School                                               high	school	is	limited	to	two	(2). Students must score 70 percent or
   Prior to enrollment in any on-line or virtual course, students           above	on	the	examination.	The	exams	will	allow	qualified	students	
shall	submit	an	“Application	for	Approval	to	Enroll	in	an	Online/           the	opportunity	to	replace	the	failing	grade	with	a	maximum	grade	
Distance	Learning	Course”	to	the	principal	or	designee.	[see	               of 70 which will be the grade recorded on the student’s transcript as
EHDE	(Regulation)(Exhibit)]		Please	see	campus	counselor	for	               the	grade	earned	and	will	count	in	the	calculation	of	GPA.		The	cost	
application prior to enrollment.                                            of	taking	credit	by	examination	with	prior	instruction	for	credit	resto-
                                                                            ration	will	be	the	student’s	or	the	parent’s	responsibility.		For	more	

                   12
information or to receive an application, contact the school coun-              •	 Is	the	provider	an	accredited	public,	private	or	parochial	
selor.		Students	who	qualify	may	take	one	or	both	semester	exams,	                 school?
as needed, from the following list of courses:                                  •	 If	not,	does	any	Texas	ISD	(or	school	district	in	another	
                                                                                   state	within	which	the	program	is	located)	accept	the	
   Algebra	I	                 World	Geography	 Japanese	I/II                       course for credit?
   Geometry	                  IPC	    	    	     Spanish	I/II                   •	 Does	the	student	receive	an	official	grade	and	grade	report?
   Algebra	II	                Biology		    	     German	I/II                    •	 Does	the	scope/sequence	of	the	course	match	the	course	
   World	History	             Chemistry	 	       French	I/II                       as offered in KISD?
   U.S.	History	              Health	(one	sem.)	 Chinese	I/II                   •	 Does	the	required	time	for	the	course	match	or	exceed	that	
   U.S.	Govt.	(one	sem.)	     Eco.-FE	(one	sem.)	ASL	I/II	                         of KISD summer term?
   	 	                        	       	    	     Latin	I/II
                                                                              				For	unique	requests,	it	is	the	responsibility	of	the	student/parent	
     Credit by Examination with Prior Instruction (Credit                    to	provide	program	information	that	will	help	the	principal/designee	
Validation) for original credit provides an alternative procedure to         make a decision regarding approval. If using this rubric does not
receive credit for foreign language courses only. The student must           yield	a	decision,	the	Director	of	Advanced	Studies	is	the	contact	per-
have had prior instruction in the subject for which credit is sought.        son for questions regarding summer offerings for advanced courses.
Prior	instruction	is	defined	as	the	student	having	received	some	
formal instruction at any point in the student’s educational career          Online Credit Recovery
such as: the student received instruction in an elementary Spanish or             Katy	Online	Learning	Academy	(KOLA)	offers	credit	recovery	
bilingual program, the student studied a foreign language in another         during the school day, after school hours, and during summer
country, the student was enrolled in an after school or summer               school.		KOLA	allows	students	to	complete	a	course	at	their	own	
program, the student attended school in a country where the                  pace	within	a	defined	time	period	to	recover	course	credit	towards	
language is spoken, etc. Student must score 70 percent or above on           graduation.
the	examination	for	the	course	in	which	credit	is	being	sought.	The	              Courses are aligned with the Katy ISD curriculum to include
actual passing grade will be recorded on the student’s transcript. The       the	Texas	Essential	Knowledge	and	Skills	(TEKS)	and	additional	
score will be included in the calculation of the student’s grade point       required	Katy	ISD	objectives.		The	web-based	Compass/Odys-
average. If the score is less than 70, it is not recorded or counted         sey	Learning	platform	is	currently	used	to	deliver	rigorous	and	
towards	the	GPA.		Weighted	credits	cannot	be	earned	through	credit	          relevant curriculum in a blended learning environment utilizing on-
by	examination	with	prior	instruction	for	original	credit.		                 line	learning	platforms,	individualized	instruction,	and	textbooks.		
     Students	may	obtain	a	total	of	three	(3)	credits	through	credit	        KOLA	instructors	are	available	throughout	the	course	to	facilitate	
by	examination	with	prior	instruction	for	original	credit.	Tests	may	        learning and evaluate student performance.
only be taken one time.                                                           Students	who	previously	failed	a	core	class	and/or	are	in	need	
     Languages	Other	Than	English	(LOTE)	courses	available	for	              of	making	up	lost	credit	due	to	excessive	absences	are	eligible	to	
original	credit	(credit	validation)	by	exam	with	prior	instruction	          apply for this program. In order to further qualify, a student must
are:	French	I/II/III,	German	I/II/III,	Spanish	I/II/III,	Japanese	I/II/      have made a grade of 60-69 in the course. Students must complete
III,	Chinese	I/II/III,	American	Sign	Language	I/II/III,	Latin	I/II/III.		    all	required	online	and	offline	assignments	with	a	grade	of	70	or	
Available	for	grades	8	-	12.                                                 better	in	a	specified	timeframe.		Upon	completion	of	requirements,	
                                                                             the	previous	grade	will	be	replaced	with	a	70	for	that	specific	
After School and Night School Courses (original and                          course. The 70 will then appear on the student’s transcript, calcu-
recovery)                                                                    lated	into	GPA,	and	the	credit	for	the	course	will	be	restored.		
    KISD has a night school program that operates at Raines High                  The time of course offerings available will be determined by
School,	the	academic	alternative	campus.	At	this	time	students	              each high school campus. Completion of courses may not be
must be Raines High School students in order to attend night                 continued from the academic year to summer term or from sum-
school. The campus counselor will have information about apply-              mer	term	to	the	following	academic	year.	For	more	information,	
ing to Raines High School.                                                   contact your high school counselor.
    Certain	courses	are	offered	as	“8th	hour”	after	school	courses	at	
a central location in Katy ISD. Courses that are offered in this man-        Recap: Ways to Recover Credit
ner	are	identified	on	the	course	description	pages	in	this	catalog.		            Some	students	do	not	meet	course	requirements	the	first	time	they	
Taking an after school course provides the opportunity for a student         attempt	a	course	and	earn	a	failing	average	for	the	semester/year.	
to	earn	an	additional	credit	during	the	fall/spring	terms.	It	also	allows	   Some students do not meet state attendance requirements necessary
certain specialty and advanced courses with limited enrollment at            to earn course credit. In these cases no credit is awarded for taking
individual campuses to be offered to students from across the district.      the course. If the course is a state graduation requirement then that
                                                                             specific	course	must	be	attempted	again	in	some	way	in	order	to	earn	
Out of District Summer Term, Mini-Semesters (recovery)                       the	required	credit.	For	elective	courses,	a	different	course	can	be	
     Occasionally	a	student	may	need	to	recover	a	credit	for	a	              taken but the elective credit must still be earned. Credit recovery is
course that is not available in the KISD high school or summer               possible using a number of the options described above:
term at the time it is needed. In this case a student may be given               	 KISD	Summer	Academic	Term
permission to recover credit by taking the course at an out of dis-              	 Texas	Virtual	Schools	Network	(TXVSN)
trict school. The high school counselor has information about this                   Correspondence courses
option	when	it	is	necessary.		Advanced	approval	by	counselor/                    	 Credit	by	Exam	with	Prior	Instruction
administrator is required.                                                       	 Out	of	district	summer	term,	mini-semesters
                                                                                 	 KOLA:	online	credit	recovery	course	at	home	campus
Out of District Summer Term, (original Credit)                                   See the previous section for a description of each option. All	
					All	summer	school	course	work	for	original	credit	requires	prior	       credit restoration activities require the pre-approval of the campus
approval	of	the	principal/designee.		Requests	to	take	courses	               counselor	and/or	administrator.	Do	NOT	begin	a	plan	to	recover	
outside of KISD should be analyzed as follows:                               credit without gaining the proper approval.
                   13
                                        Preparing to be “College Ready”
 Steps Toward College                                                     o	 Get	involved	in	activities	outside	the	classroom.		Work	toward	
                                                                             leadership positions in activities you like best.
                                                                          o Become involved in community service and other volunteer
Seventh	Grade-Fall                                                           activities.
o	 Look	at	possibilities	for	taking	courses	for	high	school	credit.       o	 Get	to	know	your	counselor	and	visit	the	counseling	office.		
o	 Every	seventh	grade	student	participates	in	CollegeEd,	a	col-             Become familiar with the college and career resources avail-
   lege awareness program, in their social studies class.                    able on your campus.
o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)	                       o	 Meet	with	college	representatives	who	visit	your	high	school	
                                                                             and	participate	in	College	Career	Night.
Eighth	Grade-Fall                                                         o	 Attend	the	Miller	Career	and	Technology	Center	sophomore	
o Understand yourself. Recognize your strengths and interests.               tour to learn about career programs offered in high school.
   Choose your high school courses with these strengths and               o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)	
   interests in mind.
o Begin to earn credits for high school.
o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)	                       Sophomore	Year-Spring
                                                                          o	 Continue	to	monitor	college/work	and/or	technical	training	en-
                                                                              trance	requirements	for	changes.		Modify	your	four-year	plan	if	
Eighth	Grade-Spring                                                           changes	in	the	entrance	requirements	and/or	changes	in	inter-
o	 Analyze	high	school	courses	available.		Don’t	forget	to	look	              ests	warrant	it.		Be	flexible	and	proactive!		Investigate	AP	and	
   at	Advanced	Placement	courses	for	college	credit,	tech	prep	               dual credit course options.
   courses, and dual credit options.                                      o	 Analyze	all	careers	of	interest.		Research	education/training	
o Create your four-year plan for graduation from high school and              needed for these careers.
   for	admission	to	the	college/work	and/or	technical	training	in-        o	 Investigate	scholarship	and	financial	aid	options.		Conference	
   stitute of your choice using the district graduation program and           with	your	counselor.		Utilize	Collegiate	Zone	or	similar	websites.
   anticipated	college	requirements	as	guides.	Note	prerequisites	        o	 Consult	your	counselor	regarding	the	Texas	Higher	Education	
   for desired high school courses.                                           Assessment	Test	(THEA)	and	eligibility	for	dual	credit	courses.
o	 Attend	high	school	orientation	for	incoming	freshmen.                  o	 Access	to	Career	and	College	Planning	Online	Program,	My-
o	 Access	information	related	to	college	requirements	and	oppor-              Road,	MyCollegeQuickStart	is	available	beginning	in	January	
   tunities	by	using	web	sites	such	as	College	For	Texans	(www.               to	sophomores	who	have	taken	the	PSAT.
   CollegeForTexans.com)	or	Generation	TX	(www.gentx.com)	                o	 Access	information	related	to	college	requirements	and	oppor-
   and	You	Can	Go	(www.YCG.org)                                               tunities	by	using	web	sites	such	as	College	For	Texans.	(www.
                                                                              CollegeForTexans.com)																																																						
Freshman	Year-Fall                                                        o				Prepare	for	state	End	of	Course	exams	in	ELA,	math,	science,	
o	 Focus	on	the	importance	of	high	school	and	make	good	aca-                  and social studies.
   demic decisions.
o Become familiar with careers that relate to your abilities and
   interests.                                                             Junior	Year-Fall
o	 Get	involved	in	extracurricular	activities	sponsored	by	your	school	   o	 Do	your	best	on	the	PSAT	in	October.		This	is	the	qualifying	
   and/or	community.		(Colleges	and	sources	of	employment	take	               test	for	National	Merit	Semifinalists.	The	test	is	given	during	
   note	of	your	involvement,	participation,	teamwork,	and	leadership).        the	school	day	at	your	high	school.	Your	counselor	will	provide	
o Begin to develop a student resume or portfolio which lists all of           more information.
   your activities, awards, and honors.                                   o	 Begin	to	visit	college/technical	institute	campuses	of	interest.		
o	 Be	responsible	for	your	education.		Make	sure	your	academic	               Check the district policy on absences related to these visits.
   grades	reflect	your	true	ability	and	efforts.		Take	courses	at	the	    o	 Narrow	down	the	features	that	are	important	to	you	in	a	post	
   most challenging level you can.                                            secondary institution.
o	 Talk	with	your	parents	about	planning	for	college	expenses.            o Speak to college representatives who visit your high school.
o	 Get	to	know	your	counselor	and	visit	the	counseling	office.		          o Continue to focus on the importance of high school and make
   Become familiar with the college and career resources avail-               good academic decisions.
   able on your campus.                                                   o	 Learn	about	alternatives	that	are	available	after	graduation.		
o	 Meet	with	college	representatives	who	visit	your	high	school	              Continue	to	explore	career	interests.
   and	participate	in	College	Night.                                      o	 Be	responsible	for	your	education.		Make	sure	your	academic	
o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)	                           grades	reflect	your	true	ability	and	efforts.		Take	courses	at	the	
                                                                              most challenging level you can.
                                                                          o	 Research	all	financial	aid,	scholarships,	loans,	and	grants	
Freshman	Year-Spring                                                          that	are	available	from	the	college/technical	institute	of	your	
o Investigate summer enrichment programs.                                     interest	or	available	through	the	school	and/or	public/private	
o	 Evaluate	your	course	selections	for	your	sophomore	year	and	               agencies, churches, and organizations.
    adjust your four-year plan as necessary.                              o Collect information about college application procedures,
o	 Access	information	related	to	college	requirements	and	oppor-              entrance requirements, tuition and fees, room and board
    tunities	by	using	web	sites	such	as	College	For	Texans	(www.              costs, student activities, course offerings, faculty composition,
    CollegeForTexans.com),	Collegiate	Zone	(www.collegiate-                   accreditation,	and	financial	aid.		Utilize	Collegiate	Zone,	My-
    zone.net),	or	Generation	TX	(www.gentx.com).				                          CollegeQuickStart or similar websites.
o				Prepare	for	state	End	of	Course	exams	in	ELA,	math,	science,	        o	 Get	to	know	your	counselor	and	visit	the	counseling	office.		
    social studies.                                                           Become familiar with the college and career resources avail-
                                                                              able on your campus.
Sophomore	Year-Fall                                                       o	 Participate	in	College	and	Career	Night.
o Continue to focus on the importance of high school and make             o	 Attend	Financial	Information	Academy	or	a	campus	Financial	
   good academic decisions.                                                   Information	Night.
o	 Write	to	all	colleges	of	interest	and	request	catalogues	and	          o	 Attend	the	Miller	Career	and	Technology	Assembly	for	infor-
   information about their programs.                                          mation about programs and the application process.
o	 Do	your	best	on	the	PSAT	in	October.		Your	counselor	will	pro-         o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)																	
   vide more information.                                                 o				Create	your	personal	SAT	study	plan	at	MyCollege	QuickStart	
o	 Be	responsible	for	your	education.		Make	sure	your	academic	               (available	to	PSAT	Test	takers).
   grades	reflect	your	true	ability	and	efforts.		Take	courses	at	the	    o				Create	a	resume	of	volunteer	activities,	work	experience,	and		
   most challenging level you can.                                            leadership positions.

                  14
Junior	Year-Spring														                                          Exploring	Post-Secondary	Options
o Continue to conference with your counselor about your future
   and to make sure you are on track for graduation.                         In addition to on-line resources and those available from the
o	 Take	the	SAT	I	or	ACT	or	achievement	tests	in	the	spring	or	          counseling center at your campus, Katy ISD offers several venues
   early summer.                                                         to assist you in planning for post-secondary pursuits:
o	 Review	your	four-year	plan	and	course	work;	increase	chal-
   lenge	if	necessary.		Investigate	AP	and	dual	credit	courses.             1. College and Career Night gives students and their par-
o Check your class rank. It’s never too late to improve. Col-                  ents an opportunity to visit with representatives from
   leges like to see an upward trend.                                          colleges, universities, and training programs throughout the
o Continue to add to your resume.                                              United	States.		Basic	financial	aid	information	is	also	pre-
o Develop, write, and perfect college entrance essays.
o	 Register	for	and	take	appropriate	AP	exams.                                 sented.
o	 Stay	involved	with	your	extracurricular	activities.                      2. Financial Information Academy covers information
o	 Visit	college	campuses	and	begin	to	fill	out	applications.                  related	to	financial	need	and	explores	such	topics	as	com-
o	 Access	to	Career	and	College	Planning	Online	Program,	                      pleting	the	FAFSA,	types	of	financial	aid	available,	and	
   MyRoad,	is	available	beginning	in	January	to	juniors	who	have	              other concerns of parents trying to pay for post-secondary
   taken	the	PSAT.																																	                            education	and	training.		Speakers	at	Financial	Information	
o Prepare for state assessments required for graduation.                       Academy	present	information	to	parents	in	all	phases	of	
                                                                               saving for college.
Senior	Year-Fall                                                            3. Military Academies Night is for those students interested
o	 Be	responsible	for	your	education.	Make	sure	your	academic	                 in	pursuing	appointments	to	one	of	the	five	military	acad-
   grades	reflect	your	true	ability	and	efforts.	Take	courses	at	the	          emies throughout the United States. Information covered
   most challenging level you can.                                             includes a general background about what programs of
o	 Take	SAT	I	or	ACT	again	if	necessary	and	SAT	II’s	if	required	              study are available at each academy and how to proceed
   by your college.                                                            with	applying	to	these	academies.		While	all	students	are	
o	 Narrow	down	choices	for	colleges/universities	or	technical	
   institutes. Keep in mind cost, admission requirements, and                  welcome, it is recommended that those seriously consid-
   academic offerings.                                                         ering an appointment to an academy attend one of these
o	 Attend	College	Night.		Ask	questions	about	financial	aid.                   meetings as early in their high school program as possible.
o	 Observe	deadlines	for	admissions,	housing,	and	financial	aid.
o Continue to apply for scholarships announced on your high
   school campus.                                                         Graduating	from	High	School	in	3	Years
o Continue to visit college campuses and technical institutes of
   interest.		Include	a	visit	to	the	Financial	Aid	Office	for	informa-       A	few	students	may	have	clearly	developed	personal	and	
   tion.                                                                 career goals such that they want to consider graduating from high
o	 Meet	college	representatives	on	your	campus.
o Perfect and update college entrance essays.                            school in three years instead of the traditional four years. This is
o	 Ask	your	counselor	and	teachers	for	recommendation	letters	           not the norm, but it is possible to do with careful planning and by
   early in the year.                                                    using a variety of ways to earn high school credit described on
o Turn in all college applications at least 2 weeks prior to the         pages 11-12. Students who graduate from high school early may
   stated deadline.                                                      be	eligible	for	scholarships	to	Texas	colleges	and	universities.
o	 Investigate	and	apply	for	scholarships.		Meet	deadlines.	                 As	specified	in	the	high	school	student	handbook,	a	student	
o	 Make	a	calendar	showing	application	deadlines	for	admission,	         who	plans	to	graduate	at	the	end	of	his/her	junior	must	submit	
   financial	aid,	and	scholarships.                                      a letter of intent to graduate early and an early graduation plan
o	 Attend	Financial	Information	Academy.                                 to	the	counselor	and	principal	at	the	end	of	his/her	sophomore	
o	 Access	Kuder	Navigator	(www.kudernavigator.com)					                  year or beginning of junior year to be eligible for early graduation.
o Continue to add to resume.                                             Early	graduate	candidates	will	be	considered	for	reclassification	to	
                                                                         senior status at the time the letter of intent is received.
Senior	Year-Spring                                                           An	example	of	a	high	school	plan	that	would	allow	a	student	
o	 Order	and	send	transcripts	by	deadline.                               to meet the graduation requirements for the Recommended High
o	 Register	for	and	take	AP	exams.
o	 Observe	deadlines	for	admissions,	housing,	and	financial	aid.         School	Program	and	graduate	in	3	years	is	shown	on	the	next	
o	 Apply	for	FAFSA.                                                      page.		This	is	just	one	example	of	how	early	graduation	can	be	
o Continue to apply for scholarships announced on your high              accomplished.	A	student	with	the	desire	to	graduate	from	high	
   school campus.                                                        school in 3 years should begin planning for this during junior high
o	 Continue	to	participate	in	extracurricular	and	volunteer	             school years with the school counselor.
   activities.
o Continue to add to resume.

   This is intended to encourage you to think about your future.
Always	seek	information	from	parents,	teachers,	counselors,	and	
college	personnel.		Ask	questions!




                  15
                   26 Credits                                                                  Texas Success Initiative (THEA Warning)
    EARLY GRADUATION PLAN COURSE WORKSHEET
                             RHSP	/	DAP	26	Credit,                                                 All	students	must	take	the	Texas	Higher	Education	As-
                       Freshmen	Entering	2007	and	thereafter	                                  sessment	test	(THEA)	or	be	exempted	from	the	test	BEFORE	
         Discipline               Credits                                                      enrolling in any college course , such as dual-credit courses
                                   from                                                        through	HCCS.	Students	may	be	exempted	from	the	THEA	test	
                                  Junior        Grade        Grade        Grade        Grade
                                  High or         9           10           11           12
                                                                                               by	making	the	following	qualifying	scores	on	the	SAT,	ACT,	or	
                                 Alternate	                                                    TAKS:
RHSP          DAP                 Format                                                              •	 SAT	-	500	math,	500	verbal,	composite	score	1070
English	Language	Arts            English	3	   English	1     English	2    English	4                    •	 ACT	-	19	verbal,	19	math,	composite	score	23
4 Credits     4 Credits          Summer                                                               •	 TAKS:
                                 between
                                 10th-11th                                                                For	English/Language	Arts	Courses	-	ELA	scaled	score	
                                  grades                                                                  of 2200 and 3 on composition.
Mathematics                      Algebra	     Geometry      Algebra	2      Pre                            For	Math	Courses	-	TAKS	scores	in	math,	even	if	per-
4 Credits     4 Credits*         Grade 8                                 Calculus                         fect,	WILL	NOT	QUALIFY	a	student	to	enroll	in	College	
Science                                        Biology      Chemistry    Physics,                         Algebra	(MATH	1314).	TAKS	scores	will	only	qualify	a	
4 Credits     4 Credits **                                                 and                            student to enroll in intermediate algebra. Students may
                                                                        Anatomy/                          qualify for college algebra due to their scores on the
                                                                        Physiology
                                                                                                          SAT	or	the	ACT.	A	qualifying	score	on	the	mathemat-
Social Studies                   World	        World	          US       Government                        ics	section	of	the	SAT	is	500.	A	qualifying	score	on	the	
3.5           3.5              Geography       History       History        .5
                                Summer                                                                    mathematics	section	of	the	ACT	is	19.	Students	who	do	
Credits       Credits
                                between                                                                   not have these qualifying scores will have to take the
                                 8-9 or                                                                   MATH	Section	of	the	COMPASS	Test	to	demonstrate	
                                  9-10
                                                                                                          readiness to take college algebra.
Economics                                                               Economics	
                                                                            .5
                                                                                                      •	 COMPASS	TEST	is	an	alternative	to	the	THEA	and	is	
.5 Credit     .5 Credit
                                                                                                          administered at HCC for students who wish to take dual
Physical	Education                            P.	E.	(1.0)                                                 credit courses.
1.0 Credits   1.0 Credits
Health
.5 Credit     .5 Credit
                                                            Health .5
                                                                                                Earning	College	Credit	in	High	School
Languages	Other	Than	 Spanish 1               Spanish 2       (see	
English                Grade 8                              elective)
                                                                                                   Katy ISD offers several methods by which students may ob-
                                                                                               tain college credit while in high school.
2 Credits     3 Credits
Fine	Arts                                     Theater 1
                                                                                                     	     The	Advanced	Placement	Program		(page	16)
1 Credits     1 Credit
                                                                                                     	     The	Dual	Credit	Program		(page	17)
Communication                                               Commu-
Applications                                                nication
                                                                                                     	     Advanced	Technical	Credit		(page	19)
.5 Credit     .5 Credit                                     Applica-                                 	     Articulated	Credit		(page	19)
                                                             tion .5                                 	     College	Release		(page	19)
Electives                        Concepts                      1.0      1.0	Elective           					Advanced	Placement,	Dual	Credit,	Advanced	Technical	Credit	
5.0           4.0 Credits           of                      Spanish 3   1.0	Elective           and	Articulated	Credit	Programs	can	be	used	in	a	variety	of	
Credits                          Eng/Tech                      1.0
                                 Grade 8                     Elective                          combinations based on student preferences to meet graduation
                      Totals         5            7            7             7          26     requirements.	The	4-year	plans	included	here	are	samples	of	
                                                                                               how these programs may be employed for the student to acquire
   Notice:	This	example	requires	special	approvals	to	take	                                    college hours prior to graduating from high school. Consult with
several	courses	in	a	different	grade	or	format	than	is	typical.	A	                             the	counselor	to	determine	the	appropriateness	of	any	4	year	
desire to complete High School in 3 years requires careful plan-                               plan for each student.
ning and advanced approvals.
                                                                                               Advanced Placement (AP) Program
    This	example	is	presented	as	an	illustration.	It	is	not	intended	
to represent the only, or the best, way to graduate in 3 years.                                	 Katy	ISD	offers	Advanced		Placement		courses		to		high	
                                                                                               school students who are ready to engage in college level course
                                                                                               content	and	rigorous	academics.	Courses	are	available	in	Eng-
 College	Entrance	Requirements	of	Note                                                         lish, social studies, computer science, mathematics, science,
                                                                                               languages	other	than	English,	music	theory	and	art.	All	Advanced	
NCAA Requirements                                                                              Placement course offerings are contingent upon each campus
                                                                                               receiving College Board authorization for each course through
   Students who are interested in pursuing opportunities in col-                               the	AP	Course	Audit.
lege	athletic	programs	are	required	by	the	NCAA	to	have	specific	
core courses for Division I and II schools. The core course re-                                	 The	AP	Program	offers	college	level	instruction	to	the	academi-
quirements	for	the	Texas	Recommended	and	Distinguished	high	                                   cally successful high school student with the option of taking an
school	graduation	programs	are	in	line	with	the	NCAA	required	                                 Advanced	Placement	examination	and	possibly	qualifying	for	col-
core courses. However, interested students must consult the                                    lege	credit.	AP	students	are	expected	to	work	at	an	accelerated	
NCAA	website	for	current	information	as	they	create/revise	their	                              pace and to engage in outside reading and independent learning.
high	school	four	year	plans.		Visit	http://www.ncaa.org,	click	on	                             					AP	courses	are	open	to	all	students	with	the	prerequisite	
“Academic	and	Athletics:	and	then	“Eligibility	and	Recruiting”.                                coursework who wish to take on the additional challenge of

                            16
advanced academics. Students who choose to enroll, however,                                                   Sample	Four	Year	Plan	with
should be prepared for the increased academic rigor of these                                     Advanced	Placement	Mathematics/Science	Concentration
courses.	AP	and	AP/GT	courses	concentrate	on	providing	stu-                                            Credits
dents with rigorous college level academic instruction while                                            from
                                                                                                       Junior                                                             Potential
preparing	students	for	the	AP	exam	associated	with	the	course.	                               Class-
                                                                                                       High or    Grade 9     Grade 10      Grade 11       Grade 12       College
Katy	ISD’s	Advanced	Placement	program	includes	service	to	GT	                                   es
                                                                                                        Alter-                                                             Credit
students.		AP	and	AP/GT	courses	earn	weighted	grade	points.	                                            nate
                                                                                                       Format
                                                                                                1                 English	I   English	II    English	III   English	IV
   Students are responsible for ensuring that the college
                                                                                                        Alge-                               Pre-Calcu-    AP Calculus
that they are planning to attend will award credit for AP                                       2
                                                                                                        bra I
                                                                                                                 Geometry     Algebra	II
                                                                                                                                                lus          AB
                                                                                                                                                                             3
Examination scores.                                                                                                            Chemis-                    AP Science
                                                                                                3                 Biology                    Physics                        3	-	4
                                                                                                                                 try                       Course
					There	are	a	number	of	ways	to	earn	college	credit	with	Ad-                                                                                            Govern-
                                                                                                                   World	      World	
vanced	Placement.	The	following	example	four	year	plans	                                        4
                                                                                                                 Geography     History
                                                                                                                                            US History      ment/	
represent a sampling of the possibilities and are not intended to be                                                                                      Economics
                                                                                                                                               AP
prescriptive.                                                                                                                               Computer
                                                                                                                  Physical    Elective	/	                  Fine	Arts	
                                                                                                5                                                                           3-6
                                                                                                                 Education     Health       Science A       Credit
                  Sample	Four	Year	Plan	with
        Advanced	Placement	Language	Arts/Social	Studies	                                        6                 LOTE	I       LOTE	II       LOTE	III
                                                                                                                                                           Elective
                                                                                                                                                                             3
                       Concentration                                                                                                                      AP Statistics
                                                                                                                                            Commu-
         Credits
                                                                                                                                            nication
          from                                                                                                                                             Elective
                                                                                 Potential                                                  Applica-
         Junior                                                                                 7                Study Hall   Elective	                   AP Science         4
Classes               Grade 9     Grade 10      Grade 11           Grade 12      College                                                      tions
         High or                                                                                                                                           Course
                                                                                  Credit                                                    Semester
        Alternate	
         Format                                                                                                                              Elective
                                               AP English          AP English                                               TOTAL	
   1                  English	I   English	II                                      3 - 12       (Contingent	upon	performance	on	AP	Exams	and	college	policy	on	AP	
                                               Language            Literature                                                                                               16 - 20
                                                                                                                            Credit)
   2                 Algebra	I    Geometry      Algebra	II        Pre-Calculus
                                                                                                Successful	performance	on	4	AP	Exams	will	qualify	student	for	DAP
                                                         Aquatic				
   3                  Biology     Chemistry      Physics
                                                         Science
                                                            AP                               The Katy ISD Dual Credit Program
                       World	  AP	World	
   4                                     AP US History Government/                  18
                     Geography   History
                                                      AP Economics                               The Dual Credit Program is a fee-based cooperative effort be-
                                                       AP Art His-                           tween	Katy	ISD	and	Houston	Community	College	System	(HCCS).	
                               AP	Human	
                      Physical                             tory
   5
                     Education
                               Geography Electives
                                                        (Fine	Arts	
                                                                                    6        Katy ISD students can earn high school credit toward graduation and
                                /	Health                                                     college credit at the same time. By state law, students may take up
                                                          Credit)
                                                                   AP LOTE                   to two courses approved by Katy ISD per semester prior to graduat-
   6                  LOTE	I       LOTE	II      LOTE	III                           4-8
                                                                   Language                  ing from high school beginning in their junior year. Public institutions
                                                Commu-
                                                            AP	European	                     of	higher	learning	in	the	State	of	Texas,	by	law,	accept	HCC	transfer	
                                                 nication
                                               Applications
                                                              History                        credit for college-level course work that has been successfully com-
   7                 Study Hall    Elective                                         9
                                                                                             pleted at HCC. Dual credit courses earn the same grade points as
                                                  AP											
                                               Psychology
                                                                    Elective                 KISD academic courses.
                              TOTAL	
 (Contingent	upon	performance	on	AP	Exams	and	college	policy	on	AP	                          	 All	dual	credit	course	offerings	are	contingent	upon	availability	
                                                                                 40	-	47
                              Credit)                                                        of	HCC	qualified	instructors	to	teach	the	course.	All	courses	may	
  Successful	performance	on	4	AP	Exams	will	qualify	student	for	DAP                          not be available on all campuses. Dual Credit Courses may be
                                                                                             delivered in a distance-learning or online format. The dual credit
                                                                                             course	may	be	delivered	in	a	3	day	(HCC	instructor)	or	5	day	for-
                                                                                             mat	(KISD	instructor	with	credentials	to	teach	for	HCC).

                                                                                             	 Enrollment	in	HCC	Dual	Credit	courses	is	subject	to	the	
                                                                                             student	meeting	ALL	admission	requirements	for	the	course	or	
                                                                                             courses the student wishes to take prior to the end of school year
                                                                                             (June	1).	These	requirements	include:
                                                                                                •	 Students	must	be	classified	as	juniors	or	seniors.
                                                                                                •	 Student must meet their high school requirements for tak-
                                                                                                   ing dual credit classes.
                                                                                                •	 Student	must	meet	the	Texas	Success	Initiative	require-
                                                                                                   ment. See page 16.
                                                                                                •	 Student must pay all fees due HCC for the semester cours-
                                                                                                   es	in	the	first	week	of	the	KISD	fall	semester.
                                                                                                •	 Students must purchase the instructional resources for the
                                                                                                   course.

                                                                                                 The student will be enrolled initially in a KISD course equiva-
                                                                                             lent to the HCC course for graduation purposes until admission

                      17
                                                                                   including documentation that the student is eligible for en-
and	eligibility	requirements	are	met.		Eligibility	must	be	con-
                                                                              					rollment	in	the	dual	credit	course.		(This	will	include	proof	of	
firmed	by	the	end	of	the	current	school	year	for	courses	
                                                                              					admission	to	HCC	and	applicable	test	scores.)		
beginning	in	the	next	school	year.	

					For	example:	A	student	who	requests	Dual	Credit	English	
                                                                           Enrolling in HCC Course
                                                                           	 After	students	have	successfully	completed	the	admission	
1301/1302	will	be	placed	in	the	Katy	ISD	English	IV	course	until		
                                                                           process,	they	will	enroll	online	in	up	to	two	HCC	course(s)	per	
eligibility is documented with the home campus.
                                                                           semester	offered	on	their	high	school	campus	with	principal/des-
                                                                           ignee	approval.		Enrollment	requires	a	course	recognition	number	
   Students are responsible for ensuring that the college they are
                                                                           (CRN).	Students	receive	the	CRN	from	their	high	school	counsel-
planning to attend will accept transfer credit from HCC.
                                                                           or at the beginning of the semester. Students cannot enroll in the
Expectations of Students Enrolled in Dual Credit                           fall	or	spring	semester	course	without	the	CRN.	
	 Each	student	enrolled	in	a	concurrent	enrollment	(dual	credit)	
class will receive a syllabus. The syllabus contains an outline            	 Katy	ISD	is	in	the	HCC	service	district;	however,	it	is	not	in	
of the material to be covered, assignments, due dates, grades,             the	HCC	taxing	district.	Therefore,	dual	credit	students	are	sub-
grading	legend,	absence	policy,	conduct	expectations	and	other	            ject to the out of district fee charged by HCC to all students who
pertinent information.                                                     do	not	pay	property	taxes	to	support	the	institution.	This	fee	has	
                                                                           been $203 per 3 hour course, but is subject to change for any
    Students must be mature enough to follow the syllabus, work            semester.	HCC	has	waived	all	tuition	and	fees	except	for	the	
independently, and behave appropriately. It is the responsibility          out-of-district fees for Katy ISD students. To receive this waiver,
of college students to complete assignments without remind-                payment of the fees must be made in person at the HCC Katy
ers. It is also the responsibility of the student, not the parents,        Campus or HCC Town and Country locations after the student
to communicate directly with the college instructor if he or she is        has enrolled in the course online.
experiencing	difficulty	in	the	class.			
                                                                           Dual-Credit Warning
Characteristics of a Successful Dual Credit Student
                                                                                Dual Credit students must apply for admission, document eligi-
   Students who register to participate in Dual Credit Program will
                                                                           bility for courses selected, enroll and pay associated fees by KISD
be	expected	to:
                                                                           designated deadline. Students who do not complete all steps by
   •	 Work	independently.
   •	 Deal with sophisticated concepts maturely.                           the KISD deadlines will be enrolled in a KISD core course equiva-
                                                                           lent.
   •	 Manage	their	study	time	and	complete	assignments.
   •	 Deal personally and directly with the instructor to discuss
                                                                                                   Sample	Four	Year	Plan	with
      problems and questions.
                                                                                                 Emphasis	on	Dual	Credit	Courses
   •	 Behave appropriately.
                                                                                     Credits
   •	 Follow	directions	and	a	syllabus	without	reminders.                             from                                                                 Po-
                                                                                     Junior                                                              tential
                                                                            Class-
    Students must have the recommendation of the high school                  es
                                                                                     High or     Grade 9     Grade 10       Grade 11       Grade 12       Col-
principal/designee	to	enroll	in	dual	credit	courses.	                                 Alter-                                                              lege
                                                                                      nate                                                               Credit
                                                                                     Format
Applying for Admission to Houston Community College System
                                                                                                                                          Dual Credit
    1. Before enrolling in any Dual Credit course, students must              1                 English	I    English	II    English	III
                                                                                                                                           English
                                                                                                                                                           6
          apply for admission to Houston Community College Sys-
          tem by completing an online application at www.hccs.edu             2                 Algebra	I
                                                                                                               Geom-
                                                                                                                           Algebra	II
                                                                                                                                            Pre-
                                                                                                                etry                      Calculus**
          and providing all necessary documentation. This must be
                                                                                                              Chemis-                     Fourth	year	
          completed	by	April	1	of	the	current	school	year.                    3                  Biology
                                                                                                                try
                                                                                                                            Physics
                                                                                                                                            Science
    2. Students must show proof of eligibility to take college-level                                                                      Dual Credit
          classes	by	providing	an	official	high	school	transcript	with	                          World	        World	      Dual Credit    Government/
                                                                              4                                                                            12
          test	scores		which	meet	the	Texas	Success	Initiative	stan-                           Geography       History     US History     Dual Credit
                                                                                                                                           Economics
          dards	(page	16	OR	by	taking	an	alternate	exam	such as the
                                                                                                                                            Summer
          COMPASS.)	A	transcript	for	this	purpose	may	be	requested	           5                  Elective
                                                                                                              Fine	Arts	    Elective	/	
                                                                                                                                          School Dual      2
          by	submitting	the	Dual	Credit	Transcript	Request	Form	to	                                            Credit        Health
                                                                                                                                           Credit	P.E.
          the high school registrar. NOTE:	Official	high	school	tran-                                                                       Elective
                                                                              6                  LOTE	I       LOTE	II       LOTE	III
          scripts	are	mailed/delivered	directly	to	the	post	secondary	
          institution.		This	must	be	requested	by	May	1	of	the	current	                                                     Summer         Commu-
          school year. If the current test scores do not demonstrate                                                         School         nication
                                                                                                                           Dual Credit    Applications
          eligibility	for	college	courses,	the	student	MUST	take	the	                                                       Speech
                                                                              7                 Study Hall    Elective                                     3
          COMPASS	at	HCC	or	an	alternate	testing	site.
    3. If the student cannot demonstrate eligibility for the college                                                       Semester        Semester
                                                                                                                            Elective        Elective
   							level	course	by	virtue	of	SAT,	ACT,	or	TAKS	by	May	1,	the	
   							student	must	make	arrangements	to	take	the	COMPASS	                                                 TOTAL	
   							test	at	any	HCC	test	site.		Failure	to	complete	this	step	by		     **Students may also elect to take dual credit mathematics. Students are       23
          June 1 will mean that the student will remain in the KISD                     limited to two dual credit courses in a semester.
          academic course.
   		4.		Documentation	that	all	requirements	have	been	met	must	
          be submitted to the high school counselor by June 1,

                  18
College Release
    KISD will also award credit for KISD approved dual credit                    Sample	Four	Year	Plan	with	Advanced	Technical	Credit
courses	taken	at	HCC	during	the	regular	school	year	(English,	
                                                                                     Credits
PE,	Speech,	Math,	US	Government).	Students	may	request	                               from
                                                                                                                                                            Po-
college release for 2 class periods in order to attend Houston             Class-
                                                                                     Junior
                                                                                                                                                          tential
Community College during the school day.                                             High or     Grade 9      Grade 10      Grade 11       Grade 12
                                                                             es                                                                           College
                                                                                      Alter-
                                                                                                                                                           Credit
                                                                                      nate
Dual Credit during Summer Term                                                       Format
   KISD will award credit for KISD approved dual credit courses
taken at HCC during summer term. Consult the Katy Summer                     1                   English	I    English	II    English	III   English	IV
Academic	Term	catalog	for	the	approved	course	list.	
                                                                                                                                          Fourth	Year	
                                                                             2                   Algebra	I    Geometry      Algebra	II
                                                                                                                                             Math
The Advanced Technical Credit Program (ATC)                                                                                               Fourth	Year	
   Advanced	Technical	Credit	is	another way to start a college               3                   Biology      Chemistry      Physics
                                                                                                                                           Science
technical	major	in	high	school.	In	the	ATC	program,	students	                                     World	                                   Govern-
                                                                                                                World	
begin their course of study in high school and continue in a                 4                   Geogra-
                                                                                                                History
                                                                                                                             US His-        ment/	
community	or	technical	college.	The	result	is	a	certificate	or	an	                                 phy                        tory        Economics
associate	of	applied	science	(AAS)	degree.	                                                                                                Fine	Arts	
                                                                             5                     P.E.         Health       Elective

                                                                                                                            Advanced Technical Credit
	   Guidelines	for	students	in	ATC	Programs.                                 6                   LOTE	I        LOTE	II
                                                                                                                                    Courses
                                                                                                                                                            6
    1. Complete articulated course or last course in a required                                               Communi-
        sequence in grades 11 or 12. Complete all required pre-                                                 cation
                                                                             7                  Study Hall                   Elective       Elective
        requisites	with	a	grade	of	80	(3.0)	or	higher.	                                                        Applica-
                                                                                                                 tions
    2.	 Enroll	in	a	participating	two	year	college	within	15	months	
        after high school graduation.                                                                       TOTAL	
                                                                           (Contingent	upon	petition	for	award	of	credit	at	participating	community	or	
    3. Declare a college major that includes the equivalent col-            2 year college and selection of major which includes equivalent college
                                                                                                                                                            6
        lege course in the degree plan.                                                           course	in	the	degree	plan.)
    4.	 Visit	college	advisor	or	program	coordinator	prior	to	col-
        lege	registration	and	with	approval	enroll	in	the	next	level	
        courses.
    5. Complete 6 additional non-developmental college hours in
        any	subject	by	dual	credit	and/or	qualifying	scores	on	AP	or	
        CLEP	exams.
    6.	 Petition	for	award	of	articulated	technical	credit.	Articulated	
        credit is subject to change. College credit will be posted on
        the post secondary transcript only after being deemed ap-
        propriate	by	college	officials.	
    7.	 Verify	that	articulated	courses	have	been	posted	to	college	
        transcript.




                   19
                                        Career/Workplace Preparation
Career	and	Technical	Education	(C.T.E.)                           Career Guidance and Counseling




                                                                   KUDER Navigator is a comprehensive, research-based approach to career exploration, planning,
                                                                   and development. It is designed to be self-paced and self-interpreted. Assessments are brief and
                                                                   highly reliable, and the entire system is user friendly.

The	Career	and	Technical	Education	Department	is	pleased	          KUDER Navigator combines interests, skills, and work values assessments with online
to present Career Information Guides		(www.katyisd.org/            educational and occupational information resources. The system includes a lifelong career
                                                                   portfolio including note taking and resumé building
cte/pages)	as	a	resource	for	Katy	I.S.D.	students,	parents,	
teachers, and staff. The guide is designed to provide relevant     KUDER Navigator is the gateway to the online career planning system. Through the portfolio,
and up-to-date information as students develop an education        online users begin to build an education plan, take assessments, and explore postsecondary and
                                                                   occupational information. The portfolio also allows users to compare college profiles and
plan that is congruent with their career interests. Katy I.S.D.    occupations side-by-side, save information to a “favorites” list, access financial aid and
provides engaging classes with technology integration,             scholarship information, and build a professional resumé. All pages of the system have been
courses of study that lead to high-wage, highly-skilled            encrypted to keep information secure.
occupations, and challenging curriculum that earn both high                                         The KUDER Navigator offers:
school	and	college	credit.		Each	Career Information Guide
highlights courses available through Career and Technical                        Research-based Assessments           College Search
Education	(CTE).		                                                                Education Planner                   College Comparison

Please be advised that information is subject to change                          Planning Timeline                    My Favorites List
based upon guidelines and procedures established by the                          Resumé Builder                       Financial Aid Assistance
Texas	Education	Agency,	State	Board	of	Education,	and	Katy	
Independent School District. Students may wish to consult                        Note Taker                           FAFSA Application
with	High	School	Counselors	to	confirm	current	graduation	                       Career Search                        Scholarship Search
requirements and course availability.
                                                                                 Career Comparison                    Job Search



                                                                                     See school counselor for login and password information.




     Career Resources

     Achieve T s
              exa                                                 http://www.achievetexas.org/
     America’s Career InfoNet                                     www.acinet.org/acinet
      TC exas
     A T                                                          http://www.atctexas.org/
     Career Development Resources Hotline                         1-800-822-PLAN
     College for Texans                                           www.collegefortexans.com
     Collegiate Zone                                              www.collegiatezone.net
     Gulf Coast Tech Prep                                         http://www.gulfcoasttechprep.org/
     Houston Community College                                    www.hccs.edu
     Katy Independent School District                             www.katyisd.org
     Labor Market Career Information (LMCI)                          .cdr
                                                                  www .state.tx.us
     Occupational Outlook Handbook                                www.bls.gov/oco
     States’ Career Clusters                                      http://www.careerclusters.org/
     TBEC Achieve Texas (Kuder)                                   http://www.tbecachievetexas.org/
     Texas Education Agency                                                   .tea.state.tx.us/teks/cteTEKS.html
                                                                  http://ritter
     Workforce Solutions                                          http://www.wrksolutions.com

                20
                                        Certification	and	License	Options
                                               Katy Independent School District
                                               Career and Technical Education
                                                Career Technical Education
                                               Certifications License Options
Course                                            Certification Options                                         Fee
Agriculture, Food & Natural Resources

                                                  OSHA 10 Hour Safety Certification, NCCER Core             OSHA $18
                                                  Curriculum Certification, NCCER Welding Certification     NCCER TBD
Agricultural Facilities Design & Fabrication
Agricultural Mech. & Metal Technologies           same as above                                                same
Principles & Elements of Floral Design            Tx. H. S. Floral Certificate                                 $100
Wildlife, Fish. & Ecology Management              Hunter Education                                              $20
Architecture & Construction
Construction Technology                           OSHA 10 Hour Safety Certification                             $18
Arts. A/V Technology & Communications
                                                                                                              approx.
Audio Engineering - A/V Production                Apple's End User Exam/Final Cut Pro and FC Pro 7           $200 each
                                                                                                              Approx.
Film I - Advanced A/V Production                  Apple's End User Exam for Logic Pro X                        $200
                                                                                                            Approx. $200
Film II - Practicum in A/V Production             Apple's End User Exams for Motion 5                          each
Business Management & Administration
                                                                                                             see course
Business Information Management I                 Career Safe®/Microsoft Certified Application Specialist      for info
Career Preparation I                              Career Safe® certification                                     $12
                                                                                                             see course
Practicum in Business Management                  Career Safe®/Microsoft Certified Application Specialist      for info
Prin. Of Bus., Marketing & Management             Career Safe® certification                                     $12
Finance
Accounting I                                      Bookkeeping Fundamentals                                      $50
Accounting II                                     Bookkeeping Fundamentals                                      $50
Health Science
EMT Basic - Practicum in Health Science           EMT- Basic                                                  $64/$70
Health Science II - Clinical Rotations            Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)                          $5
                                                                                                            in course fee
Pharmacy Tech - Pract. In Health Science          Registered Pharmacy Technician
Principles of Health Science                      Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)                           $5
Hospitality & Tourism
Culinary Arts                                     Career Safe®                                                  $12
Practicum in Culinary Arts                        Career Safe® OSHA 10 Hour Workplace Safety Cert.              $18
Hospitality Services                              Industry Certification                                        $36
Practicum in Hospitality Services                 Career Safe® OSHA 10 Hour Workplace Safety Cert.              $18
Human Services
Cosmetology II                                    Cosmo. Operator's License (TDLR)                             $128
Information Technology
Computer Maintenance                              see course description
Digital & Interactive Media                       Adobe Photoshop & Adobe Illustrator                         $80 each
Manufacturing
Principles of Manufacturing                       OSHA 10 Hour Safety Certification                             $18
Science, Technology, Engineering & Math
Concepts of Engineering & Technology              Osha 10 Hour Safety Certification                             $18




              21
                                    Career	&	Technical	Education	Course	Fees
                                                 Katy Independent School District

                                                        Career Technical Education
                                                         Course Fees 2012- 2013
                                                Note: All Fees are estimates and are subject to change.


                       Course                    Fees 2011 - 2012                           Course                          Fees 2011 - 2012
Junior High                                                              Business Management & Admin.
Career Portals/FCS                             $30 per year              Business Info. Manage. I - All H.S.          $15 per year
Career Portals/Technology 7th Grade            $25 per year              Education & Training
Concepts of Engineering & Technology/8th
Grade                                          $25 per year              Practicum in Education & Training            $30 per year
Principles of Human Services/8th Grade         $24 per year              Health Science
Agriculture, Food & Natural Resources                                    EMT Basic - Practicum in Health Sci.         $120 per year
                                                                         Heatlth Sci. II - Clinical Rotations - All
Advanced Animal Science                        $25 per semester
                                                                         H. S.                                        $50per year
Agricultural Facilities Design & Fabrication   $50 per year              Hospitality & Tourism
Agricultural Mechanics & Metal Technologies    $50 per year              Culinary Arts                                $124 per year
                                                                                                                      $65 per year (includes
                                                                         Practicum in Culinary Arts
Horticultural Science                          $25 per semester                                                       certification exam fee)
Landscape Design & Turf Grass Management       $25 per semester          Hospitality Services                         $110 per year
                                                                                                                      $30 per year (includes
Livestock Production                           $25 per semester          Practicum in Hospitality Services
                                                                                                                      certification exam fee)
Practicum in Agriculture, Food & Natural
                                               $50 per year
Resources                                                                Human Services
Principles & Elements of Floral Design         $50 per semester          Cosmetology I                                $385 per semester
Principles of Agriculture, Food & Natural
Resources                                      $25 per semester          Lifetime Nutrition & Wellness                $20 per semester
Veterinary Medical Applications                $20 per year              Principles of Human Services                 $30 per year
Vet Med II PROBS2                              $30 per year              Information Technology
Architecture & Construction                                              Digital & Interactive Media                  $15 per year
Architectural Design                           $15 per semester          Manufacturing
                                                                                                                      $25 per year + project cost
Construction Technology                        $60 per year              Principles of Manufacturing
                                                                         Transportation, Distribution &
Interior Design                                $15 per semester
                                                                         Logistics
                                                                                                                      $83.00 repair supplies work
Arts, A/V Technology & Communication                                     Collision Repair & Refinishing
                                                                                                                      clothing
                                                                                                                      Students are required to
                                                                                                                      furnish work style pants,
                                                                                                                      footwear and safety glasses
                                                                         Advanced Collision Repair &
Film I - Advanced A/V Production               $30 per year                                                           that meet program
                                                                         Refinishing
                                                                                                                      standards.
                                                                                                                      $250 - optional tool kit and
                                                                                                                      $33 - optional uniform shirt
                                                                                                                      Students are required to
                                                                                                                      furnish work style pants,
                                                                                                                      footwear and safety glasses
Audio Engineering - A/V Production             $50 per year              Automotive Technology                        that meet program
                                                                                                                      standards.
                                                                                                                      $250 - optional tool kit and
                                                                                                                      $33 - optional uniform shirt

                                                                                                                      Students are required to
                                                                                                                      furnish work style pants,
                                                                                                                      footwear and safety glasses
Film II - Practicum in A/V Production          $30 per year              Advanced Automotive Technology               that meet program
                                                                                                                      standards.
                                                                                                                      $250 - optional tool kit and
                                                                                                                      $33 - optional uniform shirt

Fashion Design                                 $20 per year

                  22
               The Advanced Technical Credit Program (ATC)
     The Advanced Technical Credit Program         General Guidelines for Student
     (ATC) is a way to start a college technical   Articulated Credit
     major in high school. In the ATC program,
     students begin their course of study in       1. Complete articulated course, or last
     high school and continue in a community          course in a required sequence, in
     or technical college. The result is a cer-       grades 11 or 12. Complete all required
     �������������������������������������������      prerequisites.
     (AAS) degree.                                 2. Successfully complete articulated high
     The Advanced Technical Credit Program            school courses and required prerequi-
     (ATC), also called statewide articulation,       sites with a grade of 80 (3.0) or higher.
     is one way students can earn college cred-    3. Enroll in a participating two-year
     it while in high school.                         college within 15 months after high
     Students who take content enhanced ca-           school graduation.
     reer and technical education courses for      4. Declare a college major that includes
     high school credit may also be eligible for      the equivalent college course(s) in the
     college credit at many community and             degree plan.
     technical colleges in Texas.
                                                   5. Visit college advisor or program coordi-
     ATC courses cover the same material as           nator prior to college registration, and
     certain college technical courses and they       with approval, enroll in the next level
     are taught by high school faculty with           course(s).
     special training.
                                                   6. Complete six (6) additional, non-devel-
     High school juniors or seniors who earn a        opmental college hours in any subject
     grade of 3.0 (B) or better may count ATC         (includes credit awarded by dual credit
     courses as advanced measures for the             and/or qualifying scores on AP or CLEP
     Distinguished Achievement Program (DAP)          exams).
     graduation plan.
                                                   7. Petition for award of articulated tech-
                                                      nical credit. Articulated credit is sub-
                                                      ject to change. College credit will be
                                                      posted on the post secondary transcript
                                                      only after being deemed appropriate by
                                                      �����������������

                                                   8. Verify that articulated courses have
                                                      been posted to college transcript.


        The following colleges have indicated an interest in
      participating in the Advanced Technical Credit Program.
                   Contact individual colleges to verify their participation.
                       Not all colleges offer all courses or programs.
     Alvin Community College                       Navarro College
     Angelina College                              Northeast Texas Community College
     Austin Community College                      Odessa College
     Blinn College                                 Panola College
     Brazosport College                            Paris Junior College
     Central Texas College                         Ranger College
     Cisco Junior College                          San Jacinto College District
     College of the Mainland                       South Plains College
     Collin County College District                South Texas Community College
     El Paso Community College                     South Texas Junior College
     Frank Phillips College                        Temple College
     Galveston College                             Texarkana College
     Grayson County College                        Texas Southmost College
     Hill College                                  Texas State Technical College
     Houston Community College System              Kilgore College
     Howard College                                       Harlingen
     Lamar Institute of Technology                        Marshall
     Lamar State College - Orange                         Sweetwater
     Lamar State College - Pt. Arthur                     Waco
     Laredo Community College                      Trinity Valley Community College
     Lee College                                   Tyler Junior College
     Lone Star College                             Vernon Regional Junior College
        College District                           Weatherford College
            LSC - Cy-Fair College                  Wharton County College
            LSC - Kingwood College
            LSC - Montgomery College
            LSC - North Harris College
            LSC - Tomball College

         If your local two-year college is not on the above list, contact the college
       Dean of Technical or Workforce Education for information about their college’s
                   participation in the Advanced Technical Credit Program.


23
                                                                     Advanced Technical Credit Course Crosswalk
                                                                                    2012-2013
                                The following CTE courses that are offered in Katy I.S.D. may qualify as Advanced Technical Credit (ATC) courses.
                                            Please refer to www.atctexas.org for the most detailed and current course crosswalk.


                            Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources                                                                  Hospitality & Tourism
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent          Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
                                                   Shop Safety & Procedures                                                                     Sanitation and Safety
                                                                                             Culinary Arts (8371V)
                                                   (DEMR 1301 or DEMR 1401) OR                                                                  (CHEF 1205 or CHEF 1305)
Agricultural Mechanics & Metal Technologies        Welding Fundamentals                                                                         Introduction to Hospitality Industry
                                                   (WLDG 1421 or WLDG 1521) OR               Hospitality Services (8363V)
(8130)                                                                                                                                          (HAWG 1221 or HAWG 1321)
                                                   Farm & Ranch Shop Skills
                                                   (AGME 1315 or AGME 1415)                                                          Information Technology
                                                   Floral Design                             Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
Principles & Elements of Floral Design (8237)
                                                   (FMKT 1301 of FMKT 1401)                                                                      Digital Imaging I
                                                                                                                                                (ARTC 1302 or ARTC 1402) OR
                                                                                             Digital & Interactive Media (8637)
                                      Architecture & Construction                                                                               Introduction to Digital Media
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent                                                             (IMED 1301 or IMED 1401)
                                                   Architectural Blueprint Reading
Construction Technology (8195)
                                                   (DFTG 1215 or DFTG 1315)                                                Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security
                                                   Fundamentals of Interior Design           Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
Interior Design (8198)
                                                   (INDS 1311 or INDS 1411)                                                                     Criminalistics I
                                                                                             Law Enforcement I (8970V)
                                                                                                                                                (CJSA 1308)
                            Arts, A/V Technology & Communication                                                                                Fundamentals of Criminal Law
                                                                                             Court Systems and Practices (8972V)
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent                                                             (CJSA 1327)
                                                   Digital Video                                                                                Basic Telecommunication Certification
                                                                                             Law Enforcement II (8976V)
                                                   (ARTV 1351 or ARTV 1451) OR                                                                  (CJLE 1303)
Advanced Audio/Video Production (8033V)
                                                   Digital Sound
                                                   (ARTV 1342 or ARTV 1443)                                                               Manufacturing
                                                   Introduction to Fashion                   Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
Fashion Design (8320)
                                                   (FSHD 1302)                                                                                  Computer Integrated Manufacturing
                                                                                             Principles of Manufacturing (8043)
                                                                                                                                                (INMT 1311 or INMT 1411)
                            Business Management & Administration
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent                                   Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics
                                                   Computer Applications I                   Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
Business Information Management I                  (POFI 1301 or POFI 1401) OR                                                                  Technical Drafting
(8601)                                             Introduction to Computers                                                                    (DFTG 1305 or DFTG 1405) OR
                                                                                             Introduction to Engineering Design (8641)
                                                   ((ITSC 1301 or ITSC 1401)                                                                    Basic Computer-Aided Drafting
                                                   Computer Applications II                                                                     (DFTG 1309 or DFTG 1409)
Practicum in Business Management                   (POFI 1341 or 1441) OR                                                                       Civil Drafting
                                                                                             Civil Engineering and Architecture (8048V)
(8610 )                                            Integrated Software Applications I                                                           (DFTG 2330 or DFTG 2430)
                                                   ((ITSC 1309 or ITSC 1409)                                                                    Computer Integrated Manufacturing
                                                                                             Computer Integrated Manufacturing (8041V)
                                                                                                                                                (INMT 1311 or INMT 1411)
                                                Finance                                                                                         Instrumentation Test Equipment
                                                                                             Digital Electronics (8045V)
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent                                                             (INTC 1207 or INTC 1307)
                                                   Introduction to Accounting I
                                                   (ACNT 1303 of ACNT 1403) OR
Accounting I (8570)
                                                   Principles of Accounting
                                                   (ACNT 1325 or ACNT 1425)


                                            Health Science
Katy I.S.D. CTE Course                             Jr./Community College Equivalent
Principles of Health Science (8093)
                                                   Introduction to Health Professions
OR
                                                   (HPRS 1101 or HPRS 1201)
Health Science (8094 / 8094V)
                                                   Essentials of Medical Terminology
                                                   (HPRS 1106 or HPRS 1206) OR
Principles of Health Science (8093)
                                                   Medical Terminology
OR
Health Science (8094 / 8094V)                      (MDCA 1213 or MDCA 1313) OR
                                                   Medical Terminology I
                                                   (HITT 1205 or HITT 1305)
                                                   Anatomy & Physiology for Allied Health
Anatomy and Physiology (0415)                      (VNSG 1320 or VNSG 1420) OR
                                                   Anatomy & Physiology-Medical Assistants
                                                   (MDCA 1309 or MDCA 1409)




                                                                                                                                                                                        October 2011


                 24
                                        Grading and Class Rank System
 Grading System                                                         Breaking Ties for Top Honors
                                                                           In the event of a tie, the valedictorian and salutatorian shall
  A	combination	of	numbers	and	letters	is	used	in	grading.		The	        be determined by averaging the grades from all courses taken in
number or letter represents the quality of work done by the student.    common by all students involved in the tie.

90-100     A		:	Outstanding	progress	and	mastery	of	subject	matter      Class Rankings
80-89      B : Above	average	progress	and	mastery	of	subject	matter           The	following	criteria	apply	to	all	students	in	calculating	GPAs	
75-79      C		:	Average	progress	and	understanding	of	material          used in determining class rankings:
70-74      D : Below average progress and minimum passing grade                1. Students shall receive weighted grade points correspond-
69-Below    F : Student has not met the class requirements                     						ing	to	the	level	of	difficulty	of	the	courses	taken.	
           I : Incomplete                                                      2.			GPA	shall	not	be	calculated	for	certain	courses	when	
           EX :	Exempt	from	Semester	Exam	and/or	exempt		                      						taken	on	a	GPA-exempt	basis.		See	section	below	for	list	
                from	one	numerical	grade	for	the	first	two	grad-                      of courses.
                ing periods of enrollment in a content course for              3.			A	GPA	is	determined	mathematically	using	all	grades	
                ESOL	students	who	are	new	to	the	district                      						earned,	excluding:	student	assistants,	drivers’	education,	
                                                                               						and	classes	designated	as	GPA-exempt	courses.
Dual-Credit Grades                                                             4.			The	GPA	is	based	on	high	school	courses	taken	in	grades	
					Houston	Community	College	System	(HCC)	teachers	will	only	                							7-11	and	the	first	five	grading	periods	of	the	senior	year.	
record a letter grade which will be converted to a numerical grade             5.			PreAP/AP	weighted	grade	points	earned	through	another	
in the mid-range of our scale as follows:                                             accredited institution will be accepted and awarded only
     A = 95                                                                    						for	courses	designated	as	PreAP/AP	in	Katy	ISD.
     B = 85                                                                    6. Courses transferred from non-District schools shall be record-
     C = 77                                                              													ed	and	calculated	as	stated	in	administrative	regulation	FD.
     D = 72
     F = 65                                                             Grade Point Scale
					Some	colleges’	grading	scale	for	a	D	is	60-69.		For	dual-credit	   The current KISD weighted grade point scale is as follows:
courses, grades of D will be transcribed to read a 72 on the stu-                                (90-100)   (80-89)   (75-79)   (70-74)   (69-Below)
dent’s transcript.
                                                                        PreAP/AP	Courses            5         4         3         2           0
 Academic	Achievement	and	Class	                                        Academic	Courses            4         3         2         1           0
                                                                        Dual-Credit	&	              4         3         2         1           0
 Ranking-	EIC(LOCAL)                                                    Online	Courses
                                                                        Intervention/Fun-           3         2         1         1           0
   Recognition for academic honors shall be given to the following
                                                                        damental/Applied	
graduating seniors:
   1.	 Valedictorian—highest	ranking	student                            Courses*
   2.			Salutatorian—second-highest	ranking	student
   3. To be eligible for valedictorian or salutatorian, students            *Designated	fundamental/applied	courses	and	the	associated	
         must be enrolled the junior and senior years in the same       weighted	grade	points	defined	above	began	with	students	enter-
         district high school and graduate in no fewer than eight       ing ninth grade in the fall of 2003.
         regular semesters
   4.	 Top	ten	graduates—valedictorian,	salutatorian,	and	the	          GPA-Exempt Courses
   						next	eight	highest	grade	averages.	A	student	must	gradu-           Katy ISD strives to encourage students to pursue their areas of
   						ate	under	the	Recommended	High	School	Program	(26              special talents and interests to enrich their academic achievement.
   						RHSP)	or	Distinguished	High	School	Program	(DAP) in            To encourage students to maintain their participation in these class-
   						order	to	be	a	“Top	10”	graduate.                               es, the district allows juniors and seniors to participate in the third
   5.	 High	honor	graduates—seniors	with	an	academic	grade	             and	fourth	years	of	the	following	courses	on	a	GPA-exempt	basis:		
   					point	average	(GPA)	of	4.0	or	better	based	on	a	weighted	           •	 Advanced	Journalism	(Newspaper	&	Yearbook)
        grade point scale are designated as high honor graduates            •	 District-identified	Agricultural,	Food	&	Natural	Resources	
   					and	are	so	distinguished	during	graduation	exercises                   Cluster courses
   6.	 Honor	graduates—seniors	with	an	academic	GPA	of	3.5		                •	 Athletics	(not	PE)
        or better based on a weighted grade point scale are des-            •	 Band
        ignated as honor graduates and are so distinguished during          •	 Cheerleading
   					graduation	exercises                                                •	 Choir
   7. To be eligible for high honors or honors recognition, stu-            •	 Colorguard
         dents must be enrolled for the last four grading periods of        •	 Debate
         the year they graduate in a district high school.                  •	 Dance Team
                                                                            •	 Oral	Interpretation
Exception                                                                   •	 Orchestra
     Students entering a district high school during their seventh          •	 Theatre	(Technical	Theatre,	Theatre	Arts,	Theatre	Production).		
semester will be allowed honor graduate status commensurate
with their earned rank in class. Students who graduate in fewer             Students who elect this option must complete an application and
than eight semesters will be assigned an equivalent senior class        return	it	to	the	counselor’s	office	by	the	end	of	the	third	week	of	each	
rank on the basis of their grade point average and shall be eligible    semester.		For	more	information,	please	contact	your	counselor.
for	honor	graduate	status.	No	student	meeting	the	requirements	
of items three and seven above will be displaced as a result of the
ranking of a student graduating in fewer than eight semesters.

                  25
                              Selecting Courses For The Next School Year
 General Information                                                         2.	 Grades	earned	in	the	first	three	weeks	of	a	dropped	class	
                                                                             					can	impact	UIL	eligibility.
     The	next	section	of	this	planning	guide	includes	descriptions	of	       3.	 Dual-credit	students	must	also	officially	withdraw	from	the	
courses	that	may	be	offered	at	Katy	ISD	secondary	campuses.	Every	                post secondary institution after consulting with a KISD
course	is	not	offered	on	every	campus;	every	course	is	not	offered	          					campus	counselor	(withdrawing	from	a	dual	credit	course	
each year. KISD courses must have a sustainable enrollment of 15             					may	impact	terms	of	college	financial	aid	package).
students	or	more	in	order	to	be	offered;	dual	credit	courses	require	        4.		A	change	to	a	new	course	title	requires	the	student	to	
22	eligible	students.	Listing	of	a	course	description	in	this	publication	   					make-up	work	done	prior	to	his/her	entry	in	the	course.
does not guarantee that the course will be taught during the 2012-
2013	school	year.	In	addition	a	teacher	who	meets	the	Highly	Qualified	
standard of the federal government must be on staff to teach a course.
                                                                              High School Courses at Junior High
Sometimes there is more demand for a course than there are seats
                                                                                Students who have successfully completed a high school
in the classes. In this case campuses may close the course to certain
                                                                             credit course in junior high receive the appropriate units of high
grade levels. These requirements and restrictions impact elective and
                                                                             school	credit	and	grade	points.	(See	page	67)
specialty courses more than core courses and other required courses.

    In reviewing the array of possible courses, a student must                UIL/Eligibility	
keep	in	mind	career	and	personal	goals.	By	using	the	4	Year	Plan	
Worksheet	on	page	10	a	student	can	make	course	selections	that	              					For	UIL	participation	5	credit	bearing	classes	must	be	taken.		
will	fulfill	graduation	requirements	and	meet	student	interests.	It	         These classes can not be study hall or student assistant credit.
is	necessary	to	identify	some	alternate	courses	that	satisfy	the	4	
Year	Plan	since	not	every	course	will	be	available	every	year.		A	              Students interested in pursuing athletics in college must consult
student	must	be	enrolled	in	five	periods	(4	academic	classes	and	            the	NCAA	website	for	current	information	as	they	create/revise	their	
1	elective	OR	either	study	hall	or	student	assistant)	to	meet	re-            high	school	four	year	plans.		Visit	http:www.ncaa.org,	click	on	“Aca-
quirements of a full-time student.                                           demic	and	Athletics:	and	then	“Eligibility	and	Recruiting”.
    Each	campus	will	give	out	a	course	selection	worksheet	that	
students will use to indicate the courses they plan to take during            Course	Fees
the	next	school	year.	The	course	selection	worksheet	will	include	
a	4	digit	number	plus	the	course	title.	These	numbers	and	titles	               Certain courses require a fee to cover the cost of materi-
appear on the course descriptions that follow. Before proceed-               als, projects etc. beyond normal school supplies. Course
ing please read carefully the special notes and schedule change              descriptions will note when a fee is required. In some cases
information on this page.                                                    arrangements can be made for payment plans. Contact your
                                                                             school for information. Course fees are noted in the course
                                                                             description of appropriate courses.
 Schedule Changes
    Students receive information about course offerings and ad-               								New	Courses	for	2012	-	2013			
visement about appropriate course selection from the counseling
staff early in the spring semester. During that semester students
have the opportunity to discuss their course options with parents,           7750 Dance Composition I
teachers, and counselor. Based on input, students may request a              7751 Dance Composition II
change in course selections for the following year until the conclu-         1520 Professional Communications
sion of the spring semester.
    Changes in a schedule or a course may only be made within                Returning course offerings may have been revised from prior year -
the	published	timeframe.		After	the	course	change	deadline,	re-              new title, new prerequisite, etc. Read course descriptions carefully.
quests for schedule changes will be honored for a limited number
of reasons such as:
1.	 Error	in	scheduling	on	part	of	school	such as a data entry error
2.  Student failure in a prerequisite course
3.	 Change	in	program	(athletics,	band,	choir,	orchestra,	etc.)
4.	 Level	changes	as	recommended	by	teachers	and	coun-
     selor with parental knowledge and principal approval
5.	 Did	not	meet	standard	on	TAKS/STAAR	EOC	test	or
    benchmark test.

	 For	unusual	circumstances	which	require	a	schedule	change	
after the semester begins, students should be aware that:
1.	 Grades	earned	in	PreAP	or	AP	courses	will	be	transferred	to	
    the academic course without any adjustment after the tenth
    day of class.


                   26
                               Catalog of Courses: Senior High School
 English                                      0104 English IV
                                                  Prerequisite: English III
                                                                                                 expository,	analytical,	argumentative,	and	per-
                                                                                                 suasive essays. The number of major works
                                                      Credit: One                                required of students during the school year
0101 English I
                                              In	English	IV,	students	master	previously	         will	be	6-9.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guide-
        Credit: One
                                              learned skills. Students write using all           lines, page 8.
In	English	I,	students	master	previ-
                                              elements	of	the	writing	process	(planning,	
ously learned skills. Students write
                                              drafting,	revising,	editing)	to	compose	           0113 Advanced Placement English
using all elements of the writing process
                                              texts.		Student	compositions	include	lit-               Language and Composition
(planning,	drafting,	revising,	editing)	to	
                                              erary,	expository	and	persuasive	texts.		              Prerequisite: English II
compose	texts.		Student	compositions	in-
                                              Students will study and demonstrate a                      Credit: One
clude	literary,	persuasive	and	expository	
                                              range of persuasive appeals and rhetori-           AP	English	Language	and	Composi-
texts.		Students	read	multi-genre	and	
                                              cal devices. Students read multi-genre             tion		(English	III)	students	will	continue	
multi-cultural selections which include
                                              and multi-cultural selections which include        to	develop	and	refine	their	critical	and	
literary fiction and non fiction as well as
                                              literary	fiction	and	non	fiction	as	well	as	       analytical skills and strategies in read-
persuasive	and	expository	texts.		Visual	
                                              persuasive	and	expository	texts.		British	         ing, writing, and verbal communication
texts	and	various	media	will	be	com-
                                              authors for each major literary period will        as	they	encounter	more	complex	ideas	
pared and analyzed. Students develop
                                              be	studied.		Visual	texts	and	various	me-          and	concepts.		Students	are	expected	to	
research skills necessary to organize
                                              dia will be evaluated. Students develop            read from a variety of genres that address
and present their ideas and information.
                                              research skills necessary to organize and          varying historical periods, disciplines, and
                                              present their ideas and information.               rhetorical	contexts.		From	such	endeavors,
0102 English II
                                                                                                 students will apply stylistic and rhetori-
    Prerequisite: English I
                                               Students enrolling in any high school English     cal strategies and techniques in order to
       Credit: One
                                               Pre AP, PreAP/GT, AP, and AP/GT course            enhance	their	own	writing.		Major	elements	
In	English	II,	students	master	previ-
                                                   have a summer reading assignment.             of	nonfiction	and	American	Literature	
ously learned skills. Students write
                                               Summer Reading Assignments will be posted         are	examined.	In	addition,	students	will	
using all elements of the writing pro-
                                                    on www.katyisd.org in late spring.           prepare	for	the	AP	Language	and	Compo-
cess	(planning,	drafting,	revising,	
                                                                                                 sition	Examination,	with	an	emphasis	on	
editing)	to	compose	texts.		Student	
                                              0111 English I PreAP                               writing	under	time	constraints.		(Satisfies	
compositions	include	literary,	exposi-
                                                       Credit: One                               English	III	requirement).		The	number	of	
tory	and	persuasive	texts.		Students	
                                              The	English	I	PreAP	student	will	increase	         major works required of students during
will study and demonstrate a range of
                                              and	refine	critical	reading	and	writing	           the school year will be 5-8. See	PreAP/AP	
persuasive appeals. Students read
                                              skills. The student will communicate ef-           Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
multi-genre and multi-cultural selec-
tions which include literary fiction and      fectively	through	exposition,	analysis,	
                                              and	argumentation	to	achieve	sufficient	           0114 Advanced Placement English
non fiction as well as persuasive and
                                              richness	and	complexity	for	effective	                  Literature and Composition
expository	texts.		Visual	texts	and	
                                              communication.	Through	the	exposure	                    Prerequisite: English III or AP English
various media will be compared and
                                              and	experience	of	different	genres,	the	                            Language and Composition
analyzed. Students develop research
                                              student will interpret a work’s structure,                 Credit: One
skills necessary to organize and pres-
                                              style, theme, symbolism, imagery and tone          AP	English	Literature	and	Composition	
ent their ideas and information.
                                              to develop stylistic maturity while observ-        (English	IV)	includes	an	intensive	study	of	
                                              ing	textural	detail	necessary	to	prepare	          representative works from various genres
0103 English III
                                              for	the	next	grade	level.		The	number	of	          and periods, concentrating on works of
    Prerequisite: English II
                                              major works required of students during            recognized literary merit, offering students
       Credit: One
                                              the	school	year	will	be	6-8.	See	PreAP/AP	         opportunities to understand a work’s com-
In	English	III,	students	master	previ-
                                              Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                     plexity,	to	absorb	its	richness	of	meaning,	
ously learned skills. Students write
                                                                                                 and to analyze how that meaning is em-
using all elements of the writing process
                                              0112 English II PreAP                              bodied	in	literary	form.	Writing	to	explain	
(planning,	drafting,	revising,	editing)	to	
                                                   Prerequisite: English I                       a literary work will involve analysis and
compose	texts.		Student	compositions	in-
                                                       Credit: One                               interpretation of meaning, as well as how
clude	literary,	expository	and	persuasive	
                                              English	II	PreAP	students	continue	to	in-          various aspects of language and structure
texts.		Students	will	study	and	demon-
                                              crease	and	refine	reading,	writing,	and	           affect meaning. Students writing will include
strate a range of persuasive appeals and
                                              evaluative skills in a fast-paced, challenging     expository,	analytical,	and	argumentative	
rhetorical devices. Students read multi-
                                              academic environment. Students will read           essays. Students will study a selection
genre and multi-cultural selections which
                                              literary	texts	written	in	a	variety	of	periods,	   of	prose	and	poetry	of	British	and	World	
include literary fiction and non fiction as
                                              disciplines,	rhetorical	contexts,	and	liter-       authors,	written	from	the	sixteenth	century	
well	as	persuasive	and	expository	texts.		
                                              ary	genres.		They	will	analyze	these	texts	        to contemporary times. In addition, students
American	authors	for	each	major	literary	
                                              for structure and literary elements including      will	prepare	for	the	AP	Literature	and	Com-
period	will	be	studied.		Visual	texts	and	
                                              style,	theme,	figurative	language,	imagery,	       position	Examination,	with	an	emphasis	on	
various media will be evaluated. Stu-
                                              symbolism,	and	tone.		Additionally,	students	      writing	under	time	constraints.		(Satisfies	
dents develop research skills necessary
                                              will consider a work’s literary merits as well     English	IV	requirement).		The	number	of	
to organize and present their ideas and
                                              as	the	social	and	historical	context	reflected	    major works required of students during
information.
                                              in	the	text.		Writing	assignments	will	focus	on	   the	school	year	will	be	6-12.	See	PreAP/AP	
                                              the critical analysis of literature and include    Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.

                   27
0107 English I PreAP/GT                           0119/0121 Dual-Credit English IV -                purposes: to inform, to persuade, to nar-
     Prerequisite: English Language Arts GT                 Engl 1301/1302                          rate, to describe, and to argue. The goal
                 identification                        Prerequisite: HCC entrance require-          of	Practical	Writing	and	Creative	Writing	is	
        Credit: One                                                ments, senior classification,    to	support	the	writing	expectations	of	the	
This course is designed for the student                            and THEA                         general	education	English/Language	Arts	
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	the	lan-             Credit: One-half (per semester)           curriculum.
guage arts based on state guidelines and                           Dual-credit English IV/3
district	criteria.		Using	the	PreAP	curricu-                       HCCS credit hours per            Fundamental English
lum	(see	0111),	the	course	is	differentiated	                      semester
for gifted students by modifying the depth,       HCC Core Curriculum Course which                  0131 English I
complexity,	and/or	pacing.		The	number	of	        emphasizes written compositions.                  0132 English II
major works required of students during           NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-            0133 English III
the school year will be 6-8.                      ment of applicable fees to HCC and                0134 English IV
                                                  purchase	of	textbooks.		                                 Prerequisite: ARD Committee
0108 English II PreAP/GT                          THEA	warning	on	page	16.                                             recommendation
   Prerequisite: English I and English            Dual-Credit warning on page 18.                             Credit: One per course
             Language Arts GT identification                                                        The subject content of these courses match-
       Credit: One                                0125 English I for Speakers of Other              es	the	grade	level	general	education	English	
This course is designed for the student                Languages                                    curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	the	         0127 English II for Speakers of Other
language arts based on state guidelines                Languages                                    Applied English
and	district	criteria.		Using	the	PreAP	               Prerequisite: Must qualify through testing
curriculum	(see	0112),	the	course	is	                              with placement in English I      0931   English I
differentiated for gifted students by                              SOL or English II SOL being      0932   English II
modifying	the	depth,	complexity,	and/                              recommended by district or       0933   English III
or pacing. The number of major works                               campus ESOL staff.               0934   English IV
required of students during the school year               Credit: One (per course)                         Prerequisite: ARD Committee recom-
will be 6-9.                                      English	I	SOL	and	English	II	SOL	are	                                mendation
                                                  designed	to	introduce	the	non-English	                      Credit: One per course
0109 Advanced Placement English                   speaker	to	English.		The	goal	of	English	         Instruction is individualized according to
     Language and Composition GT                  I	SOL	and	English	II	SOL	is	to	acceler-           the	IEP.
     Prerequisite: English II and English         ate	the	Non-English	speaker’s	acquisition	
                 Language Arts GT                 of	English.		Emphasis	is	placed	on	vo-
                 identification                   cabulary	expansion,	written	and	oral	              Communication
        Credit: One                               communication, reading comprehension
AP	English	Language	and	Composition	              and attentive listening. A maximum of              Applications
GT	(English	III	GT)	is	designed	for	the	          two (2) credits in ESOL can be earned
student	identified	as	academically	gifted	in	     towards	the	English	requirements	for	             NOTE:		Communication	Applications	or	
the language arts based on                        graduation	for	courses	titled	English	I	SOL	      Professional Communications credit is
state guidelines and district criteria. Us-       and	English	II	SOL.		Only	immigrant	stu-          required for graduation for incoming 2001
ing	the	AP	curriculum	(see	0113),	the	            dents	may	be	placed	in	English	I	SOL	and	         freshmen and thereafter.
course is differentiated for gifted students      English	II	SOL.	
by	modifying	the	depth,	complexity,	and/or	                                                         1515 Communication Applications
pacing.		(Satisfies	English	III	requirement).		   0124 Practical Writing                                     Grades: 10-12 recommended
The number of major works required of             0127A Creative Writing                                      Credit: One-half
students during the school year will be 5-8.          Prerequisite: Must qualify through testing    This course will identify, analyze,
                                                                  with placement in Practical       develop and evaluate communication
0110 Advanced Placement English                                   Writing or Creative Writing       skills needed for professional and social
     Literature and Composition GT                                SOL being recommended by          success in interpersonal situations,
     Prerequisite: English III or AP English                      district or campus ESOL staff.    group interactions, and personal and
                 Language and Composition                 Credit: One elective credit (per          professional presentations.
                 and English Language Arts                        course) *Practical Writing
                 GT identification                                and Creative Writing do not       1516 Fundamental Communication
        Credit: One                                               count towards the English              Applications
AP	English	Literature	and	Composition	GT	                         requirements for graduation.          Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
(English	IV	GT)	is	designed	for	the	student	      Practical	Writing	and	Creative	Writing	may	                        dation
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	the	         be	paired	with	English	I	SOL	and	English	II	              Credit: One-half
language arts based on state guidelines           SOL	or	Sheltered	English	courses	to	pro-          The subject of this course matches the
and	district	criteria.		Using	the	AP	curricu-     vide	additional	support	for	ELL	students’	        grade level general education Com-
lum	(see	0114),	the	course	is	differentiated	     acquisition of skills needed to plan, draft       munication	Applications		curriculum	as	
for gifted students by modifying the depth,       and	complete	written	compositions	in	Eng-         determined	by	an	IEP.
complexity,	and/or	pacing.		(Satisfies	Eng-       lish.		Practical	Writing	and	Creative	Writing	
lish	IV	requirement).		The	number	of	major	       provide students the additional class time
works required of students during the             needed to master the conventions and
school year will be typically 6-12.               mechanics	of	the	English	language.		Instruc-
                                                  tion will focus on writing for the following
                 28
9005 Applied Communication Applications
  Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
                                                Mathematics                                       0224     Geometry PreAP
                                                                                                         Prerequisite: Algebra I
                dation                                                                                      Credit: One
                                               NOTE: Calculators, a form of handheld
      Credit:One-half                                                                             In addition to the topics covered in Geom-
                                               technology, will be available for student use
Instruction is individualized according to                                                        etry, a strong emphasis will be placed on
                                               in the appropriate courses. Since students
the	IEP.				                                                                                      a student using deductive reasoning. The
                                               will need to use these calculators on college
                                                                                                  level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	
                                               entrance	examinations,	students	are	
1520 Professional Communications                                                                  preparing	the	student	for	Advanced	Place-
                                               encouraged to purchase their own graphing
       Grades: 10-12 recommended                                                                  ment	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	
                                               calculator during high school. This will
      Credit: One-half                                                                            Guidelines, page 8.
                                               enable students to utilize these calculators
Professional Communications blends writ-
                                               for homework, projects, and to become
ten, oral and graphic communication in a                                                          0226 Geometry PreAP/GT
                                               familiar with their own calculator. Katy ISD
career-based environment. Students will                                                                  Prerequisite: Algebra I and Math GT
                                               currently	purchases	the	TI-Nspire.		There	are	
be	expected	to	develop	and	expand	the	                                                                               identification
                                               other brands available, but parents should
ability to write, read, edit, speak, listen,                                                                Credit: One
                                               make sure the other brand offers the same
apply software applications, manipulate                                                           In this course, the GT student is required
                                               features and abilities as the TI model. These
computer graphics, and conduct Internet                                                           to	use	complex	reasoning	skills.		There	
                                               calculators are available at many retail stores.
research. This course meets the Speech                                                            will be additional opportunities to perform
                                               Again,	students	will	have	access	to	these	
graduation requirement.                                                                           investigations and independent study
                                               calculators	at	school;	but	if	they	want	to	use	
                                                                                                  using dynamic geometry software. The
                                               them at home or become better trained on
                                                                                                  level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	
 English	Electives                             the use of these calculators, students are
                                               encouraged to purchase their own.
                                                                                                  on	preparing	the	student	for	Advanced	
                                                                                                  Placement courses.
0115 Humanities PreAP                          0202/0210 Algebra I Block
     Prerequisite: Sophomore, junior or                                                           0236 Mathematical Models with
                                                        Credit: Two -- one-half local elective
                 senior classification                                                                 Applications (MMA)
                                                                credit and one-half math
        Credit: One                                                                                   Prerequisite: Algebra I
                                                                graduation credit each
Humanities	PreAP	offers	students	an	op-                                                                    Note: Must be taken before Algebra
                                                                semester
portunity	to	extend	and	expand	beyond	                                                                            II for students entering High
                                               This course will emphasize the study of
the Humanities objectives. It allows stu-                                                                         School Fall 2007 and beyond
                                               linear functions. Students will use func-
dents to address activities that involve                                                                  Credit: One
                                               tions to represent, model, analyze and
such mental processes as an analysis of                                                           Students use a variety of representations
                                               interpret relationships in problem situa-
relationships between literary movements                                                          (concrete,	numerical,	abstract,	graphical)	
                                               tions. Topics include graphing, solving
and	other	artistic	movements;	creative	                                                           and technology to solve applied problems.
                                               equations and inequalities and systems of
problem	solving;	synthesis	of	ideas	and	                                                          Real-life application problems will involve
                                               linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear
concepts;	and	the	evaluation	of	ideas	and	                                                        finance,	probability,	fine	arts,	and	science.
                                               functions will be introduced.
concepts through both group and inde-                                                             This course serves as a bridge between
pendent study and research.                                                                       Geometry and Algebra II and is not allowed
                                               This	course	is	a	one-year/two-period	
                                                                                                  for DAP.
                                               format	providing	an	extra	class	period	for	
0116 Independent Study in English I            those students who require additional in-
     PreAP:TAD                                                                                    0261 Algebra II
                                               structional	time	for	success	in	Algebra	I.		
0117 Independent Study in English II                                                                     Prerequisite: Algebra I, Geometry
                                               NOTE:		Local	credit	in	this	course	DOES	
     PreAP:TAD                                                                                              Credit: One
                                               NOT	count	towards	graduation	.
0118 Independent Study in English III                                                             Students will continue their study of func-
     PreAP:TAD                                                                                    tions	begun	in	Algebra	I	with	emphasis	on	
                                               0211 Algebra I
     Prerequisite: Current member of                                                              quadratic,	square	root,	exponential	and	
                                                        Credit: One
                 the Texas Academic                                                               logarithmic	functions.		Numerical,	graphi-
                                               This course will emphasize the study of
                 Decathlon; PreAP guidelines                                                      cal and algebraic solutions are considered
                                               linear functions. Students will use func-
                 recommended; Junior or                                                           for all problems as applicable.
                                               tions to represent, model, analyze and
                 senior classification         interpret relationships in problem situa-
         Credit: One                                                                              0262 Algebra II PreAP
                                               tions. Topics include graphing, solving
Independent	Study	in	English	PreAP	                                                                      Prerequisite: Algebra I and Geometry
                                               equations and inequalities and systems of
features activities designed for the high-                                                                           required.
                                               linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear
achieving	student.	Major	areas	include	                                                                      Credit: One
                                               functions will be introduced.
research, producing original work in print                                                        Algebra	II	PreAP	provides	an	in-depth	
or in another medium, development of                                                              treatment of algebraic concepts through
                                               0223 Geometry
advanced	skills	and	studies	in	specific	                                                          the study of functions using a trans-
                                                   Prerequisite: Algebra I
areas of students interest. Students                                                              formational approach. The level of
                                                       Credit: One
are	expected	to	use	creative	processes	                                                           instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	
                                               Students study properties and relation-
in solving problems and produce work                                                              preparing	the	student	for	Advanced	
                                               ships	of	geometric	figures	with	a	focus	on	
that is both creative and accurate. This                                                          Placement	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	En-
                                               size, shape, location, direction and the
course provides the skills in writing and                                                         try/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
                                               orientation	of	these	figures.		The	relation-
speaking	that	are	required	for	Academic	       ship between geometry, other areas of
Decathlon	Participants.		PreAP	guide-          mathematics, and other disciplines will
lines recommended.                             also be studied.

                 29
0263     Algebra II PreAP/GT                     an independent study component. The              Instruction will include preparation for
       Prerequisite: Algebra I and Geometry      level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	      the	College	Board	Advanced	Place-
                   required, and Math GT         on	preparing	the	student	for	Advanced	           ment	Statistics	Examination.		There	is	no	
                   identification                Placement Calculus.                              academic equivalent for this course. See
          Credit: One                                                                             PreAP/AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	
In	addition	to	the	topics	covered	in	Alge-       0277 Advanced Placement Calculus AB              page 8, for caution statement.
bra	II	PreAP,	the	GT	student	will	conduct	              Prerequisite: Precalculus
independent investigations using data                      Credit: One                            0271 Advanced Placement Computer
collection	devices.		The	level	of	instruction/   This course emphasizes a conceptual                   Science A
curriculum will focus on preparing the stu-      understanding of calculus utilizing a multi-         Prerequisite: Algebra II
dent	for	Advanced	Placement	courses.	            representational	approach	(graphical,	                Note: Any student who takes this course
                                                 numerical,	analytic,	verbal).		The	topics	            before or while taking Algebra II will only
0264 Topics in Mathematics                       covered include limits, derivatives, inte-            receive elective credit (NOT Math).
    Prerequisite: Geometry & Algebra II          grals,	and	approximation.		Instruction	will	            Credit: One
        Credit: One                              include preparation for the College Board        This course emphasizes programming
This	course	counts	as	a	4th	year	math	           Advanced	Placement	Examination	for	              methodology, procedural abstraction, an
course for the Recommended High School           Calculus	AB.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	           in-depth study of algorithms, data struc-
Graduation Program, for technical training       Guidelines, page 8.                              tures, and data abstractions, as well as a
or for a range of career options. Topics                                                          detailed	examination	of	a	large	case	study	
include the analysis of information using                                                         program. Instruction will include prepa-
                                                 0278 Advanced Placement Calculus BC
                                                                                                  ration	for	the	College	Board	Advanced	
statistical methods and probability, math-              Prerequisite: Precalculus
                                                                                                  Placement	Computer	Science	A	Examina-
ematical	decision	making	in	finance	and	                   Credit: One
                                                                                                  tion. There is a course fee of $15.00 per
society, and a variety of topics in geom-        Calculus BC covers more topics than
                                                                                                  year to purchase student materials. There
etry. Students will learn to become critical     Calculus	AB.		The	additional	topics	include	
                                                                                                  is no academic equivalent for this course.
consumers of the quantitative data that          parametric, polar and vector functions and
                                                                                                  See	PreAP/AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	
surround them every day, knowledgeable           polynomial	approximations	and	series.		
                                                                                                  4,	page	8,	for	caution	statement.		
decision makers who use logical reason-          Instruction will include preparation for the
ing, and mathematical thinkers who can           College	Board	Advanced	Placement	Ex-
                                                                                                  0213/0216 Dual-Credit College Algebra -
use their quantitative skills to solve prob-     amination	for	Calculus	BC.		See	PreAP/AP	
                                                                                                            Math 1314 Offered	first	semester
lems related to a wide range of situations.      Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
                                                                                                            only
Independent Study course credit will be
                                                                                                      Prerequisite: Algebra II, HCC entrance
granted. This course is not intended for         0280 Advanced Placement Calculus BC/GT
                                                                                                                  requirements, Junior or
students who have completed Precalculus.                Prerequisite: Precalculus and Math GT
                                                                                                                  Senior classification, and
                                                                    identification
                                                                                                                  THEA
0283 Precalculus                                           Credit: One
                                                                                                         Credit: One-half
    Prerequisite: Algebra II                     The GT student will be required to dem-          This is a college-level course taught
        Credit: One                              onstrate in-depth knowledge of the topics        through HCC for one semester. The topics
This course will emphasize the study of          covered	in	the	College	Board	Advanced	           will include quadratics, polynomial, rational
polynomial,	rational,	radical,	exponential,	     Placement Calculus BC curriculum. In-            logarithmic	and	exponential	functions,	sys-
logarithmic, trigonometric, and piecewise        struction will include preparation for the       tem of equations, progression, sequences
defined	functions.                               College	Board	Advanced	Placement	Ex-             and series, matrices and determinants.
                                                 amination for Calculus BC.                       Upon successful completion of the course,
0284 Precalculus PreAP                                                                            students	will	receive	three	(3)	hours	of	col-
    Prerequisite: Algebra II                     0293 Advanced Placement Statistics               lege credit at HCC and one-half credit of
        Credit: One                                  Prerequisite: Algebra II or Precalculus      independent study in mathematics.
This course provides an in-depth treat-                  Credit: One                              NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-
ment of polynomial, rational, radical,           AP	Statistics	is	built	around	four	main	         ment of applicable fees to HCC and
exponential,	logarithmic,	trigonometric	                                                          purchase	of	textbooks.		
                                                 topics:		exploring	data,	planning	a	study,	
                                                                                                  THEA	warning	on	page	16.
and	piecewise	defined	functions.		Ad-            understanding probability theory and ac-
                                                                                                  Dual-Credit warning on page 18.
ditional topics covered include the polar        quiring critical inferential reasoning skills.
coordinate system, parametric equa-              The course includes preparation for the
                                                                                                  0291/0295 Dual-Credit Elements of
tions and sequences and series. The              College	Board	Advanced	Placement	Sta-
                                                                                                       Calculus with Applications - Math
level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	      tistics	Examination.		There	is	no	academic	
                                                                                                       1325 Offered second semester only
on	preparing	the	student	for	Advanced	           equivalent	for	this	course.		See	PreAP/AP	
                                                                                                      Prerequisite: HCC entrance require-
Placement Calculus. See	PreAP/AP	En-             Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	page	8,	for	
                                                                                                                  ments, Dual-Credit College
try/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                     caution statement.
                                                                                                                  Algebra (Math 1314), Junior
                                                                                                                  or Senior classification, and
0287 Precalculus PreAP/GT                        0294     Advanced Placement Statistics GT
                                                                                                                  THEA
    Prerequisite: Algebra II and Math GT             Prerequisite: Algebra II or Precalculus
                                                                                                         Credit: One-half
                identification                                   and Math GT identification
                                                                                                  This is a college-level course taught
        Credit: One                                      Credit: One
                                                                                                  through HCC for one semester. The top-
In addition to the topics covered in Pre-        The GT student will be required to dem-
                                                                                                  ics will include survey of differential and
calculus	PreAP,	this	course	will	place	          onstrate in-depth knowledge of the
                                                                                                  integral calculus including the study of
greater emphasis on the application of           topics	covered	in	the	College	Board	Ad-
                                                                                                  functions and graphs from a calculus view-
mathematics in practical situations with         vanced Placement Statistics curriculum.
                                                                                                  point as applied to problems in business

                  30
and the natural and social sciences. Upon
successful completion of the course, stu-
                                                  Science                                       AP course description and emphasizes the
                                                                                                development of understanding concepts
dents will receive three (3) hours of college                                                   which allows the student to grasp science
                                                 0404 Integrated Physics and Chemistry
credit at HCC and one-half credit of inde-                                                      as an inquiry based process while recogniz-
                                                         Credit: One
pendent study in mathematics.                                                                   ing the unifying themes that integrate the
                                                 This course is an entry level science course
NOTE: Dual-Credit courses require pay-                                                          major topics of biology. Students will be
                                                 designed for ninth and tenth grade students
ment of applicable fees to HCC and                                                              given the opportunity to use open-ended
                                                 who have not had Chemistry or Physics.
purchase of textbooks.                                                                          activities to conduct internet research, work
                                                 It integrates the disciplines of physics and
THEA warning on page 16.                                                                        collaboratively with other disciplines, and
                                                 chemistry in the following topics: motion,
Dual-Credit warning on page 18.                                                                 integrate the history of scientists. Students
                                                 waves, energy transformation, properties
                                                                                                are encouraged to take the Advanced Place-
                                                 of matter, changes in matter, and solution
0292/0296 Dual-Credit Plane                                                                     ment Biology Examination. This course can
                                                 chemistry. This course reinforces that sci-
      Trigonometry - Math 1316                                                                  count as a fourth year science. There is no
                                                 ence is built upon a vast body of changing
     Offered second semester only                                                               academic equivalent for this course. See
                                                 and increasing knowledge described by
  Prerequisite: Dual Credit College                                                             PreAP/AP Entry-Exit Guidelines, item 4,
                                                 physical, mathematical, and conceptual
              Algebra and Junior or Senior                                                      page 8, for caution statement.
                                                 models. IPC may not be the 4th or final
     		       classification,	and	THEA
                                                 science credit. IPC does not count for a
       Credit:One-half                                                                          0417 Advanced Placement Biology GT
                                                 science credit on DAP, for students entering
This is a college-level course taught through                                                       	Prerequisite:	Biology,	Chemistry	and	
                                                 Fall 07 and thereafter.
HCC. Topics include solutions of triangles,                                                                      Science	GT	identification
Euler identity, graphing of trigonometric                                                               Credit: One
                                                 0411 Biology
functions, identities, trigonometric equations                                                  This course is an extension of biological
                                                         Credit: One
and introduction to vector analysis. Upon                                                       science that emphasizes the physiological
                                                 This course is a general study of the fun-
successful completion of the course,                                                            and biochemical makeup of living organ-
                                                 damentals of biological science. Included
students will receive three (3) hours of                                                        isms. Instruction follows the AP course
                                                 in the study are: use of the microscope;
college credit at HCC and one-half credit of                                                    description; however, classroom instruc-
                                                 biochemical aspects of life science; cell
independent study in mathematics.                                                               tion is differentiated. Two main goals of
                                                 structure and function; photosynthesis;
NOTE: Dual-Credit courses require pay-                                                          AP Biology are to help students develop a
                                                 cellular respiration; and identification,
ment of applicable fees to HCC and                                                              conceptual framework for modern biology
                                                 classification, and dissection of selected
purchase of textbooks.                                                                          and to help students gain an apprecia-
                                                 invertebrates and vertebrates. Also includ-
THEA warning on page 16.                                                                        tion of science as a process. Essential to
                                                 ed is a general study of mitosis, meiosis,
Dual-Credit warning on page 18.                                                                 this understanding is recognition of unify-
                                                 genetics, plants, protists, ecology, and
                                                                                                ing themes that integrate major biological
                                                 functions of living systems.
Fundamental Math                                                                                topics (i.e. energy transfer). Opportunities
                                                                                                are provided for independent research and
                                                 0412 Biology PreAP
0212 Algebra I                                                                                  investigations. Students are encouraged
                                                      Credit: One
0221 Geometry                                                                                   to take the Advanced Placement Biology
                                                 This study includes topics similar to those
0237 Mathematical Models with Applica-                                                          Examination. This course can count as a
                                                 covered in the Biology course; however,
     tions*                                                                                     fourth year science. There is no academic
                                                 the topics are more thoroughly investi-
0260 Algebra II                                                                                 equivalent for this course. See PreAP/AP
                                                 gated. A greater amount of material is
     Prerequisite: ARD committee recom-                                                         Entry-Exit Guidelines, item 4, page 8, for
                                                 covered, and topics are explored in greater
                 mendation                                                                      caution statement.
                                                 depth. The curriculum/level of instruction
       Credit: One each course
                                                 will focus on preparing the student for AP
The subject content of these courses par-                                                       0415 Anatomy and Physiology of Human
                                                 Biology. See PreAP/AP Entry/Exit Guide-
allels the corresponding general education                                                           Systems
                                                 lines, page 8.
math curriculum as determined by an IEP.                                                            Prerequisite: Biology and Chemistry
*NOTE 0237 must be taken before Algebra                                                                Credit: One
                                                 0410 Biology PreAP/GT
II.                                                                                             Anatomy and Physiology of Human Sys-
                                                     	Prerequisite:	Science	GT	identification
                                                                                                tems is a laboratory-oriented course for
                                                         Credit: One
Applied Math                                                                                    students who are interested in pursuing a
                                                 Biology topics will be covered in greater
                                                                                                career in health occupations. This course
                                                 depth and complexity. Curriculum dif-
0941 Algebra I                                                                                  will allow students to observe anatomi-
                                                 ferentiation will occur in part through
0942 Geometry                                                                                   cal structures and models and examine
                                                 opportunities to explore areas of inter-
0943 Mathematical Models with Applica-                                                          physiological systems. Students will
                                                 est. The curriculum/level of instruction
     tions                                                                                      acquire experience in skills integrating
                                                 will focus on preparing the student for
0944 Algebra II                                                                                 morphology with physiological functions
                                                 AP Biology.
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recom-                                                         in vertebrates. This course will count as
                 mendation                                                                      a fourth year science credit or as an elec-
                                                 0416 Advanced Placement Biology
         Credit: One each course                                                                tive credit for students in RHSP or DAP .
                                                      Prerequisite: Biology & Chemistry;
Instruction is individualized according to                                                      It cannot be used to satisfy the first three
                                                         Credit: One
the IEP.                                                                                        required science classes.
                                                 This course aims to provide students with
                                                                                                This is an Advanced Technical Credit
                                                 the conceptual framework, factual knowl-
                                                                                                course.
                                                 edge, and analytical skills necessary to
                                                 deal critically with the rapidly changing
                                                 science of biology. Instruction follows the

                 31
0421 Chemistry                                   0427 Advanced Placement Chemistry GT              0435 Advanced Placement Physics B
     Prerequisite: Biology and Algebra I              Prerequisite: Chemistry, Algebra II and           Prerequisite: Physics; Precalculus
                 required                                        Science GT identification                 Credit: One
     Credit: One                                         Credit: One                               This course includes topics in both classi-
This course is a study of the broad concepts     The	general	format	of	AP/GT	Chemistry		           cal and modern physics and emphasizes
and models upon which modern chemistry           is	essentially	the	same	as	Advanced	              the development of problem-solving abil-
rests.	Atomic	structure,	chemical	bonding,	      Placement	(AP)	Chemistry	with	additional	         ity and application of principles. Goals
types of chemical reactions, stoichiometry,      emphasis on critical thinking skills. There       have been set for intensive coverage of
gas laws, and an introduction to nuclear         will be additional opportunity to perform         five	general	areas:		mechanics,	kinetic	
chemistry make up the major part of this         investigations and independent study.             theory and thermodynamics, electricity
course.	Laboratory	work	is	closely	related	to	   Students	are	encouraged	to	take	the	AP	           and magnetism, waves and optics, and
class discussion with problem-solving tech-      Chemistry	Examination.This	course	can	            modern physics. Some theoretical de-
niques emphasized throughout the course.         count as a fourth year science. There is          velopments may use basic concepts of
Chemistry is an important course for anyone      no academic equivalent for this course.           calculus. Students are encouraged to
planning	to	enter	such	fields	as	engineering,	   See	PreAP/AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	         take	the	Advanced	Placement	Physics	B	
biology, agriculture, forestry, and medicine     4, page 8, for caution statement.                 Examination.		This	course	can	count	as	a	
including nursing and pharmacology.                                                                fourth year science. There is no academ-
                                                 0431 Physics                                      ic	equivalent	for	this	course.		See	PreAP/
0422 Chemistry PreAP                                 Prerequisite: Geometry; Chemistry             AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	page	8,	
    Prerequisite: Biology, Algebra I credit                      recommended                       for caution statement.
                required                                  Credit: One
        Credit: One                              This course investigates the historical devel-    0438 Advanced Placement Physics B GT
This study includes the same topics              opment and physical principles involved with           Prerequisite: Physics; Precalculus and
covered in Chemistry, but with more              the concepts of mechanics, matter phases,                          Science GT identification
complex	mathematical	problems.	Also	             thermodynamics, wave theory, sound and                    Credit: One
included are some additional concepts            light, electricity and magnetism. Understand-     This course includes topics in both
more abstract than those covered in the          ing these concepts requires qualitative and       classical and modern physics and
academic	level.	The	curriculum/level	of	         quantitative	application.	A	primary	goal	is	to	   emphasizes the development of problem-
instruction will focus on preparing the          develop analytical problem-solving skills that    solving ability and application of principles.
student	for	AP	Chemistry.		See	PreAP/AP	         apply to technological achievements.              Goals have been set for intensive
Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                                                                     coverage	of	five	general	areas:	mechanics,	
                                                 0432 Physics PreAP                                kinetic theory and thermodynamics,
0420 Chemistry PreAP/GT                               Prerequisite: Geometry; Chemistry            electricity and magnetism, waves and
    Prerequisite: Biology, Algebra I credit                       recommended                      optics, and modern physics. Some
                required; and Science GT                 Credit: One                               theoretical developments may use
                identification                   The		Physics	PreAP	topics	and	objec-              basic concepts of calculus. Students
        Credit: One                              tives are essentially the same as Physics.        are	encouraged	to	take	the	AP	Physics	
Chemistry topics will be covered in greater      These topics, investigation, and studies          B	Examination.		Advanced	laboratory	
depth	and	complexity.	Curriculum	differenti-     will be covered in greater depth, intensity,      investigations provide opportunities for
ation will occur in part through opportunities   and	with	higher	academic	expectations.	           individual problem analysis and hypothesis
to	explore	areas	of	interest	and	for	inde-       The	curriculum/level	of	instruction	will	         testing. This course can count as a fourth
pendent	research.	The	curriculum/level	          prepare	the	student	for	AP	Physics.		See	         year science. There is no academic
of instruction will focus on preparing the       PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.           equivalent	for	this	course.		See	PreAP/AP	
student	for	AP	Chemistry.                                                                          Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	page	8,	for	
                                                 0437 Physics PreAP/GT                             caution statement.
0426 Advanced Placement Chemistry                     Prerequisite: Geometry; Chemistry
    Prerequisite: Chemistry and Algebra II                        recommended; Science GT          0440 Aquatic Science
                credit required                                   identification                        Prerequisite: Biology
        Credit: One                                      Credit: One                                       Grade: Junior or Senior classification
Students should attain a depth of un-            Physics	PreAP/GT	topics	and	objec-                        Credit: One
derstanding of the fundamentals and a            tives are essentially the same as Physics         This	course	is	a	field	study	course,	with	
reasonable competence in dealing with            PreAP.		The	topics,	investigations,	and	          the focus including freshwater and salt-
chemical problems. The course should             studies will be covered in greater depth          water	ecosystems.	Field	work	can	be	
contribute to the development of the             utilizing opportunities for independent           accomplished through studying local sur-
students’ abilities to think clearly and to      research. Students will be provided               rounding areas. This course will count as
express	their	ideas.	The	activities/labs	are	    opportunities	to	creatively	explore	the	          a fourth year science credit or as an elec-
designed	to	reflect	the	requirements	of	the	     work of important physicists, investigate         tive	credit	for	students	in	RHSP	or	DAP	.	
advanced placement program. Students             historically	significant	experiments,	and	        It	cannot	be	used	to	satisfy	the	first	three	
are	encouraged	to	take	the	AP	Chemistry	         to individually engineer constructions to         required science classes.
Examination.		This	course	can	count	as	a	        demonstrate	specific	physical	applica-
fourth year science. There is no academic        tions.		The	curriculum/level	of	instruction	
equivalent	for	this	course.		See	PreAP/AP	       will	prepare	the	student	for	Advanced	
Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4, page 8, for       Placement Physics.
caution statement.



                  32
0453 Environmental Systems                         three required science classes. There is no                0343 World Geography Studies PreAP
    Prerequisite: Biology                          academic equivalent for this course. See                              Credit: One
      Grade:Junior or Senior classification        PreAP/AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	                   This course includes all requirements of the
        Credit: One                                page 8, for caution statement.                             corresponding academic level class plus
Students study biotic and abiotic fac-                                                                        substantial	enrichment	experiences.	In	the	
tors in habitats, ecosystems and biomes,           8144 Advanced Animal Science                               PreAP	class,	geographic	thinking	is	required	
sources	and	flow	of	energy	through	an	               Prerequisite: Livestock Production recom-                so	students	detect,	explain	and	analyze	spa-
environmental system, and the relation-                            mended                                     tial patterns, distributions, and relations as
ship between carrying capacity and                      Grade:Junior or Senior                                well as how the components of the world’s
changes in populations. This course will                 Credit: One                                          physical and human landscape are related
count as a fourth year science or as an                                                                       to	one	another.		The	level	of	instruction/
elective credit for students in RHSP or            This	 course	 examines	 the	 interrelatedness	             curriculum will focus on preparing the stu-
DAP.	It	cannot	be	used	to	satisfy	the	first	       of	 human,	 scientific,	 and	 technological	 dimen-        dent for advanced placement courses. See
three required science classes.                    sions of livestock production. Instruction is de-          PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
                                                   signed	to	allow	for	the	application	of	scientific	and	
0454 Advanced Placement Environmental              technological aspects of animal science through            0344 World Geography Studies PreAP/GT
     Science                                       40%	 field	 and	 laboratory	 experiences.	 Fulfills	4th	          Prerequisite: Social Studies GT identifica-
     Prerequisite: Biology, Chemistry              year science credit. This course will count as a                              tion
        Grade: Junior or Senior classification     fourth year science credit or as an elective credit.                 Credit: One
        Credit: One                                This	 is	 an	Advanced	 Technical	 Credit	 course.	         This course covers the same topics as the
Students in this course will investigate the                                                                  World	Geography	Studies	PreAP	course.		
interrelationships between people and the          Fundamental Science                                        Curriculum differentiation will occur in part
natural world. This course will integrate                                                                     through	opportunities	to	explore	areas	of	
the sciences - including biology, chemistry,       0405 Integrated Physics and Chemistry                      interest	related	to	World	Geography.	The	
and earth science - with the social sciences       0414 Biology                                               level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	
to analyze contemporary environmental              0424 Chemistry                                             preparing the student for advanced place-
problems such as pollution, resource               0441 Aquatic Science                                       ment courses.
acquisitions, biodiversity, and global warming.    0456 Environmental Systems
A	strong	laboratory	and	field	investigation	              Prerequisite: ARD Committee                         0301     World History Studies
component is included so that the students                           recommendation                                      Credit: One
can	explore	the	issues	that	affect	their	own	                Credit: One each                                 This course offers students an overview
lives. Students are encouraged to take the         The content of each course parallels                       of the entire history of humankind. The
AP	Environmental	Science	Examination	and	          the general education science subject                      major	emphasis	is	on	the	study	of	signifi-
possibly receive college course credit. This       curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.                        cant people, events, and issues from the
course will count as a fourth year science or                                                                 earliest time to the present. Traditional
as an elective credit for students in RHSP         Applied Science                                            historical points of reference in world his-
or	DAP	.	It	cannot	be	used	to	satisfy	the	first	                                                              tory	are	identified	as	students	analyze	
three required science classes. There is no        0951 Applied Science I (IPC)                               important events and issues in western
academic equivalent for this course. See           0952 Applied Science II (Bio.)                             civilizations and in other parts of the world.
PreAP/AP	Entry-Exit	Guidelines,	item	4,	           9424 Applied Science III (Chemistry)
page 8, for caution statement.                     9441 Applied Science IV (Aquatic Science)                  0302 World History Studies PreAP
                                                           Prerequisite: ARD Committee                                   Credit: One
0455 Advanced Placement Environmental                                  recommdation                           This course includes all requirements of
     Science GT                                               Credit: One each                                the corresponding academic level class
     Prerequisite: Science GT identification       Science instruction is individualized ac-                  plus	substantial	enrichment	experiences.	In	
              Biology, Chemistry                   cording	to	the	IEP.                                        the	PreAP	class,	students	are	expected	to	
        Grade: Junior or Senior classification                                                                achieve a greater depth of understanding
        Credit: One                                                                                           through thoughtful discussion and read-
Students in this course will investigate the
interrelationships between people and the
                                                    Social Studies                                            ing.		The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	
                                                                                                              focus on preparing the student for the ad-
natural world. This course will integrate                                                                     vanced	placement	courses.		See	PreAP/
                                                   0341 World Geography Studies
the sciences - including biology, chemistry,                                                                  AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines, page 8.
                                                             Credit: One
and earth science - with the social sciences
                                                   World	Geography	is	the	study	of	major	physi-
to analyze contemporary environmental
                                                   cal and cultural forces that have shaped the               0305 Advanced Placement World
problems such as pollution, resource               world and its people. Geography bridges                         History
acquisitions, biodiversity, and global warming.                                                                          Credit: One
                                                   the social and physical sciences by showing
A	strong	laboratory	and	field	investigation	                                                                  The	purpose	of	the	AP	World	History	
                                                   relationships between people and the envi-
component is included so that the students                                                                    course highlights the nature of changes in
                                                   ronment.	The	course	examines	the	human	
can	explore	the	issues	that	affect	their	                                                                     global frameworks and their causes and
                                                   aspects of our world: people and their shelter,
own lives. Opportunities	are	provided	for	                                                                    consequences, as well as comparisons
                                                   food, clothing, religions, languages, literature,
independent research and investigations.                                                                      among major societies. It emphasizes
                                                   music,	art,	customs	and	traditions.		World	
Students	are	encouraged	to	take	the	AP	                                                                       relevant factual knowledge, leading inter-
                                                   geography focuses on the interdependence
Environmental	Science	Examination.	 This                                                                      pretive issues, and skills in analyzing types
                                                   of physical and human factors in our world to
course will count as a fourth year science or                                                                 of historical evidence. Students prepare
                                                   provide a practical framework for addressing
as an elective credit for students in RHSP                                                                    to	take	the	College	Board	Advanced	
                                                   local, national, and global questions.
or	DAP	.	It	cannot	be	used	to	satisfy	the	first	
                  33
Placement	World	History	Examination.		             0315 Dual-Credit U.S. History -                   0324/0326 Dual-Credit Government–GOVT
The course is rigorous, fast paced, and                 HIST1301/1302                                      2301
requires	extensive	reading	and	writing.		              Prerequisite: HCC entrance requirements,          Prerequisite: HCC entrance requirements,
This	course	may	fulfill	the	World	History	                         junior classification, and THEA                   Senior classification, and
requirement for graduation or serve as a                   Credit: One                                               THEA
Social	Studies	elective.		See	PreAP/AP	            This is a college-level course taught                    Credit:One-half
Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                     through	the	HCC	in	which	the	first	semes-         This is a college-level course taught
                                                   ter	traces	the	American	nation	from	the	          through the HCC in which the student stud-
0306 Advanced Placement World                      English	colonization	to	the	close	of	the	         ies national, state and local government
     History GT                                    Civil	War	through	Reconstruction.		The	           systems, theories of political thought and
     Prerequisite: Social Studies GT identific-    second semester covers from the end of            principles	of	American	democracy.	Upon	
                   ation                           Reconstruction to the present. Students           successful completion of this course, stu-
         Credit: One                               will	receive	six	(6)	hours	of	college	credit	     dents	will	receive	three	(3)	hours	of	college	
This course covers the same topics as              at HCC. This course requires an instructor        credit at HCC and will satisfy Katy ISD gov-
Advanced	Placement	World	History.		Like	           who meets the credential requirements of both     ernment requirements for graduation.
the	AP	course	this	course	is	rigorous,	fast	       KISD and HCC. As such, it may not be of-          NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-
paced,	and	requires	extensive	reading	and	         fered at all campuses.                            ment of applicable fees to HCC and
writing. Curriculum differentiation will occur     NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-            purchase	of	textbooks.		
in	part	through	opportunities	to	explore	areas	    ment of applicable fees to HCC and                THEA	warning	on	page	16.
of interest related to the history of the world.   purchase	of	textbooks.		                          Dual-Credit warning on page 18.
The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	    THEA	warning	on	page	16.
on	preparing	the	student	for	the	Advanced	         Dual-Credit warning on page 18.                   0331 Economics with Emphasis on the Free
Placement	World	History	Examination.                                                                      Enterprise System
                                                   0321 United States Government                         Prerequisite: Senior classification
0311 U.S. History Studies Since                        Prerequisite: Senior classification                   Credit: One-half
     Reconstruction                                        Credit: One-half                          This one-semester course offers a study
    Prerequisite: Junior classification            This one-semester course is designed to           of the processes by which people earn a
        Credit: One                                provide an understanding of national, state,      living and the relationships between pro-
This course is a one-year study of the             and local governments. It is a functional         duction, distribution, and consumption of
nation’s political, social, and economic de-       study of the national level, stressing the        wealth and income. The basic principles of
velopment from the Reconstruction period           origins	and	development	of	the	American	          economics, the relationship of economics
to the present. This survey includes the rise      government,	the	nature	of	American	politics,	     and	government,	and	personal	financial	
of	Industrialism,	World	War	I,	the	New	Deal,	      and the functions of the various branches.        literacy are emphasized. The development
World	War	II,	and	the	modern	challenges	of	                                                          and	operation	of	the	American	free	enter-
war and peace.                                     0322 Advanced Placement United States             prise system are emphasized.
                                                        Government & Politics
0312 Advanced Placement U.S. History                   Prerequisite: Senior classification           0332 Advanced Placement Macro-
     Prerequisite: Junior classification                   Credit: One-half                               Economics
         Credit: One                               This is a one-semester study of the vari-              Prerequisite: Senior classification
This course is a study of United States            ous institutions, groups, beliefs, and ideas               Credit: One-half
history from its beginning to the present.         that	make	up	the	American	political	real-         This course is a one-semester study of the
Students prepare to take the College Board         ity. Students prepare to take the College         principles of economics that apply to an
Advanced	Placement	United	States	History	          Board	Advanced	Placement	U.S.	Govern-             economic system as a whole with par-
Examination	and	possibly	receive	college	          ment	Examination	and	possibly	receive	            ticular emphasis on the study of national
course credit. The course is rigorous, fast        college course credit. The course is rigor-       income and price determination, and also
paced	and	requires	extensive	reading	and	          ous,	fast	paced	and	requires	extensive	           develops students’ familiarity with eco-
writing.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guide-           reading	and	writing.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/         nomic performance measures, economic
lines, page 8.                                     Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                          growth and international economics. This
                                                                                                     course is taught to prepare students to
0314 Advanced Placement U.S. History GT            0325 Advanced Placement United States             take	the	College	Board	Advanced	Place-
     Prerequisite: Junior classification and So-        Government & Politics GT                     ment	Macro-Economics	Examination	and	
                 cial Studies GT identification        Prerequisite: Senior classification and So-   possibly receive college course credit. The
         Credit: One                                               cial Studies GT identification    course is rigorous, fast paced and requires
This course covers the same topics as the                  Credit: One-half                          extensive	reading.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/
U.	S.	History	Advanced	Placement	course.		         This course covers the same topics as the         Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
Like	the	AP	course,	this	course	is	rigorous,	      U.	S.	Government	Advanced	Placement	
fast	paced,	and	requires	extensive	read-           course.		Like	the	AP	course,	this	course	is	
ing and writing. Curriculum differentiation        rigorous,	fast	paced,	and	requires	extensive	
will occur in part through opportunities to        reading and writing. Curriculum differentia-
explore	areas	of	interest	related	to	U.S.	         tion will occur in part through opportunities
History.	The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	      to	explore	areas	of	interest	related	to	U.S.	
will focus on preparing the student for the        Government.	The	level	of	instruction/cur-
Advanced	Placement	United	States	His-              riculum will focus on preparing the student
tory	Examination.                                  for	the	Advanced	Placement	U.	S.	Govern-
                                                   ment	Examination.


                  34
0337     Advanced Placement Macro-Eco-
         nomics GT                                     Social Studies                                           0345 Advanced Placement Human
                                                                                                                     Geography
       Prerequisite: Senior classification and
                   Social Studies GT identification
                                                       Electives                                                      Prerequisite: Sophomore, Junior or Se-
                                                                                                                                  nior classification and World
          Credit: One-half                                                                                                        Geography credit.
                                                      0305 Advanced Placement World
This	course	covers	the	same	topics	as	Ad-                                                                                Credit: One-half
vanced	Placement	Macro-Economics		course.	      	          History
                                                                                                                This is a one semester course designed
                                                            Prerequisite: Sophomore, Junior or Se-
Like	the	AP	course,	this	course	is	rigorous,	                                                                   to provide the systematic study of patterns
fast	paced,	and	requires	extensive	reading	                             nior classification
                                                                                                                and processes that have shaped the
and writing. Curriculum differentiation will                    Credit: One
                                                                                                                understanding, use, and alteration of
occur	in	part	through	opportunities	to	explore	       The	purpose	of	the	AP	World	History	
                                                                                                                Earth’s	surface.		Students	employ	spatial	
areas	of	interest	related	to	Macro-Economics.		       course highlights the nature of changes in
                                                                                                                concepts and landscape analysis to
The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	       global frameworks and their causes and
                                                                                                                examine	human	social	organization	and	
on	preparing	the	student	for	the	Advanced	            consequences, as well as comparisons
                                                                                                                the environmental consequences. They
Placement	Macro-Economics	Examination.                among major societies. It emphasizes
                                                                                                                also learn about the methods and tools
                                                      relevant factual knowledge, leading inter-
                                                                                                                geographers use in their science and
0334/0338 Dual Credit Economics ECON 2301             pretive issues, and skills in analyzing types
                                                                                                                practice. Students prepare to take the
       Prerequisite: HCC entrance require-            of historical evidence. Students prepare
                                                                                                                College	Board	Advanced	Placement	
                   ments, Senior classification,      to	take	the	College	Board	Advanced	
                                                                                                                Human	Geography	Examination	and	
                   and THEA                           Placement	World	History	Examination.		
                                                                                                                possibly receive college course credit. The
          Credit: One-half                            The course is rigorous, fast paced, and
                                                                                                                course is rigorous, fast paced, and requires
This is a college-level course taught                 requires	extensive	reading	and	writing.		
                                                                                                                extensive	reading	and	writing.		See	PreAP/
through the HCC for one semester. It is a             This	course	may	fulfill	the	World	History	
                                                                                                                AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
study of the principles of economics that             requirement for graduation or serve as a
                                                                                                                NOTE: This course is a social studies elective
apply to an economic system as a whole.               Social	Studies	elective.		PreAP	guidelines	
                                                                                                                course.		It	does	NOT	fulfill	the	social	studies	
Upon successful completion of the course,             recommended.
                                                                                                                requirement for graduation.
students	will	receive	three	(3)	hours	of
college credit at HCC and will satisfy Katy           0306 Advanced Placement World
ISD economics requirements for graduation.                                                                      0351 Sociology
                                                           History GT
By	state	law,	Personal	Financial	Literacy	is	                                                                         Prerequisite: Junior or Senior
                                                            Prerequisite: Sophomore, Junior
a required component of this course which                                                                                         classification
                                                                        or Senior classification and
may be delivered in an online format.                                                                                    Credit: One-half
                                                                        Social Studies GT identificai-
NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-                                                                          This	one-semester	course	is	the	scientific	
                                                                        ton
ment of applicable fees to HCC and                                                                              study	of	human	groups.	A	high	interest	
                                                               Credit: One
purchase	of	textbooks.                                                                                          course, it is designed for the student who
                                                      This course covers the same topics as
THEA	warning	on	page	16.                                                                                        enjoys discussion of current social issues.
                                                      Advanced	Placement	World	History.		Like	
Dual-Credit warning on page 18.                                                                                 Topics of study include an introduction to
                                                      the	AP	course	this	course	is	rigorous,	fast	
                                                                                                                criminology, a comprehensive study of
                                                      paced,	and	requires	extensive	reading	and	
Fundamental Social Studies                                                                                      the family, social institutions, and cultural
                                                      writing. Curriculum differentiation will occur
                                                                                                                variations. The course not only prepares
                                                      in	part	through	opportunities	to	explore	areas	
0342 World Geography Studies                                                                                    those	interested	in	the	field	for	college	
                                                      of interest related to the history of the world.
0303 World History Studies                                                                                      level studies, but is designed to help
                                                      The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	
0313 US History                                                                                                 students better understand themselves,
                                                      on	preparing	the	student	for	the	Advanced	
0323 US Government                                                                                              others, and the world in which we live.
                                                      Placement	World	History	Examination.
0333 Economics                                                                                                  NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course.
       Prerequisite: ARD Committee                                                                              It	does	NOT	fulfill	the	social	studies	requirement	for	
                                                      0336 Advanced Placement European
                    recommendation                                                                              graduation.
                                                           History
           Credit: 1.0 each for 0342, 0303,
                                                            Prerequisite: Junior or senior classifica-
                   0313 and .5 each for                                                                         0361 Psychology
                                                                        tion
                   0323,0333                                                                                         Prerequisite: Sophomore, Junior or Se-
                                                               Credit: One
The content of each course parallels the                                                                                         nior classification
                                                      European	History	is	structured	to	al-
general education social studdies subject                                                                                Credit: One-half
                                                      low students to focus on the formation of
curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.		                                                                           This one-semester introductory course
                                                      European	culture	as	it	exists	today.		It	will	
                                                                                                                offers students the opportunity to study the
Applied Social Studies                                focus on studies to include research into
                                                                                                                multifaceted	field	of	psychology.	Students	
                                                      political-diplomatic, intellectual-cultural,
                                                                                                                will	be	provided	opportunities	to	explore	
0965    Social Studies I (W. Geo)                     and social-economic areas through the
                                                                                                                various careers related to psychology as
0961    Social Studies II (W. Hist.)                  use of primary source documents, lectures,
                                                                                                                well	as	to	study	scientific	theories	related	
0962    Social Studies III (U.S. Hist.)               outside readings, class discussions, etc.
                                                                                                                to human growth, development and be-
0963    Social Studies IV (Govt.)                     Students prepare for the College Board
                                                                                                                havior.
0964    Economics                                     Advanced	Placement	European	History	
                                                                                                                NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course.
       Prerequisite: ARD Committee                    Examination	and	possibly	receive	college	
                                                                                                                It	does	NOT	fulfill	the	social	studies	requirement	for	
                   recommendation                     credit. See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guide-
                                                                                                                graduation.
          Credit: 1.0 each for 0965, 0961, 0962       lines, page 8.
                  .5 each for 0963, 0964              NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course.
Social Studies instruction is individualized          It	does	NOT	fulfill	the	social	studies	requirement	for	
according	to	IEP.                                     graduation.

                    35
0362     Advanced Placement Psychology                           delivery opportunities to experienced PAAL                         The purpose of this course is to motivate
      Prerequisite: Sophomore, Junior or Se-                     students. There is a nomination and se-                            students to strive for lifetime fitness,with
                  nior classification                            lection process for students in this course.                       an emphasis on the health related compo-
          Credit: One-half                                       NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course. It does     nents of physical fitness.
The Advanced Placement Psychology course                         NOT fulfill the social studies requirement for graduation. There
is designed to introduce students to the sys-                    is a $35.00 fee for this course to purchase student materials.     5421 Individual and Team Sports (Boys)
tematic and scientific study of behavior and                                                                                        5422 Individual and Team Sports (Girls)
mental processes of human beings and other                       0090 Teen Leadership                                                        Credit: .5-1.0
animals. Students are exposed to the psy-                                  Grades: 9-12                                             Students participate and develop an ap-
chological fact, principles, and phenomena                                  Credit: One-half                                        preciation of a wide variety of sports that
associated with each of the major subfields                      This course emphasizes leadership,                                 promote health related fitness, while
within psychology. They also learn about the                     personal responsibility, and business                              promoting team work and fair play for an
ethics and methods psychologists use in their                    skills. Students will learn appropriate and                        active lifestyle beyond high school. Knowl-
science and practice. This course is compa-                      effective techniques necessary to en-                              edge that supports lifetime fitness and
rable to a college level Psychology course                       hance self-concept and building healthy                            wellness is the primary goal.
and contains mature content.                                     relationships. They will experience the                            NOTE: this is the first course to take for a
NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course. It does   opportunity of understanding emotional                             full year of PE credit or as one semester of
NOT fulfill the social studies requirement for graduation.       intelligence through self-awareness,                               PE in combination with Foundations (5411,
                                                                 self-control, self-motivation, and social                          5412) or PE Substitution courses.
0370 Special Topics in Social Studies:                           skills. The course provides students with
     American Studies                                            a forum for public speaking, communica-                            5431 Aerobic Activity (Boys)
          Grades: 9-11                                           tion, and personal image. Students will                            5432 Aerobic Activity (Girls)
           Credit: One-half                                      acquire an understanding of principle-                                      Credit: .5-1.0
This course is the study of American his-                        based decision making and the effects of                           Students participate and develop an ap-
tory from colonization to reconstruction. The                    peer pressure. They will use problem-                              preciation of a wide variety of sports as
course emphasizes those social studies ob-                       solving skills, principles of parenting, and                       well as learn about the benefits of and
jectives which will be tested on the 11th grade                  goal-setting techniques to prepare them                            practice aerobic activity.
TAKS and is targeted to those students who                       to be more productive and effective fam-                           NOTE: For students seeking a second
have never studied early American history.                       ily members and citizens. NOTE: This course                        year of enrollment in a PE course; statis-
NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course. It does   is a social studies elective course. It does NOT fulfill           fies an elective credit for students who
NOT fulfill the social studies requirement for graduation.       the social studies requirement for graduation. There is a          have earned 1.0 PE credit.
                                                                 $15.00 fee for this course to purchase student materials.
0080 Peer Assistance and Leadership 1
          Grades: 11-12                                          0091 Teen Leadership II
           Credit: One-half to one                                     Prerequisite:aTeen Leadership I
This course is a peer assistance program                                 Grades: 9-12
offering selected high school students the                                 Credit: One-half
opportunity to work as trained peer facilitators                 This course is the second semester of
with other students on their own campuses,                       Teen Leadership. Like Teen Leadership
and/or from feeder middle and elementary                         I, it teaches students to take responsi-
schools. It is intended to provide a field ex-                   bility, express themselves, and handle
perience for young people who are potentially                    problems that arise. Students will learn
interested in careers in helping professions.                    how to deal with finances appropri-
Participants will be trained in a variety of help-               ately, how to deal with their thoughts,
ing skills that will enable them to assist other                 attitudes, actions and to accept respon-
students in having a more positive school                        sibility. Students in Teen Leadership II
experience. There is a nomination and selec-                     are required to complete a community
tion process for students in this course.                        service project. NOTE: This course is a social
NOTE: This course is a social studies elective course. It        studies elective course. It does NOT fulfill the social
does NOT fulfill the social studies requirement for gradu-       studies requirement for graduation. There is a $15.00
ation. There is a $ 35.00 fee for this course to purchase        fee for this course to purchase student materials.
student materials.


0081 Peer Assistance and Leadership 2                             Physical Education
       Prerequisite: Peer Assistance and Lead-
                   ership 1                                      NOTE: There is a $10.00/semester fee for all
          Credit: One-half to one                                physical education courses.
This course offers a third and fourth se-
mester credit for students involved in the                       5411 Foundations of Personal Fitness (Boys)
PAAL course. All sections, descriptions,                              One Semester
and essential elements of the PAAL1                                          Credit: .5
course apply equally to PAAL2. The                               5412 Foundations of Personal Fitness (Girls)
purpose of PAAL2 is to offer a variety                                One Semester
of advanced peer assistance service                                          Credit: .5


                       36
PHED 1111 Aerobics Conditioning                   Waiver	may	constitute	up	to	4.0	state	elec-
                                                  tive	credits	(up	to	1.0	PE	and	up	to	3.0	state	     The	last	number	for	each	course	(1,	2,	3	or	
Aerobics	for	beginners.		Introduction	            elective	credits;	or	up	to	4.0	total	state	elec-    4)	will	represent	the	year	in	this	course	–	
and practice in fundamental techniques            tive	credits,	should	the	PE	credit	already	         not the grade level.
of	aerobics.		Achievement	and	mainte-             have	been	awarded	for	another	PE	course).
nance	of	physical	fitness	through	aerobic	        The program is available to only those stu-         509 _   Freshman Football — Boys
exercise.		Types	of	exercise	will	vary	           dents who are attending junior high or high         510 _   Football — Boys
from semester to semester.                        school,	grades	6-12.		For	more	information	         511 _   Basketball — Boys
                                                  about	the	Off-Campus	PE	Program	and	to	             512 _   Track — Boys
PHED 1146 Beginning Bowling                       download the information packet and form,           513 _   Baseball — Boys
                                                  please access the Katy ISD website, www.            545 _   Wrestling
This course includes everything the begin-        katyisd.org.	The	Off-Campus	PE	Program	             515 _   Soccer — Boys
nig bowler needs to know about the game           Information Packet may also be obtained             516 _   Cross Country — Boys
of	bowling;	rules,	regulations,	and	tech-         from the campus counselor or the district’s         517 _   Golf
niques. In addition to the basics of bowling,     Curriculum Specialist for Health and Physi-         518 _   Swimming
this course attempts to give each student a       cal	Education.                                      519 _   Tennis
better understanding of the elements in-                                                              520 _   Volleyball — Girls
volved in the game and enhance his or her                                                             521 _   Basketball — Girls
enjoyment and performance of the number            (B)	Additional	PE	Substitutions                    522 _   Track — Girls
one indoor participant lifetime sport in the                                                          523 _   Softball — Girls
United	States.		Off-campus	site.		                Dance team, dance colorguard, and the               525 _   Soccer — Girls
                                                  first	semester	of	band	which	is	marching	           526 _   Cross Country — Girls
PHED 1156 Golf                                    band, may substitute for physical education
                                                  credit.		One	credit	of	marching	band,	dance	        5419 Physical Education Substitution-
Fundamental	skills	of	golf,	basic	rules,	         colorguard, dance team could meet the                    Student Athlete Trainer
tournament play and terminology dis-              physical education requirements. Contact            5429 Physical Education Substitution-
cussed. Play will occur at local golf facility.   your	counselor	for	specific	information.                 Student Athlete Trainer
                                                                                                      5439 Physical Education Substitution-
9700 Applied Foundations of Personal              The	following	Fine	Arts	courses	may	                     Student Athlete Trainer
     Fitness 1A                                   substitute	to	fulfill	the	one	year	physical	        5449 Physical Education Substitution-
    Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-         education course requirement for graduation.             Student Athlete Trainer
                dation
        Credit: One-half                          Band	-	7051		(.5	credit	in	fall	semester	only)      The student athletic trainer assists in the
Instruction	is	individualized	according	to	IEP    Band	-	7061	(.5	credit	in	fall	semester	only)       prevention, assessment, treatment, and
                                                  Dance	(Color	Guard)	-	7811	(.5	credit	in	fall	      rehabilitation of injuries occurring to KISD
0907 Applied Recreation/Leisure                   semester	only)                                      student athletes. Students athlete trainers
    Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-         Dance	(Color	Guard)	-	7812	(.5	credit	in	fall	      are required to attend after school practices
                dation                            semester	only)                                      and games.
        Credit: One-half to one                   Dance	(Dance	Team)	5501
Instruction is individualized according to
IEP.                                              5302 Cheerleading                                    Other	Languages
                                                  This course, as per state law, may sub-             6110 French I
 PE	Substitutions					                            stitute	and	fulfill	the	PE	requirement	for	                   Credit: One
                                                  graduation	(1	year).		A	student	must	be	            This course serves as an introduction to
                                                  a member of the campus cheerleading                 the	French	language.		In	Level	I,	students	
 (A)	Off-Campus	PE	Option	                        squad	to	be	enrolled	in	this	course.		Any	          will	develop	language	proficiency	through	
                                                  subsequent	years	(5303,	5304,	see	page	             a functional approach in language instruc-
5410 Physical Education PE Substitution -         47)	in	cheerleading	will	be	for	local	credit	       tion by relating each grammar point to
       Off Campus                                 only, not counting toward required state            its	role	in	communication.		A	variety	of	
5420 Physical Education PE Substitution -         graduation credits.                                 activities from structured practice to open-
       Off Campus                                                                                     ended communication gives students
5430 Physical Education PE Substitution -                                                             practice in listening, speaking, reading,
       Off Campus                                                                                     and writing skills. Students will integrate
5440 Physical Education PE Substitution -          Athletics                                          new vocabulary and structures while
       Off Campus                                                                                     communicating about their daily lives. In
The	purpose	of	the	Off-Campus	PE	Pro-             NOTE: There is a $30.00/year fee for all athletic   addition, a broad range of cultural insights
gram is to accommodate students who               courses.                                            will be developed through readings and
wish	to	participate	in	special	and/or	ac-         Students	may	earn	Physical	Education	               dialogues, increasing the students’ aware-
celerated physical activities that go above       credits	in	specialized	classes	(Athletics	up	       ness	of	the	French-speaking	world,	as	
and beyond those normally scheduled               to	4	credits)	for	which	they	have	necessary	        compared to their own. Students will also
in	the	school	district.		A	student	may	not	       skills	and	interest.		Special	qualifications	       connect and further their knowledge of oth-
earn	more	than	(4)	credits	in	high	school	        and instructor approval are necessary.              er	disciplines	through	French	and	will	be	
physical education toward state gradua-           JROTC	can	also	be	used	for	up	to	4	PE	              encouraged	to	use	the	French	language	
tion	requirements.		Credit	earned	via	a	PE	       credits.                                            both within and beyond the school setting.

                 37
6120 French II                                   6210 German I                                      fully in casual conversations in culturally
    Prerequisite: French I                                 Credit: One                              appropriate ways and cope successfully in
        Credit: One                              This course serves as an introduction to           problematic social and survival situations.
This course begins with a review of ma-          the German language and culture. Ger-              When	speaking	and	writing,	students	will	
terials	introduced	in	Level	I.		Level	II	        man I students will be able to understand          be	able	to	explain,	narrate,	and	describe	in	
reinforces the development of vocabulary         short utterances when listening in the             past, present, and future time. Short stories,
and	structure	of	French	and	continues	to	        target language. In addition, students will        poetry,	and	excerpts	from	various	periods	
develop	language	proficiency	using	care-         respond with acquired words, phrases and           of literature and current events are studied.
fully sequenced diverse tasks ranging            sentences when speaking and writing.               This course will prepare the students for the
from	dialogues	and	contextualized	drills	to	     Students will also be able to detect main          College	Board	Advanced	Placement	Ger-
creative and open-ended activities. This         ideas in familiar material when listening          man	Language	Examination.		See	PreAP/
functional approach to grammar and vocab-        and reading as well as make lists, copy            AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
ulary builds naturally on the communication      accurately, and write from dictation. Rec-
skills students have already acquired. In        ognizing the importance of communication           6310 Spanish I
addition, a broad range of cultural insights     and	culture	as	well	as	accuracy	of	expres-                 Credit: One
will be developed through readings and dia-      sion utilizing language components will be         This course serves as an introduction to
logues, increasing the students’ awareness       a	focus	during	the	first	year.                     the Spanish language and culture. Ba-
of	the	French-speaking	world,	as	com-                                                               sic listening, speaking, reading, writing,
pared to their own world. Students will also     6220 German II                                     viewing and sharing skills are developed.
continue to connect and further their knowl-         Prerequisite: German I                         Communication skills are the primary focus
edge	of	other	disciplines	through	French	                Credit: One                                of	this	course.	At	the	end	of	Level	I,	stu-
and will show evidence of becoming lifelong      The	students	continue	to	expand	their	             dents	will	be	able	to	express	themselves	
learners by using the language for personal      ability	to	perform	tasks	learned	in	Level	I	       and engage in simple conversations in
enjoyment and enrichment.                        as well as develop their ability to perform        Spanish within the limits of their knowledge
                                                 new	tasks	for	Level	II.		Students	will	be	         of vocabulary and structure.
6130 French III PreAP                            able to participate in simple face-to-face
    Prerequisite: French II                      communication and create statements and            6320 Spanish II
        Credit: One                              questions to communicate independently                 Prerequisite: Spanish I
While	French	III	PreAP	continues	to	de-          when speaking and writing. Students                        Credit: One
velop vocabulary and structural patterns         will also meet limited practical and social        The basic skills learned in Spanish I are
of	French,	it	places	a	greater	emphasis	         writing needs as well as cope success-             broadened to include all verb tenses and
on communicative and written skills. Stu-        fully in straightforward social and survival       grammatical structures, in addition to a
dents use the language to gain knowledge         situations.		In	Level	II,	the	knowledge	of	        greatly	expanded	vocabulary.	Listen-
of other cultures through readings and dis-      the language components will be used to            ing, speaking, reading, writing, viewing
cussions	of	French	poetry,	literature	and	       increase	the	accuracy	of	expression.               and presenting skills are stressed with an
history.		Additionally,	students	will	use	the	                                                      emphasis	on	oral	language	proficiency.	
language to compare their own language           6230 German III PreAP                              Students	also	study	ancient	Aztec,	Incan,	
and	culture	to	other	cultures.		See	PreAP/              Prerequisite: German II                     and	Mayan	cultures	as	well	as	modern	
AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                          Credit: One                              Hispanic	customs.		While	knowledge	of	
                                                 During	the	Level	III	PreAP	course,	the             other cultures, connections to other disci-
6140 Advanced Placement French                   students	master	the	tasks	from	Level	I             plines, comparisons between languages
     Language                                    and	expand	their	ability	to	perform	the            and cultures, and community interactions
     Prerequisite: French III Pre-AP             tasks	from	Level	II.	Students	will	be	able         all contribute to and enhance the com-
        Credit: One                              to	understand	main	ideas	and	significant	          municative	language	learning	experience,	
Advanced	Placement	French	Language	              details	of	materials	related	to	specific           communicative skills are the primary focus
(French	IV)	is	designed	to	familiarize	stu-       topics when listening and reading. Stu-           of this course.
dents	with	the	structure	of	the	French	AP	       dents	will	continue	to	build	confidence	in	
language and culture test. Strong empha-         face-to-face communication and will also           6320T Spanish IIT
sis is placed on reviewing, reinforcing and      be able to achieve an acceptable level                   Prerequisite: Spanish IA and Spanish
polishing grammar, listening, speaking,          of	accuracy	of	expression	by	using	the	                          IB at junior high level or
reading and writing skills. Communica-           knowledge of language components to                             Spanish I at high school level
tion and cultural knowledge are facilitated      include grammar when writing coherent                           plus teacher recommendation.
through in-depth analysis of representa-         paragraphs.	See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	                         Credit: One
tive literary works. Connections to other        Guidelines, page 8.                                The pacing of this course will be less
disciplines are encouraged, particularly                                                            accelerated than that of Spanish II. Commu-
to history and art, but also to architec-        6240     Advanced Placement German Lan-            nicative skills are the primary focus of this
ture, music, and science. This course will                guage                                     course. The basic skills learned in Spanish
prepare students for the College Board               Prerequisite: German III Pre-AP                I are broadened to include additional verb
Advanced	Placement	French	Language	                      Credit: One                                tenses,	and	a	greatly	expanded	vocabulary.	
Examination.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	           The	emphasis	of	Advanced	Placement	Ger-            Grammatical concepts are covered mainly
Guidelines, page 8.                              man	Language	(German	IV)	is	on	German	             through application of the spoken language,
                                                 language, literature, and culture. Students        listening	and	reading.	Writing	tasks	are	used	
                                                 will	master	the	tasks	from	Level	II	and	III	       to reinforce the spoken language. Customs
                                                 and develop their ability to perform tasks for     and geography of the Spanish-speaking
                                                 Level	IV.		Students	will	be	able	to	participate	   countries are also reviewed.


                 38
6329 Spanish III                                 stories, poetry and novels in the Spanish         6364 Dual Credit Spanish Language -
    Prerequisite: Spanish II (with at least a    language. Students will also be responsi-              SPAN 2311/2312
                75 average strongly recom-       ble for keeping a journal in which essays on              Prerequisite: Spanish III, or Spanish
                mended)                          assigned	topics	will	be	written.		The	specific	                   III Pre-AP; HCC entrance re-
       Credit: One                               goal of this course is to prepare students                        quirements, Junior or Senior
Conversational Spanish, dealing with             for	the	College	Board	Advanced	Place-                             classification, and THEA
reacting to everyday situations and solv-        ment	Spanish	Literature	Examination.		See	                   Credit: One
ing daily problems through conversational        PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.		         This is a college-level course taught
exchange,	is	emphasized.	Vocabulary	is	                                                            through HCC for which students will
extensive.	Grammar	is	covered	mainly	            6361 Spanish for Spanish Speakers I               receive	six	(6)	hours	of	college	credit	at	
through application of the spoken lan-                Semester 1                                   HCC upon successful completion of the
guage	and	reading;	writing	is	used	to	               Prerequisite: Written placement test in       course.		Dual	Credit	Spanish	Language	
reinforce the spoken language. Customs                           Spanish with a minimum            further develops the students’ ability to
and geography of the Spanish-speaking                            score of 70 percent and in-       communicate effectively in Spanish by
countries are also reviewed.                                     terview by a Spanish teacher      enhancing listening, speaking, reading
                                                                 (oral placement test) with a      and writing skills and cultural awareness.
6330 Spanish III PreAP                                           minimum score of 85 percent       Emphasis	will	be	on	the	development	
    Prerequisite: Spanish II (with at least an   6362 Spanish for Spanish Speakers II -            of	communicative	proficiency	and	the	
                85 average strongly recom-            Semester 2                                   use of the language in real-world situa-
                mended)                              Prerequisite: Spanish for Spanish             tions. In addition to the recommended
       Credit: One                                               Speakers I or Spanish I plus      textbook,	students	will	use	authentic	
The	Spanish	III	PreAP	course	provides	                           Teacher Recommendation            materials in order to complete meaning-
the opportunity for a more detailed study                        and Placement Test                ful, real-world tasks and activities.
of the language and culture. Students                    Credit: Two credits in one year           Please note that this course requires an instruc-
will work on developing a broader base in        This course is designed for Spanish speak-        tor who meets the credential requirements of
their spoken and written communication           ers who do not require emphasis placed on         both KISD and HCC. As such, it may not be
in the target language. Students will be         oral language skills. Concentration is placed     offered at all campuses.
introduced to Hispanic literature through        on reading, writing and grammar skills. In        NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-
magazine articles, short stories, and poetry.    addition,	TAKS	objectives	within	the	Span-        ment of applicable fees to HCC and
Cultural awareness is enhanced through           ish curriculum are emphasized which will          purchase	of	textbooks.		
independent	and	group	projects.		Emphasis	       transfer	to	the	English	language.	Students	       THEA	warning	on	page	16.
is	placed	on	oral	competency.		See	PreAP/        are encouraged to continue the study of           Dual-Credit warning on page 18.
AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                their native language and build pride in their
                                                 ethnic heritage.                                  6410 Japanese I
6340 Advanced Placement Spanish                                                                             Credit: One
     Language                                    6363 Spanish for Spanish Speakers III             Available for all KISD high school students
    Prerequisite: Spanish III Pre-AP                  PreAP - Semester 1                           in an after school setting at a specified
       Credit: One                                   Prerequisite: Spanish for Spanish speakers    campus and at CRHS & THS during the
Advanced	Placement	Spanish	Language	                              I & II                           school day.
(Spanish	IV)	gives	the	student	the	oppor-                Grade: 10-12 or students who       suc-   MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED
tunity to comprehend formal and informal                          cessfully completed Spanish      This course serves as an introduction to
spoken Spanish. Emphasis	is	placed	on	                            for Spanish Speakers I & II in   the Japanese language and culture. Stu-
the	student’s	ability	to	compose	expository	                      7th & 8th grade                  dents	will	develop	language	proficiency	
passages	and	to	express	ideas	orally	with	                                                         through functional approach in language
accuracy	and	fluency.	The	acquisition	of	        6355 Advanced Placement Spanish                   instruction by relating each grammar point
vocabulary and a grasp of structures allow            Language (for Spanish Speakers) -            to its role in communication. The student
the student to read newspapers, magazine              Semester 2                                   will be introduced to the basic Japanese
articles, and literature with ease and accu-          Prerequisite: Spanish for Spanish speakers   expressions.		The	students	will	learn	the	
racy. This course will prepare the students                        III PreAP                       Japanese scripts, Hiragana and Katakana,
for	the	College	Board	Advanced	Place-                     Credit: Two credits in one year          as	well	as	a	specified	number	of	Kanji.		
ment	Spanish	Language	Examination.		See          Spanish	for	Spanish	Speakers	III	PreAP	           Students will integrate polite level of
PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.          and	Advanced	Placement	Spanish	Lan-               speech and structure while communicat-
                                                 guage	(Spanish	IV	for	Spanish	Speakers)	          ing about their daily lives. The course will
6350 Advanced Placement Spanish                  are designed to strengthen the reading,           include	viewing	Japanese	films,	as	well	as	
     Literature                                  writing and grammar skills of native speak-       writing a research paper.
    Prerequisite: Advanced Placement             ers	and	prepare	them	for	the	Advanced	
               Spanish Language or Ad-           Placement	Spanish	Language	Exami-                 6420 Japanese II
               vanced Placement Spanish          nation.	Emphasis	will	be	placed	on	the	               Prerequisite: Japanese I
               Language for Spanish              student’s	ability	to	compose	expository	                   Credit: One
               Speakers                          passages	and	to	express	ideas	with	ac-            Available for all KISD high school students
        Credit: One                              curacy	and	fluency.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/          in an after school setting at a specified
Advanced	Placement	Spanish	Literature	           Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                          campus and at CRHS & THS during the
(Spanish	V)	is	a	comprehensive	study	of	                                                           school day.
several genres of Hispanic literature. Stu-                                                        MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED
dents will read, analyze and discuss short                                                         As	the	continuation	of	the	basic	Japanese	


                 39
Level	I	course,	this	course	will	emphasize	        6610 Latin I                                       understanding	of	Latin	poetry,	needed	for	
increased acquisition of vocabulary and                    Credit: One                                taking the College Board advanced place-
refinement	of	skills	necessary	for	the	accurate	   This course focuses on the development             ment	examination.		While	students	may	elect	
production of speech and writing in Japa-          of	the	student’s	ability	to	read	Latin	with	       to	take	the	advanced	placement	examination	
nese. Readings in this course will include         comprehension.		Vocabulary	and	grammar	            after	completing	Latin	III	PreAP,	Advanced	
newspapers, magazines, and comic books in          are	studied	in	the	context	of	reading	pas-         Placement	Latin	Vergil	provides	an	opportu-
the target language, as well as one research       sages aloud or to answer simple questions          nity	for	students	to	examine	a	greater	number	
paper, relating to the current issues of Japa-     about passages or respond to classroom             of	Latin	works,	increasing	their	preparedness	
nese life, historical persons and events.          directions	and	commands.		Word	deriva-             for	the	advanced	placement	examination.		
                                                   tions	and	Latin	word	elements	are	also	            See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	
6425 Japanese III PreAP                            studied	to	expand	the	student’s	English	           8. Available for students at KHS and THS
    Prerequisite: Japanese II                      vocabulary. Available for students at              only. May be combined with 6630.
         Credit: One                               KHS and THS only and dependent upon
Available for all KISD high school students        teacher availability.                              6710 American Sign Language I
in an after school setting at a specified                                                                      Credit: One
campus and at CRHS & THS during the                6620 Latin II                                      Available for all KISD high school students
school day.                                            Prerequisite: Latin I                          in an after school setting at a specified
MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED                               Credit: One                                campus and at selected campuses during
This course is a continuation of Japanese          The	emphasis	of	Latin	II	is	the	continu-           the school day.
II.	Emphasis	will	be	placed	on	increased	          ation of the development of reading and            This course is designed to introduce stu-
refinement	in	the	reading	and	writing	             comprehension skills. The learning of new          dents	to	American	Sign	Language	in	order	
of the Japanese language, including                vocabulary and more grammatical struc-             to provide the principles and methods of
more complicated Kanji. There will be a            tures is emphasized as reading progresses          communicating with individuals who are
continued emphasis on vocabulary de-               to longer and more complicated passages.           deaf.		The	development	of	expressive	and	
velopment and oral communicative skills            Oral	Latin	is	still	used	to	help	students	un-      receptive	sign	and	finger	spelling	skills	will	
adding	plain	level	of	speech.		Further-            derstand reading selections. Cultural and          be emphasized. Students will also develop
more, the course will include the study of         word studies continue to be an integral part       knowledge of the deaf community and its
Japanese literature, including translations        of	learning	Latin. Available for students          unique	culture,	the	history	of	ASL	and	its	
of	the	folklore	into	the	English	language.		       at KHS and THS only and dependent                  development as a language. Students in this
Readings in this course will include news-         upon teacher availability.                         course are required to do frequent presenta-
papers and current magazines in the                                                                   tions in order to develop productive skills.
target	language.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/              6630 Latin III PreAP                               One-year	foreign	language	credit	will	be	
Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                               Prerequisite: Latin II                         awarded at the high school level. Students
                                                          Credit: One                                 are responsible for inquiring and ensuring that
6426 Advanced Placement Japanese                   Students continue to develop reading               the college they are planning to attend will accept
     Language and Culture                          and comprehension skills focusing on the           ASL as their foreign language requirement.
   Prerequisite: Japanese III PreAP                grammar	and	syntax	particular	to	Latin	
        Credit: One                                prose and poetry from authors such as              6711 American Sign Language II
Available for all KISD high school students        Martial,	Ovid,	Pliny	the	Younger,	Catullus,	            Prerequisite: American Sign Language I
in an after school setting at a specified          Horace,	or	Vergil.		Advanced	grammatical	                   Credit: One
campus and at CRHS & THS during the                forms,	vocabulary,	figures	of	speech,	and	         Available for all KISD high school students
school day.                                        culture are integrated into the develop-           in an after school setting at a specified
MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED,                      ment of reading more passages of slightly          campus and at selected campuses during
course may be combined with 6425.                  adapted	and	authentic	classical	Latin.		The	       the school day.
Advanced	Placement	Japanese	Lan-                   course introduces the literary terms, the          This course is designed for students who
guage	and	Culture	(Japanese	IV)	is	                meters, and the Roman history, culture,            have	previously	taken	American	Sign	Lan-
designed	to	prepare	students	for	the	Ad-           and geography necessary to prepare stu-            guage. Students will develop a more in
vanced Placement Japanese Language	                dents	for	the	Advanced	Placement	Course.	    	     depth	knowledge	of	ASL	syntax	and	gram-
and	Culture	examination.	The	course	will	          See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	          mar. Interaction with the deaf community will
focus on the further development and               8. Available for students at KHS and               be encouraged and students will have the
refinement	of	the	productive,	receptive,	          THS only and dependent upon teacher                opportunity	to	develop	and	refine	receptive	
and cultural skills necessary to communi-          availability.                                      and	expressive	skills	acquired	in	ASL	I.		The	
cate with native speakers of Japanese, as                                                             emphasis of this course will be on social inter-
well as providing a comprehensive study            6640 Advanced Placement Latin Vergil               action and story telling. In addition, students
of Japanese culture, as required by the                 Prerequisite: Latin III PreAP                 will become aware of agencies that serve the
College Board. There will be a continued                   Credit: One                                deaf community as well as career opportuni-
emphasis on vocabulary acquisition to im-          Advanced	Placement	Latin	Vergil	(Latin	            ties	within	the	field.		Students	in	this	course	
prove the communication skills developed           IV)	will	enhance	the	student’s	reading	and	        are required to do frequent presentations in
in	Japanese	I,	II,	and	III	PreAP.	The	Ad-          comprehension	skills	developed	at	Level	           order	to	improve	productive	skills.		One-year	
vanced	Placement	Japanese	Language	                III. Studies will include works by Horace,         foreign language credit will be awarded at the
and	Culture	examination	is	a	CD-Based	             Catullus	and	Vergil.		Students	will	increase	      high school level. Students are responsible for
Test, and part of the course will focus on         their knowledge of	the	grammar	and	syntax	         inquiring and ensuring that the college they are
preparing students to be successful with           particular	to	Latin	poetry	as	well	as	the	liter-   planning to attend will accept ASL as their foreign
this test format. See	PreAP/AP	Entry/              ary terms, meters, and the Roman history,          language requirement.
Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.                           culture, and geography necessary to the


                 40
6712 American Sign Language III
    Prerequisite: American Sign Language II
                                                  will be on vocabulary acquisition and
                                                  communication in real-life situations,
                                                                                                    		Fine	Arts
        Credit: One                               such as asking directions, shopping,
Available for all KISD high school students                                                        All	Fine	Arts	courses	fulfill	Elective	require-
                                                  and social outings. Students will further
in an after school setting at specified cam-                                                       ments	for	graduation	after	the	Fine	Arts	
                                                  develop reading and writing skills and
pus and at selected campuses during the                                                            requirement	is	fulfilled.		Courses	require	a	
                                                  continue their study of Chinese char-
school day.                                                                                        minimum	enrollment	of	15	students.		At	the	
                                                  acter writing. Technology, such as the
MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED                                                                       discretion of the administration, advanced
                                                  Internet and Chinese word processing
This course is designed for students who                                                           specialty elective courses with enrollment
                                                  will be incorporated.
have	successfully	completed	American	                                                              of less than 15 may be cancelled and stu-
Sign	Language	I	and	II.		Students	will	be	                                                         dents required to choose another elective or
                                                  6812 Chinese III PreAP
introduced to more advanced vocabulary,                                                            courses	may	be	combined/stacked	together	
                                                    Prerequisite: Chinese II
and continue to develop their knowledge                                                            to reach an enrollment greater than 15.
                                                         Credit: One
of	ASL	grammar	and	structures.		The	              Available for all KISD high school students
emphasis of this course will be on social                                                          Principles	of	Elements	of	Floral	Design	(8237)	
                                                  in an after school setting at a specified
interaction and communication within                                                               can	also	satisfy	the	Fine	Arts	requirement	for	
                                                  campus and at CRHS, SLHS, and THS
the deaf community. Students will be                                                               graduation. However it does not substitute for
                                                  during the school day.
encouraged to participate in deaf social                                                           a	prerequisite	of	Art	I.	See	page	49.			
                                                  MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED
and community events. Students in this            This course will emphasize increased
course are required to do frequent pre-                                                            NOTE:		For	music	course	numbers	with	a	
                                                  acquisition of vocabulary and refine-
sentations in order to improve productive                                                          ___ for the last number, the third number
                                                  ment of the skills necessary for the
skills. Students are responsible for inquiring                                                     represents the level of the music group.
                                                  accurate production and understanding
and ensuring that the college they are plan-                                                       The ___ or fourth digit represents the year
                                                  of	Mandarin	Chinese.	The	focus	will	be	
ning to attend will accept ASL as their foreign                                                    in	the	music	program	for	the	student.		For	
                                                  on communication in real-life situations
language requirement.                                                                              example	a	1st	year	band	student	who	is	
                                                  and topics will include celebrations and
                                                                                                   placed	in	Level	3	Band	is	in	7031.		A	3rd	
                                                  holiday activities, computers and inter-
6810 Chinese I                                                                                     year	band	student	who	is	placed	in	Level	3	
                                                  net, daily routines, and social etiquette
        Credit: One                                                                                Band is in 7033.
                                                  in China. Students will continue to study
Available for all KISD high school stu-           Chinese culture and character writ-
dents in an after school setting at specified                                                      701_ Band I - Fine Arts credit for full year
                                                  ing, while continuing to build upon the
campuses and at CRHS, SLHS, and THS                                                                     or Spring semester only
                                                  reading and writing skills developed in
during the school day.                                                                             702_ Band II - Fine Arts credit for full year
                                                  Chinese	I	and	II.			See	PreAP/AP	Entry/
MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED                                                                            or Spring semester only
                                                  Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.	
Students will be introduced to spo-                                                                703_ Band III - Fine Arts credit for full
ken language and culture. Instruction                                                                   year or Spring semester only
                                                  6813 Advanced Placement Chinese Lan-
to the language begins with listening                                                              704_ Band IV - Fine Arts credit for full year
                                                     guage and Culture
comprehension and speaking skills.                                                                      or Spring semester only
                                                    Prerequisite: Chinese III Pre AP
The	phonetic	system	of	Mandarin	Chi-                                                                     Prerequisite: Previous instrumental
                                                         Credit: One
nese pronunciation will be taught and                                                                                experience is strongly recom-
                                                  Available for all KISD high school students
students will be able to communicate                                                                                 mended
                                                  in an after school setting at a specified
in simple spoken language. Top-                                                                              Credit: One
                                                  campus and at CRHS, SLHS, and THS
ics include greetings, classroom and                                                                These performance-based courses stress
                                                  during the school day.
courtesy	expressions,	numbers,	family	                                                             the ability to play a variety of music, de-
                                                  MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED,
and friends, asking names and school                                                               velop performance and marching skills,
                                                  course may be combined with 6812.
subjects. During the course of the                                                                 as well as leadership, organizational
                                                  Advanced	Placement	Chinese	Language	
program, Chinese character writing                                                                 abilities, and cultural awareness, with
                                                  and	Culture	(Chinese	IV)	is	designed	to	
will be emphasized and character writ-                                                             greater	musical	proficiency,	knowledge,	
                                                  prepare	students	for	the	Advanced	Place-
ing will be introduced. Students will                                                              and	performance	expectations	each	suc-
                                                  ment	Chinese	Language	and	Culture	
also develop reading and writing skills.                                                           ceeding year. This course does require an
                                                  examination.		The	course	will	focus	on	
Studies of culture include songs, crafts,                                                          extracurricular	component	which	includes	
                                                  the further development of the produc-
philosophy, geography, arts, and the                                                               participation in after school hours and
                                                  tive, receptive and cultural skills necessary
comparison	of	Chinese	and	American	                                                                weekend activities. The fees for this course are
                                                  to communicate with native speakers
cultures.                                                                                          not	to	exceed	the following: Initial Fee of $250.00
                                                  of Chinese, as well as providing a com-
                                                                                                   plus an annual fee of $150.00 excluding instrument fees.
                                                  prehensive study of Chinese Culture, as
6811 Chinese II                                   required by the College Board. There will
    Prerequisite: Chinese I                                                                        7051 PE Substitution Marching Band
                                                  be a continued emphasis on vocabulary
        Credit: One                                                                                        (SUBMB) (.5)
                                                  acquisition to improve the communica-
Available for all KISD high school students                                                        7061 PE Substitution Marching Band
                                                  tion skills developed in Chinese I, II and III
in an after school setting at a specified                                                                  (SUBMB) (.5)
                                                  PreAP.	The	Advanced	Placement	Chinese	
campus and at CRHS, SLHS, and THS                                                                  These	courses	are	for	first	semester
                                                  Language	and	Culture	examination	is	a	
during the school day.                                                                             marching band and may be substituted for
                                                  CD- based test, and part of the course will
MINIMUM 15 STUDENTS REQUIRED                                                                       Physical	Education.	A	maximum	of	1.0	PE
                                                  focus on preparing students to be suc-
Students will continue to develop the                                                              Substitution may be earned. The fees for
                                                  cessful	with	this	test	format.		See	PreAP/
skills necessary for the accurate pro-                                                             this course are not to exceed the following: Initial Fee of
                                                  AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
duction	and	understanding	of	Mandarin	                                                             $250.00 plus an annual fee of $150.00 excluding
Chinese. The emphasis of the course                                                                instrument fees.

                  41
711_ Jazz Band                                           7320 Music Theory                                    7411 Theatre I
          Credit: One                                       Prerequisite: Minimum of one year mem-                    Credit: One
This performance-based course is de-                                      bership in high school band,        Introduction to theatre with an emphasis
signed for instrumental music students                                    choir, or orchestra or a mini-      on the development of basic performance
who have demonstrated higher levels of                                    mum proficiency score on the        skills, basic acting techniques, inter-
proficiency	and	interests	in	learning	and	                                Katy ISD “Theory Placement          pretation of dramatic literature, and the
performing various jazz music styles. This                                Test”                               historical evolution of performance styles.
course	does	require	an	extracurricular	                          Credit: One                                  Basic principles of production are studied
component which includes participation in                This	course	offers	students	the	finer	and	           and applied through performance.
after school hours and weekend activities.               more involved mechanics, history and
                                                         appreciation of music from the simplest              7412 Theatre II
791_Orchestra I                                          of fundamentals through analysis, com-                   Prerequisite: Theatre I (one credit)
792_Orchestra II                                         position and conducting.                                    Credit: One
793_Orchestra III                                                                                             Continuation in the theatre course
794_Orchestra IV                                         7321 Music Theory II                                 sequence with emphasis on the de-
     Prerequisite: Instrumental proficiency                   Prerequisite: Minimum of one year mem-          velopment and application of acting,
                 sufficient for entry to high                             bership in high school band,        directing, and production skills through
                 school orchestra                                         choir, or orchestra or a mini-      participation in public performance.
         Credit: One                                                      mum proficiency score on the
Orchestra	continues	the	development	                                      Katy ISD “Theory Placement          7413 Theatre III
sequence of instrumental music begun                                      Test”                               7414 Theatre IV
in junior high school. Students study and                        Grade: Junior or senior classification         Prerequisite: Theatre II or Theatre III
perform literature for orchestra of varying                       Credit: One                                        Credit: One
forms and styles, establishing a basis for               Students continue development of fundamen-           Study of the cultural contribution of the
understanding	and	a	finer	appreciation	of	               tal skills with an emphasis on composition.          theatre, its plays and performances.
music while continuing to develop perfor-                                                                     These courses also continue student
mance skills. This course does require an                7325 Advanced Placement Music Theory                 development in production styles and
extracurricular	component	which	includes	                     Prerequisite: Minimum of two year mem-          techniques through advanced acting,
participation in after school hours and                                   bership in high school band,        directing, and production applications.
weekend activities. The fees for this course are                          choir, or orchestra or a mini-      Students will develop and perform
not to exceed $250.00 per year excluding instrument                       mum proficiency score on the        college-level audition materials and par-
fees.                                                                     Katy ISD “Advanced Theory           ticipate in public performances.
                                                                          Placement Test”
721_ Music I Choir                                               Grade: Junior or senior classification       7451 Technical Theatre I
722_ Music II Choir                                              Credit: One                                          Credit: One
723_ Music III Choir                                     This course introduces students to musi-             Combines the study of various theories
724_ Music IV Choir                                      cianship, theory, musical materials, and             of design and stagecraft techniques with
     Prerequisite: Previous vocal experience             procedures. It integrates the aspects of             the actual construction and operation of
                 is helpful                              melody,	harmony,	texture,	rhythm,	form,	             the many varied components of techni-
        Credit: One                                      musical analysis, elementary composi-                cal theatre. Students will study staging,
These performance-based courses pro-                     tion,	and	to	some	extent	history	and	                design, scenery, properties, lighting,
vide	an	opportunity	for	students	to	express	             style. This course will prepare students             costuming,	makeup,	and	sound.		Extra	
their creativity and appreciation of music               for	the	College	Board	Advanced	Place-                hours outside of the class day are re-
while developing vocal skills. They contin-              ment	Music	Theory	Examination.                       quired	for	students	to	exhibit	knowledge	
ue	skill	development,	expression	in	vocal	                                                                    and	“hands	on	skills”	of	the	objectives	
music	with	the	addition	of	UIL	competition,	             7340 Music History                                   taught	in	the	course.		Enrollment	is	lim-
and other public performances. Participa-                         Credit: One                                 ited due to safety requirements.
tion	in	choir	does	require	an	extracurricular	           This two-semester course will present major
component which includes participation in                composers and musical works from the Re-
after school hours and weekend activities.               naissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic,             7452 Technical Theatre II
The fees for this course are not to exceed $100.00 per   Impressionistic,	Modern,	and	Contemporary	             Prerequisite: Technical Theatre I
year.                                                    periods. Through critical listening and careful             Credit: One
                                                         study of selected characteristic compositions,
                                                                                                              Continuation in the study and application
                                                         the course will trace major developments and
725_ Vocal Ensemble                                                                                           of	design,	stagecraft,	and	construction/
                                                         innovations in music from Gregorian Chant
          Credit: One                                    to present day forms, including jazz, soul,          operation of the technical theatre compo-
This course is designed for special sing-                folk, and rock music. Students will investigate      nents through an increasing variety and
ing groups with higher levels of vocal                   historical, social, and political events and their   complexity	of	production	experiences	and	
proficiency.		Enrollment	in	this	course	                 relationships to the music of the time. The          requirements. Design applications are
is determined by auditioned selection.                   course will also identify forms and styles in        emphasized. Theatre Department pro-
Members	of	this	ensemble	are	required	to	                each period and trace their development and          duction participation is required.
fulfill	many	extracurricular	activities	which	           usage from their appearance to the present
includes participation in after school and               day. This course is offered to encourage all
weekend activities.                                      students to learn about the depth and vast-
                                                         ness of the art form through appreciation for
                                                         it and to provide the opportunity to study the
                                                         history of all areas of music.

                    42
7453 Technical Theatre III                         combination	with	each	other.	It	also	ex-          7509 Advanced Placement Studio Art:
7454 Technical Theatre IV                          plores clay in two and three dimensions                Drawing
   Prerequisite: Technical Theatre II or Techni-   to produce a variety of forms. There is a              Prerequisite: Art 1 and Art 2 Drawing or
                  cal Theatre III                  course fee of $25.00 per semester to purchase                      Art 2 Painting
        Credit: One                                student materials.                                        Grade: 11-12
Focus	on	the	design	of	scenic,	properties,	                                                                  Credit: One
lighting, sound, costume, makeup and               7506 Art 2 Drawing                                This course is designed to address a very
publicity as well as stage management              7507 Art 3 Drawing                                broad interpretation of drawing issues
and production and theatrical business                 Prerequisite: Art 1 or previous level         and	media.		Light	and	shade,	line	qual-
management. Students will work on                                  course for level 3                ity, rendering of form, composition, surface
design projects, and will create design                    Credit: One                               manipulation, and illusion of depth are
materials for professional portfolios for en-      Each	course	will	explore	the	elements	            drawing issues that are addressed through
trance into a university theatre program or        and principles through composition, ab-           a	variety	of	means.		Many	works	of	paint-
theatrical career. Participation in Theatre        straction,	and	expression.		This	course	          ing,	printmaking,	and	mixed	media,	as	well	
Department productions is required.                explores	the	use	of	papers,	cardboard	            as abstracts, observational, and inventive
                                                   and fabrics in combination with charcoal,         works	are	explored.		This	course	will	prepare	
7520 Theatre Production 1                          pastels, pen and ink, brushes, felt-tip and       students	for	the	College	Board	Advanced	
7521 Theatre Production 2                          mixed	media.	See	7509	for	additional	             Placement	Drawing	Portfolio	examination.		
7522 Theatre Production 3                          advanced art course. There is a course fee        See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	
7523 Theatre Production 4                          of $15.00 per semester to purchase student        8. There is a course fee of $25.00 per semester
     Prerequisite: Student must audition and       materials.                                        to purchase student materials.
                 interview with the director (s)
        Grade: 10-12                               7516 Art 2 Painting                               7529 Advanced Placement Art History
        Credit: One                                7517 Art 3 Painting                                        Grade: 11-12
Each	course	provides	a	laboratory	                 7518 Art 4 Painting                                        Credit: One
learning	experience	for	the	exploration,	               Prerequisite: Art 1 or previous level        Students will develop an understanding
development, and synthesis of all ele-                             course for level 3 & 4            and knowledge of architecture, sculpture,
ments and components of the theatre                        Credit: One                               painting, and other art forms within diverse
through production activities. Students            Each	course	will	analyze	various	style	of	        historical	and	cultural	contexts.		Students	
are	required	to	participate	in	ALL	Theatre	        paintings, including contemporary paint-          examine	major	forms	of	artistic	expressions	
Department productions.                            ing. This course strengthens concepts of          from the past and the present from a variety
                                                   design through use of art elements and            of cultures. They learn to look at works of
7511 Art 1                                         principles. There is a course fee of $15.00       art critically with intelligence and sensitivity
        Credit: One                                per semester to purchase student materials.       and to analyze what they see. Student will
Art	1	is	an	introduction	to	art	as	a	high	                                                           develop an understanding of the elements
school credit course. It offers the opportu-       7526 Art 2 Sculpture                              of art, fundamental art historical terminology,
nity to develop a greater sensitivity to the       7527 Art 3 Sculpture                              and the technical process used in the pro-
visual world, its formal order, and its overall    7528 Art 4 Sculpture                              duction of artwork. This course will prepare
unity. The students develop a vocabulary                Prerequisite: Art 1 or previous level        students	for	the	College	Board	Advanced	
for	art,	and	the	skill	to	graphically	express	                     course for level 3 & 4            Placement	Art	History	examination.		See	
their own inner ideas and attitudes. There                 Credit: One                               PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	8.
is a course fee of $15.00 per semester to pur-     Each	course	will	explore	the	use	of	wire,	
chase student materials.                           clay, wood, cardboard, found objects,
                                                   plaster and other materials. Developing an
9540 Applied Art 1                                 understanding of design elements and prin-
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee                   ciples with particular emphasis on form is
          recommendation                           also	explored.	There is a course fee of $20.00
       Credit: One                                 per semester to purchase student materials.
This course offers the opportunity to
develop a greater sensitivity to the visual        7530 Advanced Placement 2-Dimensional
world through sensory integrated hands-                 Design Portfolio
on	learning	experiences.		Instruction	is	               Prerequisite: Art 1 and 2
individualized	according	to	the	IEP.		                     Grade: 11-12
                                                           Credit: One
7502 Art 2 Ceramics                                This course is intended to address a very
7503 Art 3 Ceramics                                broad	interpretation	of	two-dimensional	(2-D)	
7504 Art 4 Ceramics                                design issues. This type of design involves
    Prerequisite: Art 1 or previous level          purposeful decision-making about how to
                course for level 3 & 4             use the elements and principles of art in
        Credit: One                                an integrative way. This course prepares
Each	course	will	expand	the	application	           students	for	the	College	Board	Advanced	
of art elements and principles through             Placement 2-Dimensional Design Portfolio.
ceramic	techniques.		This	course	ex-               See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	
plores methods such as wheel throwing,             8. There is a course fee of $25.00 per semester
slab, coil and pencils separately and in           to purchase student materials.


                 43
    NOTE: for Dance Courses the last                        7801   Dance I (Colorguard)                           0506    Fundamental Health Education
digit in the course number represents                       7802   Dance II (Colorguard)                                 Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
the year in dance/dance team sequenc-                       7803   Dance III (Colorguard)                                            dation
es.                                                         7804   Dance IV (Colorguard)                                    Credit: One-half
                                                                 Prerequisite: First semester of CG (781_)        The subject content of this course match-
7611   Dance I (Dance) Fine Arts credit                              Credit: One-half to one                      es the grade level general education
7612   Dance II (Dance) Fine Arts credit                    Students	will	learn	dance	concepts,	ex-               Health	Education	curriculum	as	deter-
7613   Dance III (Dance) Fine Arts credit                   ercises and skills while developing an                mined	by	an	IEP.
7614   Dance IV (Dance) Fine Arts credit                    awareness of teamwork, choreography,
          Credit: One                                       and performance in various venues. The                0906 Applied Health Education
This class is designed to provide the stu-                  fees	for	this	course	are	not	to	exceed	$750.00	per	          Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
dent with the fundamental knowledge of                      year. 7811	and	7812,	PE	substitution	for	
                                                            Marching	Band,	can	be	used	to	earn	one	                                  dation
dance steps and terminology, to develop
                                                            year	of	PE	substitution	for	Colorguard.                         Credit: One-half
basic awareness of music and choreog-
                                                                                                                  Instruction is individualized according to
raphy, and to offer opportunities for the                   7811 PE Substitution Marching Band                    the	IEP.
creation and participation in dance combi-                  7812    Colorguard
nations	and	performances.	Each	course	will	                         Credit: one-half, fall semester
develop	added	performance	expectations	                     Pairs with spring semester of appropriate
                                                            level	of	Dance	Colorguard	.		May	earn	1.0	
                                                                                                                                 Electives
toward	higher	levels	of	dance	proficiency.	
In addition students will choreograph dance                 PE	Substituiton	credit.                               Some electives are listed in the section for
movements	and	explore	the	history	of	                                                                             a	required	program	(Language	Arts	for	ex-
dance as it relates to other art forms. The                 7750 Dance Composition I                              ample);	others	are	included	in	this	generic	
fees for this course are not to exceed $90.00 per year.     7751 Dance Composition II                             elective	section.		For	a	complete	picture	of	
                                                                   Prerequisite: By Audition Only - Avail-                                                     	
                                                                                                                  elective	courses,	refer	to	this	section	(page	
7701   Dance I (Dance Team Training)                                          able only to students concur-       44	to	47)	as	well	as	Social	Studies	elec-
7702   Dance II (Dance Team Training)                                         rently enrolled in 7713 Dance       tives	(page	35),	ELA	electives		(page	29),	
7703   Dance III (Dance Team Training)                                        III (Dance Team 3) or               Fine	Arts	electives	(page	41	to	44),	and	
7704   Dance IV (Dance Team Training)                                         7714 Dance IV (Dance Team           CTE	electives	(48	to	55),	MCTC	(page	56	
          Credit: One                                                         4) classes.                         to	62).
Students will learn dance concepts and                                Credit: One-half to one
exercises	that	will	develop	an	awareness	                   Practical	exploration	of	a	variety	of	processes	
of teamwork, music appreciation, and cho-                   and elements that may be used in the study
                                                            of creating dances. Students will create their
                                                                                                                   Gifted and Talented
reography. The fees for this course are not to exceed
$90.00 per year.                                            own Dance Studies in response to a variety
                                                                                                                  0135V Independent Study & Mentorship
                                                            of	assigned	choreographic	exercises.		
                                                                                                                        PreAP/GT
7711   Dance I (Dance Team)                                                                                       0136V Independent Study & Mentorship
7712   Dance II (Dance Team)
7713   Dance III (Dance Team)                                Health	Education                                           PreAP
                                                                                                                         Co-requisite : enrollment in advanced
7714   Dance IV (Dance Team)                                                                                             ELA course (PreAP or AP)
     Prerequisite: Membership in Dance Team                 Health is a Katy ISD graduation requirement.                 Grade: 8 - 12
         Credit: One                                                                                                           Credit: One
This course provides the student with the                   There is a course fee of $5.00 per semester for
                                                                                                                  This	on-line	course,	based	on	the	Texas	
knowledge of fundamental dance steps,                       all Health Education courses.
                                                                                                                  Performance	Standards	Project	for	gifted/
terminology, and basic awareness of                                                                               talented students, offers a nontraditional
choreography performance skills. The                        0505 Health Education
                                                                                                                  learning	experience	to	students	who	have	
knowledge and engagement of these                                     Credit: One-half
                                                                                                                  the ability to create innovative products
elements are combined in performance set-                   This	one-semester	course	explores	a	va-
                                                            riety	of	health	issues	which	influence	the	           or performances. Students will develop
tings, both competitive and non-competitive                                                                       a product proposal, compile a portfolio,
                                                            well-being of an individual throughout the life
exhibitions,	in	large	and	small	ensembles.		                cycle. Students will be given an opportunity          conduct in-depth research, be matched with
This	course	does	require	an	extracurricular	                to develop a personal philosophy of wellness          a mentor from the business or professional
component	and	after	school/weekend	hours	                   and self responsibility for health through self       community and prepare for a public
for performances at athletic, community,                    assessment, investigation of factors affecting        presentation of their product or performance
and out-of-district events. Students are re-                one’s	health	and	the	examination	of	behav-            at the end of the school year to be evaluated
quired to audition for placement in this class              ior	modification	strategies.		This	course	also	       by	an	audience	that	includes	experts	in	the	
(Dance	Team)	and	fulfill	all	responsibilities	              provides practical instruction in cardiopulmo-        field.
of the organization. The fees for this course are not       nary	resuscitation	(CPR/AED)	and	first	aid.		         Students work with a mentor to create a
to exceed $750.00 per year. 5501, PE substitution, can be   Health issues included relevant to students           product	related	to	their	topic;	the	product	
used to earn one year of PE substitution for Dance Team.    are basic human anatomy and physiology,
                                                                                                                  is required to have real-world application
                                                            mental/emotional	health,	use	and	abuse	of	
                                                            drugs,	tobacco,	alcohol,	human	sexuality,	            and tangible documentation. This course
                                                            communicable diseases, environmental and              is	offered	through	MCTC	online only.
                                                            consumer health.                                      Students	will	not	physically	attend	MCTC.		
                                                                                                                  This course could be scheduled to occur
                                                            Principles of Health Science	(8093)	can	              during a study hall period or an after
                                                            also satisfy the Health requirement for               school	“8th	hour”	period.
                                                            graduation. See page 52.

                     44
 Speech                                           1533 Debate III
                                                      Prerequisite: Debate II
                                                                                                      Journalism
                                                          Credit: One
1521 Oral Interpretation I                                                                           1610 Journalism
                                                  This course will provide the student with
         Credit: One                                                                                          Credit: One
                                                  advanced study of essential elements
The student will communicate with an                                                                 Using journalistic style, students learn to
                                                  studied in Debate I and II as well as partici-
audience through the oral reading of litera-                                                         perfect their writing skills through practice in
                                                  pation in speech tournaments.
ture. The course will include a study of the                                                         writing news and human interest stories. They
universal appeal as well as the uniqueness                                                           also learn to express	themselves	clearly	and	
                                                  1519 Dual Credit Speech
of literary works and different styles and                                                           concisely	through	opinion	writing.	Emphasis	
                                                     Prerequisite: HCC Entrance require-
literary	types.	As	an	interpreter,	the	student	                                                      is on students thinking while they read and
                                                               ments, junior or senior classifica-
will	study	and	experience	the	determina-                                                             interpret information in terms of credibility and
                                                               tion, and THEA
tion of meaning, the selection of literature,                                                        news worthiness. Students will also have the
                                                          Credit: One-half high school elective
the analysis of literature, the adaptation of                                                        opportunity to learn graphic design through
                                                                  credit
literature, and performance techniques nec-                                                          newspaper, yearbook and advertising layout
                                                  One	half	elective	credit	in	the	area	of	
essary to communicate the understanding                                                              practice. Copy editing and headline writing, in
                                                  SPEECH	may	be	earned	by	taking	one	of	
and emotions of prose, poetry, and dra-                                                              addition to an introduction to setting type by
                                                  the following SPCH courses at HCC during
matic	readings.	Students	will	be	expected	                                                           computer, will also be taught. Interviewing is
                                                  the summer term or as College Release
to	participate	in	speech/drama	tournaments	                                                          also stressed as a means of gathering facts for
                                                  during the school year. Dual Credit Speech
in interpretive reading events.                                                                      story writing.
                                                  will not be offered on Katy ISD high school
                                                  campuses. Student earns .5 high school
1522 Oral Interpretation II                                                                          1621Advanced Journalism: Yearbook I
                                                  elective credit and 3 college credit hours for
    Prerequisite: Oral Interpretation I                                                                   Prerequisite: Journalism and/or instructor
                                                  the	course.		Availability	of	courses	is	de-
        Credit: One                                                                                                   approval
                                                  pendent upon offerings at HCC. Students
This course will provide the student with                                                                    Credit: One
                                                  should	confer	with	the	HCC-NW	course	
advanced study and performance of the                                                                1622 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook II
                                                  schedule to determine available options
essential	elements	learned	in	Oral	In-                                                                    Prerequisite: Advanced Journalism:
                                                  and	confirm	that	the	university	they	will	at-
terpretation I as well as participation in                                                                            Yearbook I and/or instructor
                                                  tend will accept the credit.
speech tournaments.                                                                                                   approval
                                                  NOTE:	Dual-Credit	courses	require	pay-
                                                                                                             Credit: One
                                                  ment of applicable fees to HCC and
1523 Oral Interpretation III                                                                         1623 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook III
                                                  purchase	of	textbooks.		
    Prerequisite: Oral Interpretation II                                                                 Prerequisite: Advanced Journalism:
                                                  THEA	warning	on	page	16.
        Credit: One                                                                                                  Yearbook II and/or instructor
                                                  Dual-Credit warning on page 18.
This course will provide the student with                                                                            approval
                                                  THESE	COURSES	DO	NOT	MEET	THE	
advanced study and performance of the                                                                        Credit: One
                                                  GRADUATION	REQUIREMENT	FOR	
essential	elements	learned	in	Oral	Inter-                                                            This course is both a specialized laboratory
                                                  COMMUNICATIONS	APPLICATIONS.
pretation I and II as well as participation in                                                       for	practical	journalistic	experiences	and	the	
speech tournaments.                                                                                  production unit for high school yearbook.
                                                  SPCH 1311 Fundamentals of Speech
                                                                                                     Objectives	include	management	and	
                                                    Prerequisite: HCC Entrance requirements,
1531 Debate I                                                                                        production of major and minor sections of
                                                                Junior or Senior classification,
         Credit: One                                                                                 the yearbook and effectively performing
                                                                and THEA
The student will learn critical thinking and                                                         one	or	more	specific	assignments	essential	
                                                        Credit: One-half high school elective
research skills. Students will develop argu-                                                         for the production and publication of the
                                                                credit
ments	on	both	the	affirmative	and	negative	                                                          high school yearbook. Duties may also
                                                  A	survey	course	in	the	basic	principles	of	
sides of policy and value issues using                                                               include taking pictures, selling ads, and
                                                  oral communication. Includes the study of
Lincoln-Douglas	and	Cross	Examination	                                                               implementing an advertising campaign.
                                                  the use of the body and voice, the speaker-
debate formats. They will learn and under-                                                           Students	will	be	expected	to	work	within	
                                                  listener relationship, and preparation and
stand about current issues in our society                                                            time constraints and budget limitations.
                                                  delivery of platform speeches.
and develop argumentation and speaking
skills. They will also learn courtroom and                                                           1631 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper I
                                                  SPCH 1321 Business and Professional
congressional debating. Students will be                                                                  Prerequisite: Journalism
                                                           Speaking
required to participate in competitive de-                                                                   Credit: One
                                                     Prerequisite: HCC Entrance requirements,
bate/speech	tournaments.                                                                             Objectives	include	management	and	pro-
                                                                Junior or Senior classification,
                                                                                                     duction of the school newspaper also
                                                                and THEA
1532 Debate II                                                                                       working within time constraints and budget
                                                        Credit: One-half high school elective
    Prerequisite: Debate I                                                                           limitations. This course is a specialized labo-
                                                                credit
        Credit: One                                                                                  ratory for those students who wish to help
                                                  Applies	the	techniques	of	oral	communi-
This course will provide the student with                                                            publish the school newspaper. Tasks vary
                                                  cation to situations most common among
advanced study of essential elements                                                                 according to ability. Included in assignments
                                                  business and professional people. Covers
studied in Debate I as well as participation                                                         are typesetting, advanced writing, interview-
                                                  discussion methods, conference tech-
in speech tournaments.                                                                               ing, photography, paste-up and in-depth
                                                  niques, committee reports, instructions,
                                                                                                     research for news stories and features. Stu-
                                                  lectures, and public speeches.
                                                                                                     dents will also be responsible for newspaper
                                                                                                     advertising and circulation.



                  45
1632 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper II            instructional goals to enhance the individual’s     solving using packaged software and
     Prerequisite: Advanced Journalism: News-     study	skills.	Organization,	attitudes,	goals,	      graphics programming. Students will code
                 paper I and Journalism and/or    time management, listening skills, note tak-        animation and games in various computer
                 instructor approval              ing, memorization techniques, and test taking       languages. There is a course fee of $15.00
         Credit: One                              strategies will be reviewed. Instruction is indi-   per year to purchase student materials.
Objectives	include	management	and	pro-            vidualized	according	to	IEP	objectives.
duction of the school newspaper as well as                                                            2008 Advanced Placement Computer
working within time constraints and budget        1711   Reading I                                         Science A
limitations. This course is a specialized labo-   1721   Reading II                                        Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Algebra II or
ratory for those students who wish to help        1731   Reading III                                                   Geometry Pre AP
publish the school newspaper. Tasks vary          1741   Reading IV                                           Credit: One
according to ability. Included in assignments                Credit: One-half to one each, up to 3    This course emphasizes programming
are advanced writing, interviewing, pho-                             credits total                    methodology, procedural abstraction, and an
tography, and in-depth research for news          These courses are designed for those stu-           in-depth study of algorithms, data structures,
stories and features. Students will also be       dents whose reading ability is one or more          and data abstractions, as well as a detailed
responsible for newspaper advertising and         years below the assigned grade level on the         examination	of	a	large	case	study	program.		
circulation.                                      district standardized test and is required for      Instruction will include preparation for the Col-
                                                  students who do not meet standard on the            lege	Board	Advanced	Placement	Computer	
1633 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper III           Reading	TAKS	test	or	comparable	EOC	tests.	    	    Science	A	Examination.	Advanced	Place-
     Prerequisite: Advanced Journalism: News-     Emphasis	will	be	placed	on	reading	compre-          ment	Computer	Science	A	can	count	for	the	
                 paper II and Journalism and/or   hension,	vocabulary,	phonics,	and	fluency.		        fourth	math	credit	under	the	RHSP	or	DAP	if	
                 instructor approval              The companion courses, 1711D, 1721D,                taken	after	successful	completion	of	Algebra	
                                                                                                      I,	Geometry,	and	Algebra	II.		When	taken	for	
         Credit: One                              1731D,	are	designed	specifically	for	students	
                                                                                                      a math credit the course number is 0271, see
Objectives	include	management	and	pro-            who	have	been	identified	as	having	dyslexia.			
                                                                                                      page 30 of catalog. There is a course fee of
duction of the school newspaper as well as
                                                                                                      $15.00 per year to purchase student materials.
working within time constraints and budget        0750    Fundamental Reading Skills I
limitations. This course is a specialized labo-   0760    Fundamental Reading Skills II
                                                                                                      2001 Computer Science - Data Structures
ratory for those students who wish to help        0770    Fundamental Reading Skills III                   PreAP (formerly Computer Science II
publish the school newspaper. Tasks vary          0780    Fundamental Reading Skills IV                    PreAP)
according to ability. Included in assignments         Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                Prerequisite: Advanced Placement
are advanced writing, interviewing, pho-                          dation                                               Computer Science A
tography, and in-depth research for news                  Credit: One-half to one per course                  Credit: One
stories and features. Students will also be       The subject content of this course matches          Students will learn more advanced prob-
responsible for newspaper advertising and         grade level general education Reading               lem solving and computer science topics.
circulation.                                      Skills	curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.          This course will give a stronger foundation
                                                                                                      for those students interested in careers in
1640 Photojournalism                                                                                  business, engineering, and other technol-
         Credit: One-half to One                   Writing                                            ogy	related	fields.	There is a course fee of
Photojournalism students are responsible                                                              $15.00 per year to purchase student materials.
for taking digital photos and learning to edit    1840 Creative/Imaginative Writing
those	photos	using	Adobe	Creative	Suite	                 Prerequisite: Junior or Senior classifica-   2020 Computer Science - Independent
software. Students will work independently,                          tion                                  Study PreAP (formerly Computer
completing assignments suitable for pub-                    Credit: One-half to one                        Science III PreAP)
lication.		Students	are	expected	to	work	         Creative/Imaginative	Writing	is	designed	                Prerequisite: Computer Science II PreAP
within time and budget limitations. Special       for the students who wish to develop                        Credit: One
qualifications	and	instructor	approval	are	       their	creativity	in	written	expression.	            This course is a continuation of concepts
necessary.                                        Art,	music,	and	film	skills	will	be	used	to	        learned	in	the	AP	Computer	Science	A	
                                                  stimulate	creativity.	Outstanding	literary	         Course.		This	course	will	extend	student	
                                                  examples	will	be	studied	as	models.	The	            understanding of programming through the
   Reading                                        students of this class will write and pub-
                                                  lish a literary magazine.
                                                                                                      study of several contemporary program-
                                                                                                      ming techniques. There is a course fee of
1700 Reading Applications and Study Skills                                                            $15.00 per year to purchase student materials.
         Credit: One-half
This course covers organization, attitudes,        Technology                                         2002 Digital Communications in the 21st
goals and time management, listening                                                                       Century (formerly Multimedia)
skills, note taking, memorization tech-           Additional Technology courses are available             Prerequisite: Proficient in technology skills
niques, and both essay and objective test         through the CTE department, course                          Credit: One
taking strategies.                                descriptions begin on page 48 of this catalog.      This course will allow students to dem-
                                                                                                      onstrate effective use of multimedia tools
9000 Fundamental Reading Applications             Computer Science I                                  such as video, graphics, and software to
     and Study Skills                                    Prerequisite: Algebra I                      create multimedia presentations. Students
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
                                                            Credit: One.                              will research trends and use a variety of
                                                  Computer Science is a foundation course             digital tools to solve problems and make
                 dation
                                                  for students who are interested in pro-             informed decisions for real-world issues.
         Credit: One-half
                                                  gramming. The course emphasizes                     There is a course fee of $15.00 per year to
This course offers individually designed
                                                  programming methodology and problem                 purchase student materials.

                 46
2004 Digital Design and Media Produc-                formats.	Students	enrolled	in	Advanced	            0040 College Release
     tion (formerly Desktop Publishing)              Digital	Graphics	and	Animation	will	cover	                Grades: Senior classification – for one
    Prerequisite: Proficient in technology skills    skills	necessary	to	take	Adobe	Expert	                             or two periods only
        Credit: One                                  Certification	exams	after	completion	of	the	               Credit: None
This course combines the skills of elec-             course. There is a course fee of $15.00 per year   College Release is designed for seniors
tronic design, editing, and production of a          to purchase student materials.                     who wish to take a college course dur-
product using a variety of hardware and                                                                 ing the school day at the college campus.
software tools. Students will learn to use           2011 Digital Video and Audio Design                Students who attend class on a college
a collection of software tools and design                 (formerly Video Technology)                   campus must document that they have
techniques to create a variety of formatted              Prerequisite: None                             received a vaccination for meningitis. Stu-
products. There is a course fee of $15.00 per                Credit: One                                dents may apply to leave the high school
year to purchase student materials.                  This course is probably the most universally       campus for one to two periods per day
                                                     known of all visual media and is an integral       to attend a college class. The class may
2005 Digital Art and Animation (formerly             component of many technology applica-              be a course that is designated as a dual
     Digital Graphics and Animation)                 tions. The process of editing creates a            credit	course	OR	it	may	be	another	col-
     Prerequisite: None                              special mood, tempo, and pace to enhance           lege course that the student wishes to take.
         Credit: One                                 the	subject	matter.		Video	production	is	not	      Dual credit courses at Houston Community
This is an introductory course in 2-dimen-           only instructional and analytical, but also        College will count toward high school grad-
sional and 3-dimensional digital imagery. It         artistic. Students will learn video basics         uation credits and are eligible for the dual
will include topics such as digital composi-         as well as participate in pre-production,          credit	tuition	waiver.		Other	college	courses	
tion, design principles, raster and vector           production, and post production stages of          would not be eligible for the tuition waiver at
based 2D graphic design and animation,               video creation, distribution, and evaluation       HCC.		Applications	for	College	Release	are	
and 3D modeling and animation. The stu-              of the product. Students enrolled in this          available from the high school counselor.
dent will use the computer’s set of tools,           course will be computer literate and have
digital cameras and scanners to create               experience	with	the	basic	electronic	pro-          0019 Study Hall – Administrative
and edit digital designs for a wide range of         ductivity tools. There is a course fee of $15.00            Credit: None
purposes	including	fine	art	and	art	for	publi-       per year to purchase student materials.
                                                                                                        0020 Study Hall – Instructional
cation. There is a course fee of $15.00 per year
                                                                                                                 Credit: None
to purchase student materials.                       2012 Electronic Media
                                                         Prerequisite: Art I                            0025 Study Hall – Tutorial
2007 Web Design (formerly Web Mastering)                      Credit: One                                        Credit:None
     Prerequisite: Proficient in technology skills   This is a course in two and three dimen-
         Credit: One
This course familiarizes students with the
                                                     sional digital imagery. Students will create                Local Options
                                                     digital designs to formulate multiple solu-
creation and management of web pages                 tions	that	expand	personal	themes	and	             Local	Credit	courses	DO	NOT	count	
and web sites. Students will learn basic             demonstrate intent through applications            towards graduation requirements nor are
HTML	programming,	Dynamic	Hypertext	                 such	as	Photoshop,	Illustrator,	Flash,	and	        they	calculated	into	the	student’s	GPA.
Markup	Language	(DHTML)	and	JavaS-                   Bryce. Students will produce products such
cript, interactive navigation, web animation,        as logos, posters, t-shirt designs, 3D virtual     5303/5304 Cheerleading
and web page layout and design. Through-             spaces and animated shorts while learn-            These courses, as per state law, will be for
out the year, students will use industry             ing visual design concepts transferrable to        local credit only and will not satisfy state
standard software to create a wide range             a	variety	of	fields	including	business	and	        required	graduation	credits.		A	student	must	
of web sites varying in style and purpose.           education. There is a course fee of $15.00 per     be a member of the campus cheerleading
At	course	completion,	students	will	possess	         year to purchase student materials.                squad to be enrolled in these courses.
the requisite skills to perform at the appren-
tice web designer level. There is a course fee                                                          0003 Math
of $15.00 per year to purchase student materials.        Non-Credit Options                                      Credit: Local

2009 Advanced Digital Art and Animation              Non-Credit	courses	DO	NOT	count	towards	           0004 Writing
     (formerly Advanced Digital Graphics             graduation requirements nor are they                        Credit: Local
     and Animation)                                  calculated	into	the	student’s	GPA.
   Prerequisite: Completion of Course 2002,                                                             0009 Social Studies
                 2005 or 2007 with a grade of        0001 Student Assistant                                      Credit: Local
                 80 or better.                               Grades: Junior or senior classification
       Grades: 11-12                                          Credit: None                              0010 Science
        Credit: One                                                                                              Credit: Local
Advanced	Digital	Graphics	and	Animation	is	          0002   Work Release
an	extension	of	Digital	Graphics	&	Anima-                    Grades: Senior classification – for one    The courses provide additional instruction
tion with the goal of preparing students for                          or two periods only               to	assist	identified	students	in	mastering	
the pursuit of a career or study in the area                  Credit: None                              skill	tested	on	TAKS	or	STAAR	EOC.		While	
of graphic design. Students will integrate           Work	Release	is	designed	for	seniors	who	          these local courses do not yield state credit,
multiple	software	packages	(i.e.	Adobe	              wish to work during the school day. Stu-           they may be required because students
Illustrator,	Adobe	Photoshop,	Adobe	InDe-            dents may apply to leave the high school           must	pass	the	Texas	assessment	measures	
sign,	Adobe	Acrobat	and	Bryce).	Students	            campus for one to two periods per day to           appropriate to their graduation year in order
will participate in real-world productivity,         work.		Applications	for	Work	Release	are	          to earn a high school diploma.
including	“client”	meetings,	deadlines	and	          available from the high school counselor.
production of design in electronic and print
                  47
     Katy Independent School District Career & Technical Education
CAMPUS-BASED           8170 Small Animal Management
                               Grade: 9 - 12 (spring semester)
                                                                   8130 Agricultural Mechanics & Metal
                                                                          Technologies
 COURSES                       Credit: One-half                            Grade: 10 - 12

(High School)          A	course	designed	to	provide	principles	of	
                       animal production. The study of farm ani-
                                                                           Credit: One
                                                                   This course is designed to develop an
                                                                     mals’ anatomy and physiology is included            understanding of agricultural mechanics as
NOTES: 1) Several CTE Courses require a payment of a fee             in this course.                                     it relates to safety and skills in tool opera-
to cover cost of materials, projects, etc. Please refer to page 22                                                       tion, electrical wiring, plumbing, carpentry,
for a list of these courses.                                         8145 Equine Science                                 fencing, concrete, and metal working tech-
2)	For	clarification	on	local	articulated	credit	vs	advanced	                 Grade: 10 - 12                             niques.		The	student	will	be	expected	to	
technical credit refer to page 24.                                            Credit: One-half                           plan and perform cost-effective construc-
                                                                     The students in this course will learn skills       tion techniques including analyzing sites,
Agriculture, Food & Natural                                          related to animal systems and develop               plan for equipment and tools, and permit
                                                                     knowledge related to career opportunities.          requirements.
Resources                                                            Suggested animals which may be studied              THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL
                                                                     in this course include, but are not limited to      CREDIT COURSE.
EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	FFA	                                       horses, donkeys, and mules.
activities	are	an	integral	part	of	the	Agricul-                                                                          8122   Agricultural Facilities Design &
tural,	Food	&	Natural	Resources	Career	                              8190 Wildlife, Fisheries & Ecology                         Farication
Cluster.	Opportunities	for	developing	skills	                             Management                                             Grade: 11 - 12
in leadership, cooperation, and citizenship                                   Grade: 10 - 12                                     Credit: One
are	provided	through	extension	of	class-                                      Credit: One-half                           To prepare for success, students rein-
room/laboratory	learning	experiences	by	                             This	course	examines	the	management	of	             force, apply, and transfer their academic
membership	and	participation	in	FFA.                                 game	and	non-game	wildlife	species,	fish,	          knowledge and technical skills in a variety
    Participation in Agricultural, Food &                            and aqua crops and their ecological needs           of settings. Students will demonstrate
Natural Resources Career Cluster provide                             as related to current agricultural practices.       principles of facilities design and fabrica-
foundational skill development for fast                              Certification	options	include	the	oppor-            tions related to agricultural structures and
growing careers such as:                                             tunity	for	Boater	and	Hunter	Education	             demonstrate Geographic Information Sys-
                                                                     licenses upon successful completion of the          tem	(GIS)	and	Global	Positioning	System	
          1.         Agricultural Engineer                           course	and	licensure	examination.                   (GPS)	principles.
          2.         Food Scientist
          3.         Botanist                                        8144 Advanced Animal Science                        8120   Professional Standards in Agribusi-
          4.         Veterinarian Assistant                            Prerequisite: Livestock Production recom-                ness
          5.         Wildlife Manager                                                mended                                      Grade: 10 - 12
          6.         Farm/Ranch Manager                                      Grade: 11 - 12                                      Credit: One-half
                                                                             Credit: One. Fulfills 4th year science      Students will plan, propose, conduct, and
8110 Principles of Agriculture, Food &                                               credit.                             evaluate an agribusiness entrepreneur-
     Natural Resources                                               This	course	examines	the	interrelatedness	          ship. This course will identify opportunities
          Grade: 9 - 12                                              of	human,	scientific,	and	technologi-               for involvement in agribusiness profes-
           Credit: One                                               cal dimensions of livestock production.             sional organizations and their role in
Students	will	explain	agriculture,	food,	                            Instruction is designed to allow for the            formulating public policy. This course
and natural resource systems at the local,                           application	of	scientific	and	technological	        primarily focuses on leadership, communi-
state, national and international levels.                            aspects	of	animal	science	through	40%	              cation, employer-employee relations, and
This course will identify reasons for world                          field	and	laboratory	experiences.	                  problem solving as they relate to agribusi-
trade and the political impact of agricul-                                                                               ness.
ture, food, and natural resources. Plant                             8125   Practicum in Agriculture, Food &
and animal systems, principles of food                                      Natural Resources                            8232 Horticultural Science
products and food processing systems will                               Prerequisite: Agricultural Facilities Design &           Grade: 10 - 12
be evaluated.                                                                         Fabrication recommended                    Credit: One-half
                                                                             Grade: 11 - 12                              This course is designed to develop an
8141 Livestock Production                                                    Credit: Two                                 understanding of common horticultural
             Grade: 9 - 12 (spring semester)                         A	laboratory-oriented	course	that	covers	           management practices as they relate to
             Credit: One-half                                        the	technical	skills	and	scientific	concepts	       food and ornamental plant production.
Students will use skills relating to live-                           necessary in agribusiness. The course               The	student	will	be	expected	to	design	
stock production, anatomy and physiology                             focuses	on	soil	and	water	management;	              and establish landscapes, identify plants
related to nutrition, reproduction, health                           electrification;	oxyfuel	and	electric	cutting	      and their pests, select appropriate tools,
and management of domesticated ani-                                  and	welding;	concrete	construction;	build-          and participate in a supervised agricultural
mals.		Animal	species	to	be	addressed	in	                            ing	planning	and	construction;	and	small	           improvement project.
this course may include, but are not limited                         engine, equipment, and machinery mainte-
to beef cattle, dairy cattle, swine, sheep,                          nance and repair.
goats, and poultry.



                          48
8160 Landscape Design & Turf Grass                        3.     Specialty Contractor                        4.    Graphic Designer
     Management                                           4.     Carpenter                                   5.    Network Technician
         Grade: 10 - 12                                                                                      6.    Commercial Photographer
         Credit: One-half                          8029 Architectural Design
This course is designed to develop an un-            Prerequisite: Geometry or Algebra I recom-      8320 Fashion Design
derstanding of landscape and turf grass                             mended                                    Grade: 10 - 12
management techniques and practices. Stu-                  Grade: 10 - 12                                     Credit: One
dents will identify environmental, aesthetic,              Credit: One                               	This	course	spans	all	aspects	of	the	tex-
and	financial	benefits	of	landscaped	sites	and	    In this course, students gain knowledge           tile and apparel industries. Students will
perform landscape business procedures.             and	skills	specific	to	those	needed	to	enter	     complete an apparel project using current
                                                   a career in architecture and construction         technology and production techniques.
8237   Principles & Elements of Floral             or prepare a foundation toward a post sec-        Proper care and maintenance practices for
       Design                                      ondary degree in architecture, construction       apparel will be emphasized in addition to ef-
         Grade: 10 - 12                            science drafting, interior design, and land-      fective management of the apparel dollar.
         Credit: One. Fulfills fine arts credit.   scape	architecture.		Architectural	design	        THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL
This course is designed to develop stu-            includes the knowledge of the design, de-         CREDIT COURSE.
dents’ abilities to identify and demonstrate       sign history, techniques, and tools related to
the principles and techniques related to           the production of drawings, renderings, and       8009 Commercial Photography
floral	design	as	well	as	develop	an	un-            scaled models for commercial or residential                Grade: 9 - 12
derstanding	of	the	management	of	floral	           architectural purposes.                                    Credit: One
enterprises. Through the analysis of artistic                                                        In this course, students will develop knowl-
floral	styles	and	historical	periods,	students	    8195 Construction Technology                      edge and skills needed for success in
will learn about the traditions and contri-          Prerequisite: Geometry or Algebra I recom-      the	Arts/Audio/Video	Technology	&	Com-
butions of diverse cultures. Students will                          mended                           munications career cluster by having an
classify and identify plants used in their                 Grade: 10 - 12                            understanding of the commercial photog-
arrangements, corsages, boutonnieres and                   Credit: One                               raphy industry using a focus on creating
floral	designs	for	special	occasions.              Students will gain knowledge and skills           quality photographs. It is an activity oriented
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                      specific	to	those	needed	to	enter	the	work	       course in which creating quality photograph-
CREDIT COURSE.                                     force as carpenters or building maintenance       ic projects is the primary focus. Students will
                                                   supervisors. Students acquire knowledge in        explore	differences	in	types	of	cameras	and	
8235 Applied Horticultural Science                 safety, tool usage, building codes, and fram-     lenses as well as characteristics of different
  Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-          ing.                                              photographic media. Knowledge of lighting
                 tion                              THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                     techniques and conventions of mounting,
        Grade: 9 - 12                              CREDIT COURSE.                                    matting and framing photographs will be
        Credit: One-half                                                                             explored.		Some	of	the	equipment	used	will	
A	laboratory	course	designed	to	develop	           8198 Interior Design                              be	film	and	digital	cameras,	computers	with	
entry-level horticulture skills. Instruction                Grade: 10 - 12                           Photoshop CS-5, print enlargers, print dry-
may include: opportunities in horticultural                 Credit: One                              ers, and computer printers.
occupations/careers;	plant	classification	and	     Students will use knowledge and skills
identification;	structures	and	equipment	used	     related	to	interior	and	exterior	environments,	
in producing greenhouses, ornamental and           construction and furnishings to make wise
                                                                                                     Business, Management
nursery	plants;	greenhouse	environment;	           consumer decisions, increase productivity         & Administration
soils	and	plant	growth;	development	and	           and compete in industry.
propagation	of	plants;	floral	arrangements;	       THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL
                                                                                                     EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Future	
landscaping;	turf	management;	and	horticul-        CREDIT COURSE.
                                                                                                     Business	Leaders	of	America	(FBLA)	con-
tural equipment, maintenance, repair and
                                                                                                     tributes to the advancement of leadership,
safety. Instruction is individualized according
to	IEP	objectives.                                 Arts, A/V Technology &                            citizenship, personal growth, academic,
                                                                                                     and technological skills. Competitive events
                                                   Communication                                     enhance	career/job	preparation,	workplace	
Architecture & Construction                        The	Arts,	A/V	Technology	&	Communications	
                                                                                                     competencies,	self	confidence,	and	the	
                                                                                                     instructional program.
EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	FFA	and	                 Career Cluster prepares for career suc-
                                                                                                          Participation in Business, Management &
FCCLA	(Family,	Career,	and	community	              cess with activities that challenge students’
                                                                                                     Administration will provide foundational skill
Leaders	of	America)	are	student	organiza-          creative	talents.		A	background	in	computer	
                                                                                                     development for careers such as:
tions which provide growth and leadership          and electronic-based technology along with
education. Skills for life are developed           a solid foundation in math and science is
                                                                                                        1.   Legal & Medical Secretary
through character development, critical            recommended.
                                                                                                        2.   Administrative Assistant
thinking, interpersonal communications, and           Participation in Arts, A/V Technology &
                                                                                                        3.   Human Resources Manager
career preparation.                                Communications Career Cluster will provide
                                                                                                        4.   Purchasing Agent
    Participation in Architecture & Construc-      foundational skill development for careers
                                                                                                        5.   International Business Manager
tion Cluster will provide foundational skill       such as:
                                                                                                        6.   Certified Public Accountant (CPA)
development for careers such as:
                                                          1.     Video Technician
       1.      Architect                                  2.     Camera Operator
       2.      Electrician                                3.     Set Designer

                   49
8560 Touch System Data Entry (formerly           writing, computing, communication, and           classroom instruction with paid business
     known as Keyboarding)                       reasoning skills and apply them to the           and	industry	employment	experiences	
        Grade: 9 - 12                            business environment.                            and supports strong partnerships among
        Credit: One-half                                                                          school, business, and community stake-
Students apply technical skills to address       8622 Business Information Management II          holders. The goal is to prepare students
business applications of emerging technol-         Prerequisite: Business Information             with a variety of skills for a fast-changing
ogies. Students enhance reading, writing,                         Management I. (Computer         workplace.	Employability	skills,	which	in-
computing, communication, and reason-                             proficiency recommended)        clude	job-specific	skills	applicable	to	their	
ing skills and apply them to the business                Grade: 11 - 12                           training station, job interview techniques,
environment. Students will need to apply                 Credit: One                              communication	skills,	financial	and	budget	
touch system data entry for production of        Students implement personal and inter-           activities, human relations, and portfo-
business documents.                              personal skills to strengthen individual         lio development, are discussed. Career
                                                 performance in the workplace and in so-          Preparation effectively prepares students
8540 Principles of Business, Marketing &         ciety and make a successful transition to        for college and career success.
     Finance                                     the workforce or postsecondary education.
        Grade: 9 - 11                            Students apply technical skills to address       8609 Practicum in Business Management
        Credit: One-half                         business applications of emerging tech-               Prerequisite: Age 16 and Approved Appli-
In	Principles	of	Business,	Marketing,	and	       nologies,	create	complex	word-processing	                         cation. Business Information
Finance,	students	gain	knowledge	and	            documents, develop sophisticated spread-                          Management/BCIS I recom-
skills in economies and private enterprise       sheets using charts and graphs, and make                          mended
systems, the impact of global business,          an electronic presentation using appropri-               Grade: 11 - 12
marketing of goods and services, advertis-       ate multimedia software.                                 Credit: Two. Student is required to
ing, and product pricing. Students analyze       THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                                     work 10 hours per week
the	sales	process	and	financial	man-             CREDIT COURSE.                                        STudenTS MuST provide own TrAnSporTATion
agement principles. This course allows
students to reinforce, apply, and transfer       8510 Business Law                                8610 Practicum in Business Management
academic knowledge and skills to a variety               Grade: 11 - 12                                Prerequisite: Age 16 and Approved
of interesting and relevant activities, prob-            Credit: One-half                                          Application. Business Infor-
lems and settings in business, marketing,        Students analyze the social responsibil-                          mation Management/BCIS I
and	finance.                                     ity of business and industry regarding                            recommended
                                                 the	significant	issues	relating	to	the	legal	            Grade: 11 - 12
8601 Business Information Management I           environment, business ethics, torts, con-                Credit: Three. Student is required to
  Prerequisite: Touch Systems Data Entry         tracts,	negotiable	financial	instruments,	                        work 15 hours per week
                 (recommended)                   personal property, sales, warranties, busi-           STudenTS MuST provide own TrAnSporTATion
        Grade: 9 - 12                            ness organizations, concept of agency and        The Practicum is designed to give stu-
        Credit: One - half to one credit         employment, and real property. Students          dents supervised practical application of
Computer skills acquired in this course          apply technical skills to address business       previously studied knowledge and skills.
are essential for college and work readi-        applications of contemporary legal issues.       Practicum	experiences	occur	in	a	paid	or	
ness.		Students	will	utilize	Microsoft	Office	   Students incorporate a broad base of             unpaid arrangement and a variety of loca-
Suite, the industry standard. Students will      knowledge that includes the legal, mana-         tions appropriate to the nature and level
produce	a	variety	of	documents	in	Word,	         gerial,	marketing,	financial,	ethical,	and	      of	experience.	Students	implement	per-
create	spreadsheets	and	charts	in	Excel,	        international dimensions of business to          sonal and interpersonal skills to strengthen
develop	and	maintain	a	database	in	Ac-           make appropriate business decisions.             individual performance in the workplace
cess, design professional presentations in                                                        and in society and to make a successful
PowerPoint.		Additional	applications	used	       8520 Career Preparation I                        transition to the workforce or postsecond-
include	Web	2.0	Tools,	Publisher,	and	               Prerequisite: Age 16 and Approved Appli-     ary education. Students apply technical
Outlook.                                                         cation. Computer proficiency     skills to address business applications of
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                                    recommended                      emerging technologies. Students develop
CREDIT COURSE.                                          Grade: 11 - 12                            a	foundation	in	the	economical,	financial,	
                                                        Credit: Two. Student is required to       technological, international, social, and
8530 Global Business                                             work 10 hours per week           ethical aspects of business to become
        Grade: 10 - 12                               STudenTS MuST provide own TrAnSporTATion     competent consumers, employees, and
        Credit: One-half                               AVAILABLE	AT	CRHS,	MCHS,	MRHS,	SLHS,	THS   entrepreneurs. Students enhance read-
Students implement personal and inter-                                                            ing, writing, computing, communication,
personal skills to strengthen individual         8522 Career Preparation I                        and reasoning skills and apply them to
performance in the workplace and in                  Prerequisite: Age 16 and Approved Appli-     the business environment. Students in-
society and to make a successful transi-                         cation. Computer proficiency     corporate a broad base of knowledge that
tion to the workforce and postsecondary                          recommended                      includes the legal, managerial, marketing,
education. Students apply technical skills              Grade: 11 - 12                            financial,	ethical,	and	international	dimen-
to address global business applications of              Credit: Three. Student is required to     sions of business to make appropriate
emerging technologies. Students develop                          work 15 hours per week           business decisions.
a	foundation	in	the	economical,	financial,	          STudenTS MuST provide own TrAnSporTATion
technological, international, social, and              AVAILABLE	AT	CRHS,	MCHS,	MRHS,	SLHS,	THS
ethical aspects of business to become            Career Preparation I is a work-based
competent consumers, employees, and              learning	experience	that	combines	
entrepreneurs. Students enhance reading,

                 50
9990 Fundamental Work Based Learning             9981 Applied Work Based Learning II (2              1.   Loan Specialist
Career Preparation I                                 periods)                                        2.   Claims Adjuster
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-            Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-          3.   Credit Analyst
                 dation                                           dation                             4.   Financial Planner
         Credit: One                             This course is designed to provide                  5.   Comptroller
This course emphasizes instruction in job        individualized instruction for students who
related skills, setting realistic career and     are performing work related activities on        8570 Accounting I
educational goals, career clusters, job          campus or in the classroom.                        Prerequisite: Principles of Business,
applications, interviewing, money manage-                                                                          Marketing, and Finance recom-
ment along with the necessary attitudes and      9991 Fundamental Work Based Learning I                            mended
behaviors required to obtain employment or          Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-               Grade: 10 - 12
pursue post-secondary options. Instruction                        tion                                    Credit: One
is	individualized	according	to	the	IEP.                  Credit: One                              Students	investigate	the	field	of	account-
                                                 The course will emphasize student’s gain-        ing, including how it is impacted by industry
9994 Fundamental Work Based Learning             ing independence at campus training sites.       standards	as	well	as	economic,	financial,	
     Career Preparation II                       IEP’s	may	also	reflect	employment	objec-         technological, international, social, legal,
   Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-       tives. Instruction is individualized according   and	ethical	factors.	Students	reflect	on	this	
                 tion                            to	the	IEP.                                      knowledge as they engage in the process
        Credit: One                                                                               of recording, classifying, summarizing,
This course emphasizes instruction in job        9993 Fundamental Work Based Learning III         analyzing, and communicating accounting
related skills, setting realistic career and        Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-       information. Students formulate and interpret
educational goals, career clusters, job                           tion                            financial	information	for	use	in	management	
applications, interviewing, money manage-                Credit: Three                            decision making.
ment along with the necessary attitudes and      The course will emphasize employment ob-         THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL
behaviors required to obtain employment or       jectives necessary for a student’s successful    CREDIT COURSE.
pursue post-secondary options. Instruction       work	experience	either	on	or	off	campus	
is	individualized	according	to	the	IEP.          training sites. Instruction is individualized    8580 Accounting II
                                                 according	to	the	IEP.	                           Prerequisite: Accounting I
9995 Fundamental Work Based Learning                                                                       Grade: 11 - 12
     Career Preparation III                                                                                Credit: One
   Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-
                                                 Education & Training                             Students continue the investigation of the
                 tion                                                                             field	of	accounting,	including	how	it	is	im-
                                                 8990 Instructional Practice in Education &
        Credit: One                                                                               pacted by industry standards as well as
                                                      Training
This course emphasizes instruction in job                                                         economic,	financial,	technological,	inter-
                                                   Co-requisite: Child Development recommend-
related skills, setting realistic career and                                                      national, social, legal, and ethical factors.
                                                                  ed
educational goals, career clusters, job                                                           Students	reflect	on	this	knowledge	as	they	
                                                         Grade: 11 - 12
applications, interviewing, money manage-                                                         engage in various managerial and cost
                                                         Credit: One
ment along with the necessary attitudes and                                                       accounting activities. Students formulate
                                                 This course provides students with back-
behaviors required to obtain employment or                                                        and	interpret	financial	information	for	use	in	
                                                 ground knowledge of child and adolescent
pursue post-secondary options. Instruction                                                        management decision making.
                                                 development as well as principles of ef-
is	individualized	according	to	the	IEP.
                                                 fective teaching and training practices.
9996 Fundamental Work Based Learning
                                                 Students learn to plan and direct individual-    Health Science
                                                 ized instruction and group activities, prepare
     Career Preparation IV
                                                 instructional materials, and develop materi-     EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Op-
   Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-
                                                 als for educational environments.                portunities for leadership and citizenship
                 tion
        Credit: One                                                                               development are available through student
This course emphasizes instruction in job        Finance                                          membership and participation in Health
related skills, setting realistic career and                                                      Occupations	Students	of	America	(HOSA).		
educational goals, career clusters, job          EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Future	                This student organization provides social
applications, interviewing, money manage-        Business	Leaders	of	America	(FBLA)	con-          and	work/skills	interaction	with	team	pro-
ment along with the necessary attitudes and      tributes to the advancement of leadership,       fessionals who help quide students in the
behaviors required to obtain employment or       citizenship, personal growth, academic,          selection of future health careers,while instill-
pursue post-secondary options. Instruction       and technological skills. Competitive events     ing an attitude of pride and professionalism.
is	individualized	according	to	the	IEP.          enhance	career/job	preparation,	workplace	           Participation in Health Science Career
                                                 competencies,	self	confidence,	and	the	          Cluster will provide foundational skill devel-
9971 Applied Work Based Learning I               instructional program.                           opment for careers such as:
   Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommenda-       The	Finance	Career	Cluster	prepares	learn-
                 tion                            ers	in	financial	and	investment	planning,	          1.   EMT Basic
        Credit: One                              banking,	insurance	and	business	financial	          2.   EMT - Paramedic
The course will emphasize student’s gain-        management.                                         3.   Pharmacy Technician
ing independence at campus training sites.            Participation in Finance Career Cluster        4.   Registered (RN) Nurse
IEP’s	may	also	reflect	employment	objec-         will provide foundational skill development         5.   Pharmacist
tives. Instruction is individualized according   for careers such as:                                6.   Doctor
to	the	IEP.


                 51
8093 Principles of Health Science                   examination	at	the	Emergency	Medical	             limited to, role of nutrients in the body,
    Prerequisite: Recommended Biology               Technician - Basic level. Proof of a current      principles of digestion and metabolism,
        Grade: 10 - 12                              TB test and results will be required before       nutritionally balanced diets, and food
        Credit: One                                 participating	in	a	clinical	experience.		Avail-   safety and sanitation.
The Principles of Health Science provides           ability of this course at other campuses is
an overview of the therapeutic, diagnostic,         dependent on enrollment and availability of       8452 Parenting Education for School-Age
health informatics, support services, and           qualified	instructors.		Interested	students	           Parents I
biotechnology research and development              may be able to access this program at                  Prerequisite: School-Age Parent,
systems of the health care industry.                MRHS	and	SLHS	on	a	space	available	ba-                             Spouse, or Pregnant Teen
This course is designed to develop health           sis and transportation provided by student.               Grade: 9 - 12
care	specific	knowledge	and	skills	in	                                                                        Credit: One
effective communication, ethical and legal                                                            8453 Parenting Education for School-Age
responsibilities,	client	care	safety,	first	
                                                    Human Services                                         Parents II
aid and CPR. This course prepares the                                                                      Prerequisite: School-Age Parent,
                                                    8341 Child Development
student for the transition to clinical or work-                                                                        Spouse, or Pregnant Teen.
                                                            Grade: 10 - 12
based	experience	in	health	care.                                                                                       Parenting Education for
                                                            Credit: One-half
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                                                                                          School-Age Parents I
                                                    This laboratory course addresses knowl-
CREDIT COURSE.                                                                                                Grade: 10 - 12
                                                    edge and skills related to child growth
                                                                                                              Credit: One
                                                    and development from prenatal through
8094 Health Science II - Clinical Rotation                                                             AVAILABLE	AT	MAYDE	CREEK	HIGH,	KATY	HIGH,	AND	MORTON	
                                                    school-age children, equipping students
       Prerequisite: Age 16 and approved                                                                                   RANCH	HIGH	
                                                    with child development skills. Students
       application. Principles of Health                                                              This laboratory course is designed to
                                                    use these skills to promote the well-being
       Science. Biology recommended                                                                   address the special needs and interests
                                                    and healthy development of children and
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                                               of male and female students who are
                                                    investigate careers related to the care and
         Credit: Two                                                                                  parents, who are pregnant, or who are
                                                    education of children.
            CURRENTLY	OFFERED	AT	CRHS,	KHS,	THS,	                                                     expecting	to	become	parents	in	the	near	
                      MRHS,	SLHS,	AND	MCTC                                                            future. Special emphasis is placed on
                                                    8354 Dollars & Sense
The Health Science II Clinical Rotation                                                               prenatal care and development, postnatal
                                                            Grade: 10 - 12
course is designed to provide for the                                                                 care, child development, infant care, and
                                                            Credit: One-half
development of advanced knowledge and                                                                 parenting	skills.		Other	units	of	study	ad-
                                                    This course focuses on consumer practices
skills related to a wide variety of health                                                            dress personal development, responsible
                                                    and responsibilities, the money manage-
careers. Students will have hands-on                                                                  parenthood and adult roles, family prob-
                                                    ment process, decision-making skills,
experiences	for	continued	knowledge	and	                                                              lems	and	crises,	conflict	resolution,	family	
                                                    impact of technology, and preparation for
skill development. The course may be                                                                  health issues, nutrition, safety, manage-
                                                    human services careers. Students will be
taught by different methodologies such                                                                ment, and employability skills. Students
                                                    introduced to concepts related to managing
as clinical rotation and career prepara-            individual	and	family	resources	such	as	fi-       are provided opportunities to develop the
tion learning where students observe                nances, food, clothing, shelter, health care,     knowledge and skills to become success-
professional health care personnel as               recreation, transportation, and time.             ful parents and to prepare for managing
they rotate through various departments                                                               the multiple roles of student, parent, family
of area hospitals and community health              8330 Interpersonal Studies                        member and wage earner.
care providers, including but not limited to                Grade: 10 - 12
physicians’	offices.		                                      Credit: One-half                          8353 Principles of Human Services
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                       This	course	examines	how	the	relation-                     Grade: 9 - 10
CREDIT COURSE.                                      ships between individuals and among                        Credit: One - half to one credit
                                                    family	members	significantly	affect	the	          Students will investigate careers, including
8073 EMT Basic - Practicum in Health                quality of life. Students use knowledge           counseling and mental health, early child-
     Science                                        and skills in family studies and human            hood development, family and community,
  Prerequisite: Age 17 and approved appli-
                                                    development to enhance personal de-               and personal care services. The course
                 cation. Principles of Health
                                                    velopment, foster quality relationships,          is designed to address a broad range of
                 Science (can be waived by
                                                    promote wellness of family members,               knowledge and skills related to personal
                 program coordinator)
                                                    manage multiple adult roles, and pursue           development and management, promotion
       Grade: 12
                                                    careers related to counseling and mental          of strong families, and preparation for adult
        Credit: Two
                                                    health services.                                  roles.		Other	studies	address	nutrition	
  																			AVAILABLE	AT	MRHS	AND	SLHS                                                       and	dietary	practices;	food	selection	and	
The Practicum is designed to give stu-              8311 Lifetime Nutrition & Wellness                preparation;	budgeting	and	consumer-buy-
dents practical application of previously                 Grade: 10 - 12                              ing	practices;	and	management	of	family	
studied knowledge and skills. Practicum                     Credit: One-half                          housing needs.
experiences	can	occur	in	a	variety	of	loca-         This laboratory course allows students
tions appropriate to the nature and level of        to use principles of lifetime wellness and
experience.		EMT	Basic	provides	instruc-            nutrition to help them make informed
tion in emergency medical care to persons           choices that promote wellness as well as
with severe injuries or illness. Through            pursue careers related to hospitality and
lecture, hands-on skills practice, and clini-       tourism, education and training, human
cal	experience	the	students	are	prepared	           services, and health sciences. Top-
to be tested in national mandated patient           ics to be discussed include, but are not
care	skills	and	the	EMS	National	Registry
                        52
9031 Fundamental Activities of Daily           9321 Fundamental Skills for Adult Living I   Information Technology
     Living I                                      Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation                       EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Future	
                 dation                               Credit: One                           Business	Leaders	of	America	(FBLA)	con-
        Credit: One                            This course offers information and practi-   tributes to the advancement of leadership,
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	       citizenship, personal growth, academic,
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-    and technological skills. Competitive
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is           events	enhance	career/job	preparation,	
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.         workplace	competencies,	self	confidence,	
according	to	the	IEP.                                                                       and the instructional program.
                                               9322 Fundamental Skills for Adult Living          Participation in Information Technology
9032 Fundamental Activities of Daily                II                                      Career Cluster will provide foundation skill
     Living II                                     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-    development for careers such as:
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation
                 dation                               Credit: Two                                  1.     Desktop Support
        Credit: Two                            This course offers information and practi-          2.     Technical Writer
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	              3.     Game Programmer
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-           4.     Web Designer
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is                  5.     Software Analyst
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.
according	to	the	IEP.                                                                       8637 Digital & Interactive Media
                                               9323 Fundamental Skills for Adult Living             Grade: 9 - 12
9033 Fundamental Activities of Daily                III                                             Credit: One - half to one credit
     Living III                                    Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-    Through the study of digital and interactive
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation                       media and its application in information
                 dation                               Credit: Three                         technology, students will design and create
        Credit: Three                          This course offers information and practi-   projects with an emphasis on photogra-
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	       phy using software such as Photo Shop,
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-    ILLUSTRATOR,	End	Design,	Publisher,	
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is           Flash,	and	Premier	Elements.		The	goal	of	
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.         providing this training and potential certi-
according	to	the	IEP.                                                                       fication	is	to	assist	students	in	becoming	
                                               9300 Applied Skills for Adult Living I       more marketable in the workplace.
9020 Applied Activities of Daily Living            Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-    THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation                       CREDIT COURSE.
                 dation                               Credit: One
        Credit: One                            This course offers information and practi-
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	       Manufacturing
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is           EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Future	
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.         Business	Leaders	of	America	(FBLA)	con-
according	to	the	IEP.                                                                       tributes to the advancement of leadership,
                                               9302 Applied Skills for Adult Living II      citizenship, personal growth, academic,
9022 Applied Activities of Daily Living II         Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-    and technological skills. Competitive
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation                       events	enhance	career/job	preparation,	
                 dation                               Credit: Two                           workplace	competencies,	self	confidence,	
        Credit: Two                            This course offers information and practi-   and the instructional program.
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	       The	Manufacturing	Career	Cluster	pre-
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-    pares learners for careers in planning,
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is           managing and performing the processing
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.         of material into products.
according	to	the	IEP.                                                                            Participation in Manufacturing Career
                                               9303 Applied Skills for Adult Living III     Cluster will provide foundational skill de-
9023 Applied Activities of Daily Living III        Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-    velopment for careers such as:
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee recommen-                     dation
                 dation                               Credit: Three                                1.     Machine Operator
        Credit: Three                          This course offers information and practi-          2.     Design Engineer
This course offers information and practi-     cal	experiences	regarding	independent	              3.     Instrument Control Techni-
cal	experience	regarding	personal	health	      living and social skills needed for post-                  cian
and hygiene, grooming, domestic and            secondary outcomes. Instruction is                  4.     Quality Engineer
social skills. Instruction is individualized   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.                5.     Production Manager
according	to	the	IEP.




                 53
                                               8633 Sports & Entertainment Marketing             8619 Concepts of Engineering &
8043 Principles of Manufacturing                 Prerequisite: Principles of Business,                Technology
  Prerequisite: Algebra 1 or Geometry                           Marketing, & Finance                     Grade: 9 - 12
                 recommended                                    recommended                              Credit: One
        Grade: 9 - 12                                  Grade: 9 - 12                             The course provides an overview of the
        Credit: One-half or one                        Credit: One-half                          various	fields	of	science,	technology,	
              AVAILABLE	AT	KHS	ONLY
                                               This course will provide students with a          engineering, and mathematics and their
In	Principles	of	Manufacturing,	students	      thorough understanding of the marketing           interrelationships. Students will use a va-
gain knowledge and skills in the applica-      concepts and theories that apply to sports        riety	of	computer	hardware	and	Autodesk	
tion, design, production, and assessment       and sporting events and entertainment.            applications to complete assignments and
of products, services, and systems and         The areas this course will cover include          projects. Upon completing this course,
how those knowledge and skills are ap-         basic marketing, target marketing and             students will have an understanding of
plied to manufacturing. Hands-on study of      segmentation, sponsorship, event market-          the	various	fields	and	will	be	able	to	make	
manufacturing technology allows students       ing, promotions, sponsorship proposals,           informed decisions regarding a coherent
to reinforce, apply, and transfer academic     and implementation of sports and entertain-       sequence of subsequent courses.
knowledge and skills to a variety of inter-    ment marketing plans. This course will also
esting and relevant activities, problems,      provide students an opportunity to develop        8641 Introduction to Engineering Design -
and settings.                                  promotional plans, sponsorship proposals,              IED
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                  endorsement contracts, sports and enter-                  Grade: 9 - 12
CREDIT COURSE.                                 tainment marketing plans, and evaluation                  Credit: One
                                               and management techniques.                             AVAILABLE	AT	MCHS,	MRHS,	CRHS,	THS	AND	SLHS
                                                                                                 Students use a problem-solving model
Marketing, Sales & Service                                                                       to	improve	existing	products	and	invent	
                                               8629 Fashion Marketing
                                                       Grade: 9 - 12                             new ones. Using sophisticated three-
EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Future	
                                                       Credit: One-half                          dimensional modeling software, students
Business	Leaders	of	America	(FBLA)	con-
                                               A	one-semester	course	designed	just	for	          communicate the details of the products.
tributes to the advancement of leadership,
                                               the	student	with	a	creative	flair	and	an	inter-   Emphasis	is	placed	on	analyzing	potential	
citizenship, personal growth, academic,
                                               est	in	marketing	and	fashion.		Explore	the	       solutions and communicating ideas to oth-
and technological skills. Competitive
                                               relationships between fashion, style, design      ers.
events	enhance	career/job	preparation,	
workplace	competencies,	self	confidence,	      and marketing. Students learn the devel-
and the instructional program.                 opment, promotion, advertising, retailing,        8640 Principles of Engineering - POE
The	Marketing,	Sales	&	Service	Career	         fashion history, fashion style and design,                Grade: 10 - 12
Cluster prepares learners for careers in       textiles	and	fashions,	and	career	opportuni-              Credit: One
planning, managing and performing mar-         ties in fashion marketing.                             AVAILABLE	AT	MCHS,	MRHS,	CRHS,	THS	AND	SLHS

keting activities.                                                                               This	course	explores	a	wide	variety	of	
                                                                                                 careers in engineering and technology and
     Participation in the Marketing, Sales &   Science, Technology,                              looks at various technology systems and
Service Career Cluster will provide foun-
dational skill development for careers such    Engineering & Mathematics                         manufacturing processes. Using activities,
as:                                            (STEM)                                            projects, and problems, students learn
                                                                                                 first	hand	how	engineers	and	technicians	
      1.     Real Estate Agent                 EXTRACURRICULAR	ACTIVITY:	Oppor-                  use math, science, and technology in an
      2.     Travel Agent                      tunities to develop and apply leadership,         engineering problem-solving process to
      3.     Event Planner                     social, civic, and technologically related        benefit	people.
      4.     Market Research Analyst           skills are provided through the Technology
      5.     Management Consultant             Student	Association	(TSA).		TSA	is	the	stu-
                                               dent organization which assists students
8632 Entrepreneurship                          in the achievement of technology related
  Prerequisite: Principles of Business,        competencies, as it is an integral part of
                 Marketing, & Finance recom-   the instructional program.
                 mended                            Participation in STEM Career Cluster
        Grade: 9 - 12                          will provide foundational skill development
        Credit: One-half                       for fast growing careers such as:
Students will gain the knowledge and skills
needed to become an entrepreneur. Students            1.     Research Technician
will learn the principles necessary to begin          2.     Drafter
and operate a business. The primary focus             3.     Mechanical Engineer
of the course is to help students understand          4.     Construction Engineer
the process of analyzing a business opportu-          5.     Industrial Engineer
nity, preparing a business plan, determining
feasibility of an idea using research, and
developing a plan to organize and promote
the business and its products and services.
In addition, students understand the capital
required, the return on investment desired,
and	the	potential	for	profit.

                 54
                                                 Naval	Operations,	Naval	History:	1930	
                                                 through	the	Nuclear	Age,	Meteorology	and	
JROTC                                            Weather,	Naval	Intelligence	and	National	
                                                 Security,	Maneuvering	Board,	Challenges	
8780 NJROTC - Naval Science 1
                                                 of	Future	Navy	Research,	and	Electricity	
8781 NJROTC - Naval Science 1 PE
                                                 and	Naval	Electronics.	Students other
              Substitution
                                                 than MCHS students must provide their
  Prerequisite: Access to this program by
                                                 own transportation.
                 students at campuses other
                 than MCHS requires special
                                                 8786 NJROTC - Naval Science IV
                 permission and is limited to
                                                 8787 NJROTC - Naval Science IV PE
                 space available.
                                                               Substitution
        Grade: 9 - 12
                                                   Prerequisite: Naval JROTC - Naval Science
        Credit: One
                                                                  III. Access to this program by
This course includes introduction to
                                                                  students at campuses other
the	NJROTC	program;	Introduction	to	
                                                                  than MCHS requires special
Leadership,	Naval	Ships,	Mission	and	
                                                                  permission and is limited to
Organization,	The	Nation,	Navy	and	the	
                                                                  space available.
People	in	American	Democracy,	Maritime	
                                                         Grade: 12
Geography, Seapower and Challenge,
                                                         Credit: One
Naval	History	through	1815,	Introduction	to	
                                                            NOT	AVAILABLE	UNTIL	2011-2012
Navigation	and	Time,	Basic	Seamanship,	
                                                 This course includes instruction in theo-
Health	Education,	First	Aid,	and	Drugs,	
                                                 retical and applied aspects of leadership,
Alcohol	and	Tobacco	Abuse	Prevention.		
                                                 training, and evaluation of performance.
Students other than MCHS students
                                                 Students will become aware of the tech-
must provide their own transportation.
                                                 niques used to create motivation, develop
                                                 goals and activities for a work group, and
8782 NJROTC - Naval Science II
                                                 the	proper	ways	to	set	a	leadership	exam-
8783 NJROTC - Naval Science II PE
                                                 ple. Cadets will also apply these principles
              Substitution
                                                 when dealing with younger cadets in the
  Prerequisite: Naval JROTC - Naval Science
                                                 areas of military drill and inspections, ath-
                 I. Access to this program by
                                                 letic events, and in other school activities.
                 students at campuses other
                                                 Students other than MCHS students
                 than MCHS requires special
                                                 must provide their own transportation.
                 permission and is limited to
                 space available.
        Grade: 10 - 12
        Credit: One
This course includes ongoing instruction in
leadership	theory,	Naval	Orientation	and	
Career Planning, Citizenship in the U.S.
and	Other	Countries,	Naval	History:	1815	
through	1930,	Naval	Ships	and	Shipboard	
Evolutions,	Naval	Weapons:	Gunnery,	
Guided	Missiles	and	Mines,	Oceanogra-
phy,	Navigation	Fundamentals	and	Rules	
of the Road, Small Boat Seamanship, and
Survival	Training	and	Orienteering.	Stu-
dents other than MCHS students must
provide their own transportation.

8784 NJROTC - Naval Science III
8785 NJROTC - Naval Science III PE
              Substitution
  Prerequisite: Naval JROTC - Naval Science
                 II. Access to this program by
                 students at campuses other
                 than MCHS requires special
                 permission and is limited to
                 space available.
        Grade: 11 - 12
        Credit: One
This course includes ongoing instruction
in	leadership	and	discipline,	Military	Jus-
tice,	Astronomy,	International	Law	and	the	
Sea,	National	Strategy,	Sea	Power	and	

                 55
                                 Miller Career & Technology Center (MCTC)
FULL-DAY and PART-DAY OPPORTUNITIES FOR JUNIOR & SENIOR STUDENTS DISTRICT-WIDE

The	Miller	Career	&	Technology	Center	serves	as	a	central	site	for	Career	&	Technical	Education	in	Katy	ISD.		Juniors	and	seniors	from	
all	Katy	ISD	high	schools	have	the	opportunity	to	attend	classes	at	MCTC.		Students	admitted	to	MCTC	have	the	option	to	participate	
as	either	full-day	or	part-day	students,	depending	on	student	course	selection/scheduling.		Please	refer	to	the	MCTC	application	and/or	
contact your grade level counselor for more information.

Students	should	plan	to	attend	MCTC	for	at	least	three	credits.		Most	career	courses	offered	at	MCTC	are	two	credits.		Two	credit	
courses	will	be	paired	with	a	core	credit	to	fit	the	student’s	course	request/needs.		Availability	of	courses	is	subject	to	scheduling.

TRANSPORTATION
Students	may	provide	their	own	transportation	or	ride	the	MCTC/OAC/RHS	bus.		Morning	bus	riders	attending	MCTC	will	be	transport-
ed	directly	from	pick-up	points	to	MCTC	utilizing	the	MCTC/OAC/RHS	bus	route.		Students	will	be	transported	back	to	the	home	
campus	when	MCTC	dismisses	the	morning	session.		Bus	riders	who	attend	MCTC	4th	period	or	after	will	be	transported	from	the	
home	campuses	to	MCTC.		After	school	is	dismissed,	bus	riders	will	be	transported	directly	to	drop-off	points	utilizing	the	MCTC/OAC/
RHS	bus	route.		Students	enrolled	in	Career	Prep,	internship,	and/or	certain	rotation	programs	may	be	required	to	provide	their	own	
transportation. Programs requiring students to provide their own transportation are indicated by the car icon.

AGE AND CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

Courses	are	open	to	KISD	students	classified	as	juniors	or	seniors	for	2012-2013.	Certain	courses	with	internships	or	work	programs	
have	an	age	requirement	of	16	before	participating	in	the	off-campus	training.	All	students	must	complete	the	application	process	to	be	
considered	for	acceptance.		Application	deadline	is	February	15,	2012.

ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT

Students	who	successfully	complete	designated	Career	&	Technical	Education	courses	in	Katy	ISD	may	receive	college	credit	by	
Advanced	Technical	Credit	(ATC)	for	courses	that	are	part	of	an	Associate	of	Applied	Science	(AAS)	degree	plan	offered	by	public	two-
year colleges. Please refer to page 19 for additional information on articulation or consult your counselor.

LOCAL ARTICULATED CREDIT

Students	who	successfully	complete	a	course	designated	as	having	Local	Articulated	Credit	with	a	particular	post-secondary	institution	
may	receive	credit	hours	at	that	institution	by	attending	within	15	months	of	graduation	and	majoring	in	a	related	field.


AVAILABILITY OF COURSES FOR 2012-2013

Listing	of	a	course	in	this	publication	does	not	guarantee	the	course	will	be	taught	during	the	2012-2013	school	year.	Decisions	as	to	
whether a particular course will be taught are based upon the number of students requesting the course and the availability of person-
nel.

COURSE FEES

Several	courses	require	payment	of	a	fee	to	cover	the	cost	of	materials,	certifications,	special	projects,	etc.	Refer	to	page	22	for	a	list	of	
these	courses.	Please	direct	any	concerns	regarding	fees	to	the	MCTC	counselor.

COMMITMENT

All of the career courses at Miller Career & Technology Center (MCTC) represent a commitment to attend MCTC for a FULL SCHOOL YEAR.
MCTC career courses include a coherent sequence of curriculum for two semesters.




          56
Agriculture, Food & Natural Resources                                     script writing, direction, production, special effects, signal control
                                                                          and monitoring equipment, set design, safety and career oppor-
Academy                                                                   tunities.	There	is	an	option	to	achieve	Apple	Certified	Pro	status	
                                                                          if	the	student	chooses	to	take	Apple’s	Final	Cut	Pro	X	End	User	
8143V Veterinary Medical Applications                                     Certification	Exam	Level	1	at	the	end	of	the	course	(testing	fee	is	
      Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two additional course        approximately	$200).	Apple	Certified	Pro	status	gives	students	a	
                    credits at MCTC                                       competitive	edge	in	the	job	market.	Students	have	a	100%	pass	
           Grade: 11 - 12                                                 rate on all Apple Certification	exams	through	2011.		There	is	a	
           Credit: One                                                    course fee of $30 for student supplies.
Vet	Med	provides	an	introduction	to	animal	care,	including	animal	        THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.
handling, health and safety, sanitation and surgical preparation,
anatomy and physiology, and medical terminology. There is an              8035V Film II - Practicum in A/V Production
estimated course fee of $20.00 for lab specimens and supplies.                  Prerequisites: Film I - Advanced A/V Production
                                                                                Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course
8144V Vet Med II PROBS2                                                                        credit at MCTC
      Pre-requisite: Veterinary Medical Applications                                  Grade: 12
     Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two                                       Credit: Two
          additional course credits at MCTC                               This	course	provides	job	specific	training	for	entry-level	
    Students must provide their own transportation.                       employment in movie, video, and television production careers.
           Grade: 12                                                      Students receive advanced instruction in the operation of
           Credit: One                                                    different types of cameras, mastery of media graphics, electronic
The	Vet	Med	II	curriculum	includes	animal	care,	handling,	health	         editing, color correction, audio techniques, lighting, script writing,
and safety, sanitation and surgical preparation, anatomy and              direction, production, special effects, signal control and monitoring
physiology, and medical terminology is embedded at a deeper               equipment, set design, safety and career opportunities. Students
level	in	this	second	year	course.		Internships	and/or	rotations	at	       have	the	option	of	taking	the	Apple	End	User	Certification	exams,	
local veterinary clinics and animal shelters will provide students        in	Motion	5.		Testing	fees	are	approximately	$200	per	exam.	
with	experience	in	animal	care.		Students	pursuing	the	goal	of	           There is a course fee of $30 for student supplies.
becoming	a	Level	I	Certified	Vet	Assistant	(CVA)	may	be	able	to	
accumulate hours at an internship if supervised by a Doctor of            LIVE ACTION MEDIA BROADCAST SYSTEM
Veterinary	Medicine	(DVM)	or	a	Registered	Veterinary	Technician	          All	students	in	Film	I	and	II	have	the	opportunity	to	train,	and	
(RVT).		There	is	an	estimated	course	fee	of	$30.00	for	scrubs.		          if	successful	to	work,	as	a	member	of	the	Live	Action	Media	
Vet Med II does not fulfill the 4th year Science requirement.             Broadcast	System	(LAMBS)	crew	which	operates	the	video	board	
                                                                          at Rhodes Stadium. Students sign up to be a part of the crew
Arts, A/V Technology & Communications                                     for	each	football	game	to	run	the	five	live-action	cameras	and	
                                                                          control functions such as instant replay, commercials, splash
Academy                                                                   video graphics, or serve as Technical Director. Skills prepare
                                                                          students for professional employment in such areas as television
8031V Audio Engineering - A/V Production                                  production, live action sports, commercials, studio production and
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit    work	on	both	independent	and	professional	films.
                  at MCTC
         Grade: 11 - 12
         Credit: Two
This course is an introduction into analogue and digital audio            Business, Management & Administration
engineering.		Students	will	explore	analogue	and	digital	recording,	      Academy
physics	of	sound,	studio	design,	basic	mixing	and	mastering	tech-
niques and the history of the industry. Instruction includes studio       0135V Independent Study & Mentorship PreAP/GT
electronics, acoustic principles, waveform analysis, microphone           0136V Independent Study & Mentorship PreAP
design,	signal	flow	and	processing	concepts,	live	sound	theory	                 Co-requisite : Enrollment in advanced ELA course (PreAP or AP)
and recording studio techniques using industry standard computer                      Grade: 8 - 12
software in a recording studio. Upon course completion, students                      Credit: One
will have entry level audio technician skills. Students will have         This	on-line	course,	based	on	the	Texas	Performance	Standards	
the	opportunity	to	take	Apple’s	End	User	Exam	for	Logic	Pro	9.0.		        Project	for	gifted/talented	students,	offers	a	nontraditional	learning	
There is an estimated course fee of $50.00 for supplies.                  experience	to	students	who	have	the	ability	to	create	innovative	
                                                                          products or performances. Students will develop a product proposal,
                                                                          compile a portfolio, conduct in-depth research, be matched with a
8033V Film I - Advanced A/V Production                                    mentor from the business or professional community and prepare for
     Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit   a public presentation of their product or performance at the end of
                   at MCTC                                                the	school	year	to	be	evaluated	by	an	audience	that	includes	experts	
          Grade: 11 - 12                                                  in	the	field.
          Credit: Two                                                     Students	work	with	a	mentor	to	create	a	product	related	to	their	topic;	
This course is designed to provide initial training for entry-level       the product is required to have real-world application and tangible
employment in movie, video, and television production careers.            documentation.	This	course	is	offered	through	MCTC	online only.
Students receive instruction in the operation of different types of       Students	will	not	physically	attend	MCTC.		This	course	could	be	
cameras,	audio	technique,	digital	editing	and	film	production	us-         scheduled	to	occur	during	a	study	hall	period	or	an	after	school	“8th	
ing	Apple’s	Final	Cut	Pro	X	editing	software.	In	addition,	students	      hour”	period.
learn	how	to	create	media	graphics	for	film	and	video,	lighting,	
           57
8550V PACE P & S PreAP                                                       8094V Health Science II-Clinical Rotation
8551V PACE P & S PreAP/GT                                                        Prerequisite: Principles of Health Science and Cardio Pulmonary
     Prerequisites: Identified as Gifted and Talented. Students with a                         Resuscitation (CPR) certification
                   3.8 G.P.A. or higher are eligible, pending availability       Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
                   of space in the course.                                                      at MCTC
     Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in AP English IV or AP                       Grade: 11 - 12
                    English IV GT at MCTC                                             Credit: Two
     Students must provide their own transportation.                         This is a clinical rotation course, which includes the development
           Grade: 12                                                         and application of skills both in a classroom and clinical setting to
           Credit: One                                                       increase	student	experiences	in	a	variety	of	health	occupations.		
Students will participate in a non-paid internship program for a             The students observe professional health care personnel as they
minimum	of	five	hours	a	week	with	a	professional	in	a	possible	              rotate through various departments of area hospitals and com-
future	career	field	to	experience	the	demands	and	expectations	              munity health care providers. This course has an estimated fee of
of	the	profession	first	hand.		This	internship	experience	will	              $50.00 for scrubs and lab jacket. Students should not apply to both
provide students the opportunity to reinforce, apply and transfer            this course and the Clinical Rotation course on a home campus,
their knowledge and skills. Students will also research, design              but should choose one and only apply to that one.
and construct a project on a topic related to their career interests         THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.
under	the	supervision	of	a	mentor.		As	part	of	the	project,	students	
will	submit	progress	reports,	a	final	written	report	and	defend	their	       8091V Pharmacy Tech-Practicum in Health Science
                                                                                 Prerequisite: Principles of Health Science
solutions to a panel of outside reviewers before the end of the
                                                                                 Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
school year.
                                                                                                at MCTC
                                                                                 Students must provide their own transportation.
Education & Training Academy                                                                 Grade: 12
                                                                                      Credit: Two
8991V Practicum in Education & Training                                      This course prepares students to support pharmacists by providing
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in a first period instructional      assistance during patient consultation, counter dispensing opera-
                  study hall for morning students (Hutsell Elementary’s      tions, and prescription preparation, keeping records, and performing
                   Before School Tutoring Program) or a core course          a wide range of duties for both retail and hospital based pharmacies.
                  at MCTC                                                    Included is an overview of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacody-
    Students must provide their own transportation.                          namics of prescription and nonprescription medications, emphasizing
         Grade: 12                                                           drug	classifications,	drug	action,	drug	administration,	ethical	and	
         Credit: Two                                                         legal issues, and safety. Students may become Registered Pharma-
The	Education	&	Training	Program	provides	seniors	with	the	                  cy	Technicians	after	successfully	passing	the	certification	exam	and	
opportunity	to	explore	the	exciting	career	of	teaching	through	              completing	the	registration	process	through	the	Texas	State	Board	
classroom	instruction	and	field	experience	in	a	school	setting.		            of Pharmacy. Students may intern during the spring semester at an
Students	observe	and	experience	various	aspects	of	teaching	                 approved	pharmacy.	This	course	has	an	estimated	fee	of	$243.00	
as they rotate through local Katy ISD schools and facilities. The            for	lab	coat,	registration,	fingerprinting/background	check	and	the	
internship	provides	students	wtih	experience	in	child	development	           $120.00	exam	fee.	Students	must	have	a	social	security	number	to	
and principles of effective teaching practices. Course content               register as a technician in training - a requirement of the program.
includes	leadership	concepts	and	skills;	employability	skills;	
information	on	careers	in	education;	and	child	growth	and	devel-             Hospitality & Tourism Academy
opment related to children Pre-Kindergarten through eighth grade.
                                                                             8371V Culinary Arts
Classroom management skills, teaching methods, special needs
                                                                                 Prerequisite: None
students and learning activities for children are studied. There is
                                                                                 Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit at
a course fee of $30 for student uniform.
                                                                                             MCTC
                                                                                      Grade: 11 - 12
Health Science Academy                                                                Credit: Two
                                                                             This is an introductory course in a commercial kitchen laboratory
8096V Career Preparation-Practicum in Health Science                         setting designed to provide students with food preparation skills in
    Prerequisite: Principles of Health Science and Cardio Pulmonary          anticipation	of	entry	level	employment	and/or	a	post-secondary	culi-
                  Resuscitation (CPR) certification                          nary	arts	education.	Occupationally	specific	instruction	and	training	
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit       includes:	ServSafe®	Certification,	fundamental	knife	skills,	and	an	
                  at MCTC                                                    introduction	to	all	areas	of	food	production	specific	to	a	restaurant	or	
    Students must provide their own transportation.                          catering	kitchen.	Students	will	acquire	industry	specific	vocabulary	
         Grade: 12                                                           and food preparation skills through practice designed to introduce
         Credit: Two. Student is required to work a minimum of 10            and develop knowledge and skills in food production, management
                hours per week.                                              and services with an emphasis in food production for others to con-
Career Prep is a paid or non-paid work-based program. Students               sume. The estimated course fee is $165.00 and includes culinary
have the opportunity to develop skills through on the job training           supplies,	ServSafe®	workbook	and	examination	($65.00),	chef	coat,	
in a healthcare setting. Students are required to work a minimum             apron, and chef pants.
of 10 hours per week.                                                            The	ServSafe®	Food	Protection	Manager	Certification	was	de-
                                                                             veloped	by	the	National	Restaurant	Association	Education	
                                                                                  Foundation	(NRAEF).	It	is	a	nationally	recognized	and	accredited	
                                                                             Food	Safety	Program.	Certification	is	for	five	years.	
                                                                             THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.

           58
8373V Practicum in Culinary Arts
    Prerequisite: Culinary Arts                                           Human Services Academy
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
                  at MCTC                                                 8740V Cosmetology I
                                                                                     Grade: 11 - 12
         Grade: 12
                                                                                     Credit: Three
         Credit: Two
                                                                          Instruction includes the basics of all phases of Cosmetology, including
This is the advanced course in a commercial kitchen laboratory            artificial	nail	applications,	design	perm	wraps,	the	latest	trend	haircuts	
setting	designed	to	provide	students	proficiency	in	food	prepara-         and traditional haircuts. Students practice on manikins to gain hands
tion	skills	in	anticipation	of	employment	and/or	post-secondary	          on	experience	in	preparation	for	servicing	clients	in	Cosmetology	II.		
culinary	arts	education.	Occupationally	specific	instruction	will	
build	upon	those	skills	learned	in	Culinary	Arts	with	students	           Students	are	expected	to	accrue	500	hours	in	Cosmetology	I	to	be	
expected	to	produce	more	complex	dishes	appropriate	for	res-              on track to accumulate the 1000 clock hours required by the end of
taurant	service	and	competition.	Students	should	expect	to	apply	         the Cosmetology II course. Students will not be able to accrue 500
food production, management and service skills introduced in Cu-          hours during the regular school day but will have the opportunity
linary	Arts	to	operation	of	the	on-site	bistro	as	well	as	scheduled	      to	clock	hours	on	Tuesdays	and	Wednesdays	during	the	school	year	
catering events. The estimated course fee is $65.00 for culinary          from 3:00 pm until 6:00 pm as well as from 7:00 am until 3:00 pm for
supplies,	uniform,	and	the	10	hour	CareerSafe®	OSHA	certifica-            additional	days	after	the	end	of	the	regular	school	year.		The	Texas	
                                                                          Department	of	Licensing	&	Regulation	(TDLR)	will	grant	eligibility	to	
tion training in workplace safety.
                                                                          take	the	licensing	exam	to	students	who	have	completed	high	school	
                                                                          graduation requirements, clocked 1000 hours prior to graduation,
8363V Hospitality Services-Hotel & Restaurant Management                  and successfully completed both Cosmetology I and Cosmetology
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit    II.		A	TDLR	License	will	be	issued	to	students	passing	both	the	writ-
                  at MCTC                                                 ten	and	practical	portions	of	the	exam	who	can	show	proof	of	required	
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                   TDLR	documentation	and	a	high	school	diploma.		This	program	meets	
         Credit: Two                                                      initial	requirements	for	a	Cosmetology	license,	issued	by	the	TDLR.		
Students	have	an	opportunity	to	explore	a	career	in	hotel	and	            TDLR	requires	a	$25.00	registration	fee.		In	addition	students	must	
restaurant management through a partnership with Crowne Plaza             purchase a cosmetology kit, lab jacket, and state registration fee for an
Houston	West.	Students	gain	first-hand	experience	by	rotating	            estimated	cost	of	$385.00.	Additionally	students	are	required	to	pro-
as	trainees	through	the	business	including:	Executive	Offices	            vide closed toe shoes.
(accounting,	human	resources,	sales	&	catering),	Food	and	
Beverage	(purchasing,	preparation,	and	service	of	food),	Guest	           8750V Cosmetology II
Services	(front	desk,	concierge,	membership,	and	reservations)	               Prerequisite: Cosmetology I
and	Facilities	Management	(housekeeping,	engineering,	and	golf	                    Grade: 12
course	maintenance).	The	management	team	ensures	the	train-                        Credit: Three
ing provides students with a working knowledge of the functions           The Cosmetology II class is an advanced class designed to include
of the department as well as tasks associated with each position.         all phases of Cosmetology, including acrylic nail applications, design
Students	exiting	the	program	have	gained	the	skills	and	knowl-            perm wraps, the latest trend haircuts and traditional haircuts. The
edge to be employed in the industry and have acquired a solid             Cosmetology II students work with clients. This program meets all
basis for a college education in hospitality, culinary, or business.      requirements	for	a	Cosmetology	license,	issued	by	the	Texas	Depart-
The	estimated	course	fee	is	$110	for	industry	certification,	two	         ment	of	Licensing	and	Regulation	(TDLR).	Students	are	expected	to	
uniform shirts, and a chef’s coat.                                        accrue 500 hours in Cosmetology II to be on track to accumulate the
THIS COURSE HAS ARTICULATED HOURS WITH THE UNI-                           1000 clock hours required by the end of the course. Students will not
VERSITY OF HOUSTON.                                                       be able to accrue 500 hours during the regular school day but will
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.                              have	the	opportunity	to	clock	hours	on	Tuesdays	and	Wednesdays	
                                                                          during	the	school	year	from	3:00	pm	until	6:00	pm.	TDLR	will	grant	
8366V Practicum in Hospitality Services                                   eligibility	to	take	the	licensing	exam	to	students	who	have	completed	
     Prerequisite: Hospitality Services-Hotel & Restaurant Management     high school graduation requirements, clocked 1000 hours prior to
                                                                          graduation, and successfully completed both Cosmetology I and
     Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
                                                                          Cosmetology	II.	A	TDLR	License	will	be	issued	to	students	passing	the	
                   at MCTC                                                both	written	and	practical	portions	of	the	exam	who	can	show	proof	of	
     Students must provide their own transportation.                      required	TDLR	documentation and	a	high	school	diploma.	The	exam	
          Grade: 12                                                       fee is $50.00 for the written portion and $78.00 for the practical portion.
          Credit: Two
Open	to	seniors	who	have	successfully	completed	Hospitality	Ser-          8742V Dual Credit Cosmetology I
vices-Hotel	&	Restaurant	Management	and	shown	a	strong	desire	                  (Fundamentals of Cosmetology and Chemical Reformation)
to pursue a career in hospitality. Students intern at an approved             Prerequisite: Documentation of eligibility for Houston Community
hotel, restaurant, club, or travel agency. Some of the partners                           College Systems (HCCS) and admittance to HCCS by
include:	The	Club	at	Falcon	Point,	Omni	Houston	Westside,	Hasta	                          June 1, 2012.
La	Pasta	Restaurant,	Agave	Road,	and	Ooh	La	La-The	Dessert	                       Grade: 12
Boutique. The estimated course fee is $30 and includes the 10                     Credit: Three
hour	CareerSafe®	OSHA	certification	training	in	workplace	safety.         This course will be offered only if a full section of students has shown
                                                                          documentation of eligibility and admittance to HCCS by June 1, 2012.
THIS COURSE HAS ARTICULATED HOURS WITH THE UNI-
                                                                          In addition, all eligible students must register for the course and pay
VERSITY OF HOUSTON.                                                       HCCS	fees	in	the	first	week	of	the	KISD	fall	2012	semester	for	the	
                                                                          course	to	be	offered.	Fundamentals	of	Cosmetology,	in	the	fall	semes-
                                                                          ter,	is	4	hours	of	college	credit.	Chemical	Reformation,	in	the	spring	
                                                                          semester,	is	4	hours	of	college	credit.		
                                                                          NOTE:		See	Dual-Credit	Warning	on	page	18.		
                                                                          THEA	Warning	on	page	16.


           59
Information Technology Academy                                            8656V Internetworking Technologies II
                                                                                 (CCNA Exploration LAN Switching and
8642V Computer Maintenance                                                       Wireless & CCNA Exploration Accessing the WAN)
      (Cisco IT Essentials PC Hardware & Software)                             Prerequisite: Internetworking Technologies I
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit        Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
                   at MCTC                                                                  at MCTC
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                            Grade: 12
          Credit: Two                                                               Credit: Two
This course introduces students to information technology, per-           The	Cisco	Computer	Networking	curriculum	prepares	students	to	
sonal computers and data communications. In the fall semester             install,	configure,	operate,	and	troubleshoot	medium-size	routed	
students	will	learn	how	to	build	a	computer,	install	the	Microsoft	       and	switched	networks,	including	implementation	and	verification	
Windows	XP	operating	system,	add	peripherals	and	multimedia	              of	connections	to	remote	sites	in	a	WAN.	This	lab-based	course	
capabilities,	connect	computers	to	LANs	and	to	the	Internet,	ex-          includes activities and instruction in basic mitigation of security
plore the fundamentals of network security and learn the basics of        threats, introduction to wireless networking concepts and ter-
good communication skills. During the spring semester students            minology, and performance-based skills. Some of the protocols
will continue training in the lab through advanced concepts of PC         included	are:	IP,	Enhanced	Interior	Gateway	Routing	Protocol	
Hardware	and	Software,	including	the	installation	and	configu-            (EIGRP),	Open	Shortest	Path	First	(OSPF)	Protocol,	Frame	
ration	of	a	wireless	network.		An	overview	of	network	operating	          Relay,	Routing	Information	Protocol	Version	2	(RIPv2),	VLANs,	
systems	with	specific	focus	on	the	characteristics	of	the	Linux	          Ethernet,	and	Access	Control	Lists	(ACLs).	After	successful	
operating	system	is	provided.	Acquired	competencies	include	con-          completion	of	each	semester	students	will	receive	a	Certificate	of	
figuring	network	services	such	as	e-mail	and	file	transfer	and	using	     Completion from the Cisco Corporation and are prepared to take
the	fundamental	command-line	features	of	Linux	to	perform	the	            the	640-801	Cisco	Certified	Networking	Associate	(CCNA)	exam,	
basic administrative tasks of an operating system. Students will          the	certification	needed	to	reach	Professional	or	Expert	level	
practice troubleshooting computer hardware and software systems           in	the	Cisco	Career	Certification	tracks.	The	cost	of	the	CCNA	
via	interactive	role-playing	exercises.		                                 Certification	Exam	is	controlled	by	CompTIA.		Please	check	the	
                                                                          CompTIA	website	at	www.comptia.org	for	the	latest	exam	pric-
After	successful	completion	of	the	course,	students	will	receive	a	       es. This course will not be offered for the 2012-2013 academic
Certificate	of	Completion	from	the	Cisco	Corporation	for	IT	Es-           school year. This course may be offered in future years depend-
sentials:	PC	Hardware	&	Software	and	will	be	prepared	for	the	            ing on student interest and enrollment.
industry-recognized	CompTIA	A+	certification	exams.	A	minimum	
of	2	exams	must	be	taken.	The	cost	of	the	Certification	Exams	is	         Law, Public Safety, Corrections &
controlled	by	CompTIA.	Please	check	the	CompTIA	website	at		
www.comptia.org	for	the	latest	exam	prices.		Students	are	required	       Security Academy
to	take	the	Final	Exam	because	students	must	pass	the	Fall	Final	
to have access to the class in the spring through Cisco Corpora-          CRIMINAL JUSTICE I COURSES	-	Introductory	Pre-Law/Criminal	
tion.                                                                     Justice for high school juniors and seniors.

8655V Internetworking Technologies I                                      8970V Law Enforcement I
       (CCNA Exploration Network Fundamentals and CCNA                    8972V Court Systems & Practices
       Exploration Routing Protocols & Concepts)                              Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in additional courses at MCTC
    Prerequisite: Algebra II or concurrent enrollment in Algebra II                Grade: 11 - 12
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit             Credit: One credit for each course
                  at MCTC                                                 Law	Enforcement	I	is	a	study	of	the	history	and	philosophy	of	
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                   criminal	justice	and	its	ethical	considerations;	crime	is	defined,	
          Credit: Two                                                     its	nature	and	impact	are	explored.	This	course	includes	an	
The	Cisco	Computer	Networking	curriculum	prepares	the	student	to	         overview	of	the	criminal	justice	system;	law	enforcement	and	the	
become	a	Cisco	Certified	Networking	Associate	(CCNA).	The	course	         court	systems;	a	study	of	prosecution	and	defense;	trial	process-
content	covers	the	basics	of	computer	networking	such	as	Ethernet	        es,	corrections,	and	penal	systems.	Court	Systems	&	Practices	
technologies,	cabling	LANs	and	WANs,	network	media,	basics	of	            includes	the	judiciary	in	the	criminal	justice	system;	structure	of	
TCP/IP	and	IP	addressing,	routers	and	routing	basics	such	as	con-         the	American	court	system;	prosecution;	right	to	counsel;	pretrial	
figuring	routers,	router	protocols,	TCP/IP	concepts,	and	networking	      release;	grand	juries;	adjudication	processes;	types	and	rules	of	
troubleshooting skills through the use of online Cisco curriculum,        evidence;	and	sentencing.	Students	will	participate	in	mock	trials.
hands-on labs, commercial design and network administration tools.        THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.
After	successful	completion	of	each	semester	students	will	receive	a	
Certificate	of	Completion	from	the	Cisco	Corporation	and	are	prepared	    CRIMINAL JUSTICE II COURSES	-	An	intense	study	of	Pre-Law/
to	take	the	640-822	Interconnecting	Cisco	Networking	Devices	Part	I	      Criminal	Justice.	A	Special	Topics	in	Social	Studies	internship	is	
Certification	exam	(ICND1).	Upon	successful	completion	of	the	ICND1	      available	during	the	final	semester	of	the	program.	See	8981V	
exam	students	will	be	awarded	the	Cisco	Certified	Entry	Network	          Special Topics description.
Technician	(CCENT)	certification.	This	is	the	first	step	toward	achiev-
ing	a	CCNA	certification,	which	covers	medium	size	enterprise	branch	
networks	with	more	complex	connections.	The	cost	of	the	ICND1	Cer-
tification	Exam	is	controlled	by	CompTIA.		Please	check	the	CompTIA	
website at www.comptia.org	for	the	latest	exam	prices.



           60
8976V Law Enforcement II
8974V Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections & Security
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in additional courses at MCTC     8041V Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM)
         Grade: 12                                                            Prerequisite: Algebra II or concurrent enrollment in Algebra II.
          Credit: One credit for each course                                                (Recommended Prerequisite: Principles of Engi-
Law	Enforcement	II	will	introduce	the	student	to	American	crime	                            neering and/or Introduction to Engineering Design)
problems	in	a	historical	perspective;	social	policy	affecting	crime;	         Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two additional course
impact	and	crime	trends;	social	characteristics	of	specific	crimes;	                        credits at MCTC
prevention of crime, and theories related to the causes of crime.                  Grade: 11 - 12
Principles	of	Law,	Public	Safety,	Corrections	&	Security	is	de-                     Credit: One
signed to study the nature of criminal law, its philosophical and         A	technical	course	designed	to	explore	the	use	of	computers	in	
historical	development	with	major	definitions	and	concepts.	The	          the	fields	of	construction	and	manufacturing.	This	course	applies	
study	of	the	classifications	of	crime	with	the	elements	of	crimes	        principles	of	robotics	and	automation,	and	CAD	design.	Students	
and	penalties	using	Texas	statutes	as	illustrations	in	addition	to	       use computer numerical control equipment to produce actual
criminal responsibilities is included.                                    models	of	their	three-dimensional	designs.	Fundamental	concepts	
LAW ENFORCEMENT II IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL                               of robotics used in automated manufacturing and design analysis
CREDIT COURSE.                                                            are included. This course will not be offered for the 2012-2013
                                                                          academic school year. It may be offered in future years according
8981V Special Topics in Social Studies/Internship                         to student interest and enrollment.
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in a Criminal Justice II course   THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.
                at MCTC
    Students must provide their own transportation                        8045V Digital Electronics
         Grade: 12                                                             Prerequisite: Algebra II or concurrent enrollment in Algebra II.
         Credit: One-half credit spring semester                                             (Recommended Prerequisite: Principles of Engi-
This	course	includes	special	project/programs	during	the	spring	                             neering and/or Introduction to Engineering Design)
semester.	Special	projects	may	include	internships,	field	trips,	              Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two additional course
guest	speakers	and	other	activities	allowing	exposure	to	the	Crimi-                          credits at MCTC
nal Justice profession.                                                             Grade: 11 - 12
                                                                                     Credit: One
                                                                          A	course	in	applied	logic	that	encompasses	the	application	of	
Science, Technology, Engineering &                                        electronic circuits and devices. Computer simulation software is
Mathematics (STEM) Academy                                                used to design and test digital circuitry prior to the actual con-
                                                                          struction of circuits and devices. This course will not be offered
Project Lead the Way (PLTW) pathway to engineering is a                   for the 2012-2013 academic school year. It may be offered in
sequence of courses which, when combined with traditional math-           future years according to student interest and enrollment.
ematics and science courses, introduces students to the scope,
rigor, and discipline of engineering prior to entering college.           THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.
Course offerings are pending summer training sessions for the
instructor	provided	through	PLTW	.	For	details	on	PLTW	for	high	          8049V Engineering Design & Development
school students, go to: www.pltw.org/curriculum/hs-engineering.               Prerequisite: Civil Engineering and Architecture, or Principles of
html.                                                                                     Engineering and Algebra II or concurrent enrollment in
                                                                                          Algebra II.
8048V Civil Engineering and Architecture                                      Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two additional course
    Prerequisite: Algebra II or concurrent enrollment in Algebra II.                        credits at MCTC
                  (Recommended Prerequisite: Principles of Engineer-                Grade: 12
                  ing and/or Introduction to Engineering Design)                    Credit: One
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in two additional course          An	engineering	research	capstone	course	in	which	students	work	
                   credits at MCTC                                        in teams to research, design and construct a solution to an open-
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                   ended engineering problem. Students apply principles developed
          Credit: One                                                     in the preceding courses and are guided by a community mentor.
This	course	provides	an	overview	of	the	fields	of	Civil	Engineering	      They	must	present	progress	reports,	submit	a	final	written	report	
and	Architecture	(CEA),	while	emphasizing	the	interrelationship	          and defend their solutions to a panel of outside reviewers at the
and	dependence	of	both	fields	on	each	other.	Students	use	state	          end of the school year.
of the art software to solve real world problems and communicate
solutions to hands-on projects and activities. This course cov-
ers	topics	such	as:	The	Roles	of	Civil	Engineers	and	Architects,	
Project Planning, Site Planning, Building Design, Project Docu-
mentation	and	Presentation.		All	CEA	Students	are	required	to	
take	an	End	of	Course	Exam	required	by	Project	Lead	the	Way	in	
mid-May.		There	is	no	fee	for	the	exam.
THIS IS AN ADVANCED TECHNICAL CREDIT COURSE.




           61
                                                                         National	Institute	for	Automotive	Service	Excellence	(ASE)	
Transportation, Distribution & Logistics                                 Certification	exams	available	following	training	in	Automotive	
Academy                                                                  Technology	courses	with	one	year	of	work	experience,	include:	
                                                                         ASE	Auto/Brakes,	ASE	Auto/Electrical	and	Electronic	Systems,	
The Automotive Technology courses are accredited by the                  ASE	Auto/Engine	Performance,	and	ASE	Auto/Suspension	and	
National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation                     Steering.	Exam	costs	include	a	registration	fee	of	$36.00	per	
(NATEF), a division of the National Institute for Automotive             session	plus	$30.00	per	exam	taken.
Service Excellence (ASE). These courses operate under
the umbrella of the Automotive Youth Educational Systems                 8721V Collision & Refinishing Technology
(AYES) which includes collaborative partnerships with local                    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
automotive businesses and dealerships to provide students                                    at MCTC
with internship opportunities.                                                      Grade: 11 - 12
All	Transportation,	Distribution	&	Logistics	Academy	courses	                       Credit: Two
include	Safety	&	Pollution	Prevention	(S/P2)	Certification,	the	         The	course	consists	of	training	in	Non-Structural	Analysis	and	
industry standard for environmental and safety awareness                 Damage	Repair	(Body	Components)	and	introductions	to	Paint-
certification.                                                           ing	and	Refinishing.	This	course	provides	job	specific	training	for	
                                                                         entry-level	employment	in	the	field	of	auto	body	repair.	Instruction	
8700V Automotive Technology                                              emphasizes	training	in	frame	and	body	repair,	metal,	fiberglass,	
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit   and	synthetic	materials	repair,	welding	(including	MIG	for	steel	
                  at MCTC                                                and	aluminum,	and	TIG),	corrosion	protection,	primer	and	sealer	
         Grade: 11 - 12                                                  application, environmental issues, safety, and career opportu-
         Credit: Two                                                     nities.		Students	will	be	required	to	pay	a	fee	of	approximately	
In addition to the comprehensive safety, pollution prevention, and       $83.00	for	a	body	filler	mixing	board,	putty	knife	and	spreader,	
hazardous	material	training	and	certification	received	through	the	      body	file,	gloves,	respirator,	safety	glasses,	and	uniform	shirt.	In	
S/P2	program,	students	enrolled	in	the	Automotive	Technology	            addition students will be required to furnish work style clothing
course receive training in the proper use of various tools, equip-       and footwear.
ment, and information systems currently used in the automobile
repair industry. Students are trained in service and repair of all of    8726V Advanced Collision & Refinishing Technology
the	major	vehicle	systems,	with	emphasis	in	the	areas	of	Electri-            Prerequisite: Collision & Refinishing Technology
cal/Electronic	Systems,	Brake	Systems,	Steering	and	Suspension	              Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
Systems,	and	Engine	Performance	Systems.		This	training	pro-                               at MCTC
vides opportunities for students to develop marketable skills                     Grade: 12
needed for entry-level technicians, transition to a post-secondary                Credit: Two
training facility, or to be prepared for the internship associated       The	Advanced	Collision	and	Refinishing	Technology	course	pro-
with the program. Training is achieved through both classroom            vides	job	specific	training	for	entry-level	employment	in	the	field	
and	laboratory	experiences	on	“training”	vehicles	and	customer	          of	auto	body	repair	and	refinishing.	Instruction	emphasizes	train-
vehicles. Students are required to furnish work style clothing,          ing in preparation and application of primers and paints, and
                                                                         environmental issues, safety, and career opportunities. During
footwear, and safety glasses that meet program standards. There
                                                                         the second semester, additional training in damage estimation
is	an	optional	fee	of	approximately	$250.00	for	students	who	            provides	students	with	experience	in	the	automobile	damage	esti-
would	like	to	purchase	their	own	starter	tool	set	and	approximate-       mating	career	field.	Students	will	be	required	to	furnish	work style
ly $33.00 for a uniform shirt.                                           clothing, footwear, and approved safety glasses.
8710V Advanced Automotive Technology                                     The Inter-Industry Conference on Auto Collision Repair (I-CAR) is
    Prerequisite: Automotive Technology
                                                                         an	international,	not-for-profit,	research	and	development	organi-
    Co-requisite: Concurrent enrollment in an additional course credit
                                                                         zation dedicated to training the collision industry. Students learn
                   at MCTC
                                                                         the	latest	methods	of	efficient,	high-quality	repair	through	the	
         Grade: 12
                                                                         I-CAR	technical	educational	programs	related	to	collision	repair.	
         Credit : Two
                                                                         More	information	on	I-CAR,	go	to	www.i-car.com and click on
This program prepares students for entry level positions in au-          Students.
tomotive dealerships, independent repair facilities, and other
automotive repair related positions by providing training neces-         Optional	I-CAR	points	can	be	earned	in	specific	areas,	such	as	
sary for automotive technicians to be successful. Students will be       Tools	and	Equipment,	Trim	and	Hardware.	Students	must	suc-
trained in the use of various tools, testing equipment, shop equip-      cessfully	complete	exams	to	earn	these	points.	Currently,	exam	
ment, and printed or electronic resources currently being used in        fees include $10.00 for the required student disc and $20.00 per
the	automotive	repair	industry.		Advanced	Automotive	Technology	         point	value	of	the	course	(i.e.,	$20.00	for	1	point	courses,	$40.00	
coursework	includes	advanced	level	training	in	Engine	Perfor-            for	2	point	courses,	etc).
mance	Systems,	Brake	Systems,	Electrical/Electronic	Systems,	
and	Steering	and	Suspension	Systems.	All	curriculum	and	training	
procedures	meet	current	industry	and	NATEF	standards.	Students	
are required to furnish work style clothing, footwear, and safety
glasses.		There	is	an	optional	fee	of	approximately	$250.00	for	a	
starter	tool	set	and	an	optional	fee	of	approximately	$33.00	for	a	
uniform shirt.



           62
                                                                 The Junior High Program
 JH Course of Study Information                                                        Academic Courses
                                                                                          These core courses and electives prepare students for college
    This course catalog has been developed to assist you in plan-                      and post-secondary instruction using a variety of teaching strate-
ning your junior high course of study. It provides a description of                    gies, student activities, and assessments. The curriculum requires
required courses, criteria for special programs and a brief description                students to develop critical thinking and problem solving skills as
of electives offered. The junior high school course of study al-                       well as master core content.
lows	students	to	reinforce	and	extend	foundation	skills	as	well	as	
explore	and	develop	interests	through	the	elective	courses.		Tech-                     PreAP/AP Courses
nology skills and competencies are integrated into core course                             PreAP/AP	courses	are	designed	to	challenge	motivated	stu-
instruction in grades 6-8.                                                             dents and prepare them for success in college level course work
    Listing	a	course	description	in	this	catalog	does	not	guarantee	                   in high school and in college. These advanced or above grade
that the course will be taught during the 2012-2013 school year.                       level courses typically move at a faster pace, are more academi-
Not	every	junior	high	school	will	offer	the	same	courses	because	                      cally challenging and require more independent learning and
of the differing demand for courses and the available teachers on                      homework than academic courses.
each	campus.	Refer	to	the	Course	Selection	Worksheet	distribut-                            A	few	important	factors	to	keep	in	mind	are:
ed by your school for the courses offered on your campus. If you
have questions about course offerings, contact one of the coun-                               •	    Katy	ISD’s	on	level	Academic	curriculum	is	a	college-
selors or administrators at your junior high school.                                                bound curriculum.
                                                                                              •	    While	PreAP	courses	are	designed	to	better	prepare	
					Beginning	with	6th	grade,	in	Fall	2010,	students	must	include	                                 students	for	AP,	PreAP	courses	are	not	a	requirement	for	
a	Fine	Arts	course	in	their	junior	high	course	of	study.	In	general	                                enrolling	in	AP	courses.
students will satisfy this requirement with the 6th grade elective.                           •	    PreAP	is	not	“all	or	nothing.”	Students	may	take	from	one	
                                                                                                    to	all	of	their	core	classes	as	PreAP.
                                 Required Courses: 6th Grade                                  •	    Students	develop	academic	readiness	at	different	rates	
Language Arts - E (English)                       Social Studies (Contemporary World                and	may	not	be	ready	for	PreAP	at	the	same	time	as	their	
                                                      Cultures)                                     friends or classmates.
Language Arts - R (Reading)                       Science - 6                                 •	    For	most	courses	it	is	possible	to	move	from	academic	
Mathematics - 6                                   Physical Education                                to	PreAP	sections	from	one	year	to	the	next.		In	math-
                                                  One Elective                                      ematics,	it	is	more	difficult	due	to	the	acceleration	and	
                                 Required Courses: 7th Grade                                        compacting	of	the	curriculum	in	6th	and	7th	grades.		A	
                                                                                                    student	who	decides	to	move	from	Academic	to	PreAP	
Language Arts - E (English)                       Science - 7
                                                                                                    mathematics may require additional support in making
Language Arts - R (Reading)                       Physical Education
                                                                                                    the transition.
Mathematics - 7                                   One Elective
Social Studies (Texas History)
                                                                                       PreAP/AP	Entry	and	Exit	Guidelines	-	Revised	for	2011-2012	(EIF	
                                 Required Courses: 8th Grade
                                                                                       Regulation)
Language Arts - E (English)                       Social Studies (US History)
Mathematics - 8                                   Physical Education or Athletics
                                                                                       The	purpose	of	the	PreAP	and	AP	entry	guidelines	is	to	provide	
Science - 8                                       Two Electives
                                                                                       information to facilitate placement of students in academically
                                                                                       challenging courses.
 State Assessment Program                                                                      1. Katy ISD recognizes the value of student participation
    The	State	of	Texas	Assessments	of	Academic	Readiness	                                           in advanced coursework and encourages
(STAAR)	is	the	state	assessment	program	beginning	Spring	2012.	 	                                   students to graduate from high school with at least one
The	Texas	Education	Agency	has	identified	a	set	of	readiness	and	                         										advanced	academic	course	credit	such	as	Advanced	
supporting standards for designated courses which are assessed                                      Placement or dual credit. To this end, Katy ISD has
in the following grade levels:                                                            										an	inclusive	enrollment	model	for	AP	and	PreAP	cours-
                                                                                                    es that provides support systems for student success.
   Grade	6:	reading	and	mathematics;                                                                Students are encouraged to access the most rigorous
   Grade	7:	reading,	mathematics,	and	writing;                                                      curriculum in which they can be successful, generally
   Grade 8: reading, mathematics, science, and social studies.                            										defined	as	earning	a	C	or	better	semester	average.	

                                                                                          	        2.		PreAP	and	AP	courses	are	designed	to	challenge	stu-
 Course Designations                                                                                   dents beyond grade-level academic courses and
                                                                                                       prepare them for success in future advanced level
    Courses are designated in various ways to meet the skills and                                      coursework. Information provided by student per-
interests	of	students.	Many	courses	are	offered	as	academic,	                                          formance in related courses and teacher input are im-
PreAP	and	PreAP/GT	courses.		A	student’s	course	of	study	may	                                          portant elements for parents and students to consider in
be a combination of courses with different designations. The stu-                                      selecting advanced coursework. Students may require
dent, parent, and school will work together to determine the best                                      additional encouragement and support to be successful
combination for each learner.                                                                          in these courses.



                       63
    					3.		Students	who	opt	to	participate	in	AP	or	PreAP	must:                    mittee considers the following indicators when identifying
             •	 Successfully complete prerequisite courses as                        students for the GT program.
                specified	in	the	course	catalog	                                     					1.	 Parent	checklist;
             •	 Demonstrate mastery on course-related state-man-                     					2.	 Ability	test	score;
                dated	performance	assessments	including	TAKS	                        					3.	 Achievement	test	score;
                and/or	STAAR.                                                        					4.	 Classroom	observation	(waived	for	GT	transfer);	
             •	 Recognize	the	long	term	benefits	of	participation,	
                seek assistance when needed, and be committed to                         Three of four criteria result in program placement. Concern
                staying in the course for a minimum of one semes-                    procedures	for	identification	and	exit	are	available.	
                ter.                                                                 NOTE:		While	the	elementary	program	is	a	multidisciplinary	pull-
                                                                                     out model designed to meet the needs of students in a general
					Questions	about	PreAP/AP	courses	should	be	directed	to	the	                     intellectual	abilities	program,		identified	secondary	students	are	
counselor	and/or	the	subject	teacher.                                                served	through	specific	content	area	classes,	designated	as	
                                                                                     PreAP/GT	or	AP/GT,	for	which	they	receive	the	same	weighted	
					Note:	Due	to	the	curricular	differences	between	academic	cours-                 grade	point	as	PreAP	or	AP.		(The	exception	is	Algebra	I	GT	which	
es	and	PreAP	and	for	the	benefit	of	students,	entry	into	a	PreAP	                    does	not	count	for	a	weighted	grade	point.)
course from an academic course is discouraged after the beginning
of each semester. It is recommended that students enter advanced                     Exit	Criteria	for	Junior	High	GT	Classes
placement courses at the beginning of the course, typically in the                   					1.	 A	student	may	exit	the	program	at	parent’s	request.
first	week	of	instruction.	Exceptions	must	have	principal	approval.                  					2.	 Other	than	parent	request,	an	exit	decision	must	come		
                                                                                                from the GT Campus Selection Committee. The criteria
Exit	Guidelines	for	High	School	or	Junior	High	PreAP/AP	Courses                      											outlined	in	the	secondary	GT	exit	procedure	allows	a	stu-
                                                                                                dent the opportunity to be put on review status, while work-
					Exit	processes	are	in	place	to	assist	students	in	making	sound	                            ing through a contract to achieve success in the program.
course selection decisions. Students and parents must be aware                            3. The Campus Selection Committee will consider multiple
that,	depending	on	timeline,	grades	earned	in	a	PreAP	or	AP	                         											criteria	when	determining	the	need	for	an	exit.	
course follow the student to the on-level academic course. These
grades will be included in calculating the academic course grade
and	may	impact	UIL	eligibility.		Consult	with	the	counselor	for	                      CollegeEd
more detailed information.
                                                                                       Every	Katy	ISD	seventh	grade	student	participates	in	a	College	Board	
	 1.			It	is	expected	that	students	seek	assistance	when	needed				            	     Program called CollegeEd as part of their social studies curriculum.
											to	be	successful	in	the	course	and	remain	in	the	PreAP	or					     	      CollegeEd is an innovative course for middle school students which
											AP	course	at	least	one	full	semester.	                                    introduces the student to options for postsecondary education and the
	 2.		Students	petitioning	to	exit	a	PreAP	or	AP	course	must	meet									           importance of making good course selection choices in high school in
            the following criteria: conference with the teacher and compltion        order to access these options. CollegeEd presents information about
												of	course	assignments	and/or	attendance	at	recommended	tu				    	       college and other post-secondary opportunities to students including:
                                                                           	
												torials.	The	petition	for	exit	may	or	may	not	be	granted	by	the						    exploring	the	future;	choosing	a	college;	applying	to	college;	and	paying	
            campus. Granting the petition is based on input from the teacer,         for college.
            student performance in the course, availability of space in other
												courses	and	the	timing	of	the	request.	Students	experiening								
												success	(able	to	maintain	a	C	or	better	SEMESTER	average)				
            in the course should remain in the course for the semester.
                                                                                      Career Planning
            Contact the counselor for more information about documenting                 Kuder	Navigator	is	a	comprehensive,	research-based	ap-
            these requirements.                                                      proach	to	career	exploration,	planning,	and	development.	It	is	
	 3.		Students	who	earn	an	“F”	at	the	end	of	a	grading	period	will	              	   designed	to	be	self-paced	and	self-interpreted.	Assessments	are	
            be removed from the class unless otherwise recommended                   brief and highly reliable, and the entire system is user friendly.
            by the teacher and administrator.                                            Kuder	Navigator	combines	interests,	skills,	and	work	values	
	 4.			Students	who	elect	to	take	an	AP	class	for	which	there	is			                  assessments with online educational and occupational informa-
            no academic equivalent will be required to remain in the                 tion resources. The system includes a lifelong career portfolio
            course until the end of the semester unless failing at the               including note taking and resume building.
											end	of	a	grading	period	(except	as	noted	in	B	(b)	above)	
											or	a	documented	extenuating	circumstance	is	approved	by		
            the principal.                                                            High	School	Courses	At	Grades	7-8
                                                                                         The	Texas	Administrative	Code	states	that	districts	may	offer	
 GT Courses and Program Services                                                     courses designated for grades 9-12 in grades 7 and 8 and shall
                                                                                     verify that students who take these courses have satisfactorily
    The Gifted and Talented Program is provided to address                           completed	the	prerequisite	Texas	Essential	Knowledge	and	Skills	
the special interests, needs, and abilities of gifted learners                       (TEKS).		The	academic	achievement	record	shall	reflect	that	
through the differentiation of content, process, product, and                        students have satisfactorily completed the courses in grades 7
learning environment.                                                                and	8,	and	have	been	awarded	state	graduation	credit.		For	more	
    Students are identified based on a need for service in the                       information regarding high school credit in junior high see page
program.		The	state	of	Texas	requires	that	both	quantitative	                        11 and the Graduation Program Chart on page 7. There is no limit
(standardized	test)	and	qualitative	(subjective)	instruments	be	                     on the number of high school credit courses a student can take
used to determine placement. The Campus Selection Com-

                     64
in junior high from those offered. However, for elective courses                      language arts subsection of the most recent achievement
which reach capacity, priority will be given to those students with                   test.
fewer or no high school courses. High school credit courses will              		3.			Student	must	be	enrolled	in	8th	grade	PreAP	or	PreAP/	
count	toward	students’	high	school	grade	point	averages	(GPA).		                      GT language arts class.
Student	athletes	should	read	the	section	on	NCAA	requirements	                		4.			Student	must	obtain	a	teacher	recommendation	from	the				
prior to selecting high school credit courses in junior high school.          								7th	grade	PreAP	or	PreAP/GT	language	arts	teacher.
    The high school courses offered for credit at the junior high
are:		Algebra	I,	Algebra	I/GT,	Art	I,	Spanish	1A,	Spanish	1B,	Ac-          Students	may	exit	the	program	at	the	end	of	the	semester,	if	fail-
celerated Spanish, Spanish for Spanish Speakers I, Principles of           ing.
Human	Services,	Concepts	of	Engineering	and	Technology,	and	                   Students	who	successfully	complete	Accelerated	Spanish	in	
GT	Independent	Study	Mentorship	PreAP.	                                    the eighth grade will be awarded one high school credit and grade
                                                                           points	in	Languages	Other	than	English.		Please	note	that	Accel-
Required	Criteria	For	Placement	In	High	School	Courses:                    erated Spanish IS	NOT	a	PreAP	course;	therefore,	it	DOES	NOT
A. 	Algebra	I	                                                             receive	PreAP	grade	points.		This	credit	counts	toward	satisfying	
                                                                           one	of	the	units	of	Languages	Other	than	English	required	for	the	
    Students	who	successfully	complete	7th	grade	PreAP	mathe-
                                                                           Recommended	(RHSP)	and	Distinguished	(DAP)	High	School	
matics	with	a	grade	of	A	or	B	will	take	Algebra	I	as	the	subsequent	
                                                                           Graduation programs.
course.		Other	students	must	meet	the	criteria	designated	on	the	
District’s	placement	matrix	in	order	to	be	eligible for the course.
Please	note	that	Algebra	I	or	Algebra	I	GT	IS	NOT	a	PreAP	                 D. Spanish	for	Spanish	Speakers	I	(Eighth	Grade	only)
course;	therefore,	it	DOES	NOT	receive	PreAP	grade	points.		                    This course is designed to strengthen the reading, writing, and
NOTE:		GT	students	who	do	not	enroll	in	Algebra	I/GT	in	8th	               grammar skills of native speakers and is only offered at some junior
grade	will	be	exited	from	the	GT	math	program.			                          high campuses. Katy ISD criteria for entrance into this program
                                                                           include:
Exit	Guidelines	for	Junior	High	Algebra	I                                     1. Student must score a minimum of 70 percent on a written
   1. Teachers should contact parents of students whose grades                        placement test in Spanish
											fall	below	80	for	any	six-week	grading	period.                     2. Student must score a minimum of 85 percent on an oral
   2. Katy ISD strongly recommends that students who will not              											placement	test	(interview	by	Spanish	teacher)
											earn	a	minimum	semester	average	of	80	exit	the	course			           3. Student must maintain an average of 75 or above in the
											prior	to	the	end	of	the	first	semester.                         											seventh	grade	language	arts	classes	(ESL	is	considered	a
			3.	 The	District’s	Gifted	&	Talented	Reassessment	and	Exit					         											language	arts	class	for	LEP	students);	and
											policy	will	be	followed	for	identified	GT	math	students					    			4.	 Recommendation	is	required	from	two	content-area	teach-
											enrolled	in	Algebra	I/GT.		GT	students	who	do	not	enroll	                  ers
											in	Algebra	I/GT	in	8th	grade	will	be	exited	from	the	GT	        Students	may	exit	the	program	at	the	end	of	the	semester,	if	failing.
           math program.                                                        Students who successfully complete Spanish for Spanish
			4.	 If	a	student	drops	Algebra	I	BEFORE	the	end	of	the	se-								      Speakers I in the eighth grade will be awarded one high school
           mester, then it will not count nor be recorded on the tran-     credit	and	grade	points	in	Languages	Other	than	English.
											script.	If	the	student	finishes	the	first	semester	and	drops	        A	student	must	pass	the	first	semester	of	the	course	in	order	
											Algebra	I	during	the	second	semester,	then	his/her	first		      to	proceed	with	the	second	semester.		Any	student	not	passing	
           semester grade counts as half credit attempted and grade        the	first	semester	will	be	required	to	exit	the	program.	The	student	
											counts	for	GPA.	The	student	must	repeat	the	entire	course			    should	have	the	option	to	transfer	into	Accelerated	Spanish.	
           in high school.                                                 NOTE: Students need a minimum of two credits of the same lan-
   5. Students failing the course will be removed from the                 guage	other	than	English	to	graduate	from	high	school.
											course.		Any	exception	to	the	above	guidelines	requires						
           counselor recommendation and principal approval.                E. Art	I
                                                                               Art	I	for	high	school	credit	is	offered	to	eighth	grade	students		
B.			Spanish	1A/1B                                                         only. Priority is given to 8th grade students that have successfully
    Spanish	1A/1B	is	a	two-year	course	for	which	students	can	             competed a junior high art course or by teacher recommenda-
earn	one	high	school	credit	as	a	Language	Other	Than	English.	             tion.		Students	who	select	high	school	Art	I	should	have	a	genuine	
Spanish	1A	is	taken	in	seventh	grade;	and	Spanish	1B	is	taken	in	          interest in art and a desire to pursue advanced art in high school.
the eighth grade.                                                          Students	who	successfully	complete	Art	I	in	the	eighth	grade	
    Students	may	exit	the	course	at	the	end	of	the	semester	if	fail-       will	receive	one	high	school	credit	and	grade	points	in	Fine	Arts.		
ing	before	semester	exam.                                                  Students	CANNOT	count	this	Fine	Arts	course	for	both	the	Junior	
    One	high	school	credit	and	appropriate	grade	points	are	en-            High	and	High	School	Fine	Arts	requirement.
tered on the high school academic achievement record upon
successful	completion	of	both	Spanish	1A	and1B	in	junior	high	             F.	 Concepts	of	Engineering	and	Technology	(formerly	Technology	
school.                                                                    Systems)
                                                                               Concepts	of	Engineering	and	Technology	is	offered	to	eighth	grade	
C. Accelerated	Spanish	(Eighth	Grade	only)                                 students	only.	This	course	incorporates	an	extensive	collection	of	
   This course covers the same content in a one-year time frame            computer and peripherals to discover the underlying principles of tech-
as	covered	in	two	years	of	Spanish	IA	and	IB.	Katy	ISD	criteria	for	       nology. Students who successfully complete Concepts	of	Engineering	
entrance into this program include:                                        and Technology in the eighth grade will receive one high school credit
   		1.			Student	must	have	completed	7th	grade	PreAP	or	PreAP/            and grade points.
          GT language arts class with an 85 or above average.
     2. Student must score in the 85th percentile or above on the          G.		Principles	of	Human	Services	(formerly	Personal	&	Family	Devel-
                                                                           opment)
                  65
    This course is designed to address a broad range of knowledge
and skills related to personal development and management, promo-            Example 1: 1.0 credit earned
                                                                             6th Grade                       7th Grade              8th Grade
tion of strong families, and preparation for adult roles. There is a focus   English 6                       English 7              English 8
on	interpersonal	skills;	decision-making;	promotion	of	family	strengths	     Reading 6                       Reading 7              Math 8
and	well-being;	developing	positive	relationships	with	peers;	child	         Math 6                          Math 7                 Science 8
                                                                             Science 6                       Science 7              Social Studies 8
development	and	care;	and	clothing	selection	and	maintenance.	Other	         Social Studies 6                Social Studies 7       PE
studies	address	nutrition	and	dietary	practices;	food	selection	and	         PE                              PE                     Elective: Band
preparation;	budgeting	and	consumer-buying	practices;	and	manage-            Elective: Band                  Elective: Band         Elective: Concepts of
                                                                                                                                         Engineering and
ment of family housing needs. This course will be awarded one high                                                                       Technology
school credit and grade points.
                                                                             Example 2: 2.0 credits earned
H. Independent	Study	Mentorship	PreAP	or	PreAP/GT                            6th Grade                       7th Grade              8th Grade
    This	course,	based	on	the	Texas	Performance	Standards	Project	           English 6                       English 7              English 8
for	gifted/talented	students,	offers	a	nontraditional	learning	experience	   Reading 6                       Reading 7              Algebra I
                                                                             Math 6 PreAP                    Math 7 PreAP           Science 8 PreAP
to students who have the ability to create innovative products or perfor-    Science 6 PreAP                 Science 7 PreAP        Social Studies 8
mances. Students will develop a product proposal, compile a portfolio,       Social Studies 6                Social Studies 7       PE/Athletics
conduct in-depth research, be matched with a mentor from the busi-           PE                              PE/Athletics           Elective: Orchestra
ness or professional community and prepare for a public presentation         Elective: Orchestra             Elective: Orchestra    Elective: Concepts of
                                                                                                                                         Engineering and
of their product or performance at the end of the school year to be                                                                      Technology
evaluated	by	an	audience	that	includes	experts	in	the	field.
Students	work	with	a	mentor	to	create	a	product	related	to	their	topic;	     Example 3: 2.0 credits earned
                                                                             6th Grade                       7th Grade              8th Grade
the product is required to have real-world application and tangible          English 6                       English 7              English 8
documentation.	This	course	is	offered	through	MCTC	online only. Stu-         Reading 6                       Reading 7              Math 8
dents	will	not	physically	attend	MCTC.                                       Math 6                          Math 7                 Science 8
                                                                             Science 6                       Science 7              Social Studies 8
                                                                             Social Studies 6                Social Studies 7       PE/Athletics
                                                                             PE                              PE/Athletics           Elective: Prin of Human Serv
 NCAA	Requirements:	Thinking	Ahead	to	                                       Elective: Explore Survey        Elective: Spanish 1A   Elective: Spanish 1B

 College
                                                                             Credit	By	Examination	Without	Prior	Instruction
     Students who are interested in pursuing opportunities in college             Secondary	students	(grades	6-12)	may	place	out	of	courses	
athletic	programs	are	required	by	the	NCAA	to	have	specific	core	            if they have had no prior instruction in the courses for which
courses for Division I and II schools. The core course requirements for      credit	is	sought.	A	minimum	score	of	90	on	the	test	is	required	
the	Texas	Recommended	and	Distinguished	high	school	graduation	              to satisfy course requirements. If the score is less than 90, it is
programs	are	in	line	with	the	NCAA	required	core	courses.		However,	         not	recorded	nor	counted	on	the	GPA.		Students	must	pass	both	
interested	students	must	consult	the	NCAA	website	for	current	infor-         semesters to satisfy course requirements. See school counselor
mation	as	they	create/revise	their	high	school	four	year	plans.		Visit	      for	examination	dates	and	times.	Students	must	have	written	
http://www.ncaa.org,	click	on	“Academic	and	Athletics:	and	then	“Eligi-      parental approval and the approval of the campus principal or
bility	and	Recruiting.”                                                      counselor on the application. To satisfy course requirements
                                                                             for	a	two	(2)	semester	course,	the	average	of	the	(2)	semester	
                                                                             exam	grades	must	be	90%	or	above.		If	credit	is	awarded,	the	
 Previewing High School Requirements                                         actual score for each semester is recorded on the student’s tran-
                                                                             script.	Scores/credit	are	used	in	calculation	of	the	grade	point	
    Students	who	enter	high	school	Fall	2010	and	thereafter	must	earn	       average.	Students	who	use	CBE	to	satisfy	high	school	course	
26	credits	and	pass	all	components	of	the	state	exit	exams	related	to	       requirements	in	an	EOC	tested	course	will	also	take	the	EOC	
their graduation year in order to meet graduation requirements. The          exam	for	that	course.		For	more	information	or	to	receive	an	ap-
26	credits	include	specific	requirements	for	4	years	of	English,	Math,	      plication,	contact	your	student’s	school	counselor.		No	Pre-AP/
Science	and	Social	Studies.		Every	junior	high	family	is	encouraged	         AP	credit	can	be	earned	through	CBE.
to take time to study the graduation requirements shown in the chart
on	page	7	and	to	preview	information	on	pages	14	-15	of	the	Planning	        Credit	By	Examination	and	Junior	High	PreAP	Math-
Guide	regarding	“college	readiness.”		In	addition	a	4-year	plan	work-        ematics
sheet is included on page 10 so that students can begin to think about            Due to the compacted nature of the 6th and 7th grade
their high school study plans.                                               PreAP	mathematics	courses	in	junior	high,	students	wishing	to	
    All	26	credits	can	be	earned	during	the	fall	and	spring	semes-           test	out	of	either	of	these	courses	must	take	3	CBE	semester	
ters of a student’s four years in high school. However students              exams.		For	6th	grade	PreAP,	students	must	pass	with	a	grade	
also can begin to earn required credits during junior high. Doing            of	90	the	two	6th	grade	exams	and	the	exam	for	the	first	semes-
so	provides	more	flexibility	for	the	student	to	pursue	special	inter-        ter of 7th grade. For	7th	grade	PreAP,	students	must	pass	with	a	
ests	and	activities	in	high	school.	All	students	should	consider	a	          grade of 90 the second semester of 7th grade and both semes-
modest	goal	of	earning	one	(1.0)	high	school	credit	while	in	junior	         ters of 8th grade mathematics to obtain credit. Students may only
high and many students might set a goal to earn more then one                obtain credit for one grade level of math per year using credit by
credit.	Examples	of	Junior	High	schedules	that	would	yield	1.0	or	           exam.
more high school credits follow. The high school credit course is            LOTE	Credit	Validation
indicated in bold type.	As	you	can	see	there	are	many	ways	a	stu-               For	information	on	LOTE	credit	validation	for	grades	8	-	12,	
dent can arrange their course of study in Junior High so that they           please see page 12.
enter high school with .5 or more credits. The school counselor
will give advice and direction on the best option for each student.

                   66
 Katy	Summer	Academic	Term	(KSAT)                                        Grade	Point	Average
    Katy ISD offers a summer term for elementary, junior high and           All	high	school	courses	offered	at	the	Katy	ISD	junior	high	
high school students. There is an enrollment fee for most summer        school level earn grade points which are counted toward the stu-
courses.	Enrollment	in	summer	courses	is	limited	and	contingent	        dent’s	high	school	grade	point	average	and	class	ranking.		PreAP/
upon teacher availability.                                              AP	weighted	grade	points	may	only	be	awarded	for	the	courses	
    Course selections and enrollment forms will be available in the     designated	as	such	in	Katy	ISD.	Most	high	school	courses	cur-
Counselors’	office	in	the	spring.		Enrollment	in	any	of	the	summer	     rently	offered	in	Jr.	High	do	not	earn	weighted	(PreAP/AP)	grade	
opportunities requires approval of the student’s home campus            points	including	Algebra	I	and	foreign	language.
counselor,	and/or	principal.                                                The grade point average is based on high school courses
    Dates, times, fees and locations will be announced in the spring.   taken	in	grades	7,	8,	9,	10,	11,	and	the	first	five	six-week	periods	
    Registration for these courses is separate from regular             of the senior year.
school enrollment.                                                          The weighted grade point scale shall be as follows:
    Registration information will be announced in the spring.
    Junior	High	KSAT	will	offer	credit	recovery	for	students	who	
failed two or more courses during the regular school year. Cam-            	         					       PreAP/AP		 Academic	
pus counselors will inform the student of the need to attend.                                      Course              Course
Students may be required to attend summer school because they                        90-100 .......... 5 ..................4
have not met course requirements for certain courses and did                         80-89 ............ 4 ..................3
not	earn	a	passing	average	for	the	year	(70	or	above).	This	credit	                  75-79 ............ 3 ..................2
recovery	situation	is	necessary	to	advance	to	the	next	grade.	             	         70-74 ............ 2 ..................1
Student/parent	is	responsible	for	the	cost	of	original	and	credit	                   69-below ....... 0 ..................0
recovery summer school.

   Information about both fundamental and high school credit             Steps	to	Identifying	Course	Requests	For	
courses offered at the junior high summer term campus will be
available in the spring.                                                 Next	Year
For	students	entering	grade	9	in	the	fall:                                  The	next	section	of	this	planning	guide	includes	descriptions	
    Students entering the 9th grade in the fall can enroll in a         of courses that may be offered at Katy ISD junior high school
limited number of high school courses for original credit. These        campuses.	Every	course	is	not	offered	on	every	campus;	every	
courses are held at the High School Term School site.                   course is not offered each year. Courses must have a sustain-
    The following high school courses are available to incoming         able enrollment of 15 students or more in order to be offered.
freshmen students for original credit:                                  In	addition	a	teacher	who	meets	the	Highly	Qualified	standard	
                                                                        of the federal government must be on staff to teach a course.
0505	Health	(one	semester)                                              Sometimes there is more demand for a course than there are
5411	Foundations	of	Personal	Fitness	Boys	(one	semester)                seats in the class. In this case campuses may close the course
5412	Foundations	of	Personal	Fitness	Girls	(one	semester)               to certain grade levels or late enrollees. These requirements and
5421	Individual	and	Team	Sports	Boys(one	semester)				                  restrictions impact elective and specialty courses more than core
5422	Individual	and	Team	Sports	Girls	(one	semester)                    courses and other required courses.
8560	Touch	System	Data	Entry	(one	semester)
7511	Art	I	(one	or	two	semester)                                           In reviewing the array of possible courses, students must
1515	Communications	Applications	(one	semester)                         keep in mind career and personal goals. Students and parents
0341	World	Geography	(two	semesters,	must	have	a	passing								        should consider information provided in this planning guide
    grade	in	8th	grade	Social	Studies)                                  about	high	school	requirements	(page	66).		Students	who	might	
0343	PreAP	World	Geography	(two	semesters,	must	meet	PreAP	             pursue	college	athletic	opportunities	should	read	page	66	NCAA	
    requirements. Incoming 9th grade students must have suc-            requirements	and	visit	the	NCAA	website.		A	successful	Junior	
    cessfully	completed	PreAP	8th	grade	Social	Studies	with	a	          High School course of study also allows time for involvement in
    minimum	grade	of	80)		                                              extracurricular	and	community	activities	and	interests.	

                                                                           Each	campus	will	give	out	a	course	selection	worksheet	that	
 Grading System                                                         students will use to indicate the courses they plan to take during
                                                                        the	next	school	year.	Students	and	parents	must	complete	this	
   A	combination	of	numbers	and	letters	is	used	in	grading.		           worksheet and return it by the designated deadline in order to
The number or letter represents the quality of work done by             request	courses	for	the	next	school	year.		
the student.

90-100			A	    Outstanding	progress	and	mastery	of	subject	matter
80-89	 			B	   Above	average	progress	and	mastery	of	subject		
               matter
75-79	 			C	   Average	progress	and	understanding	of	material
70-74	 			D	   Below	average	progress	and	minimum	passing		
               grade
69-	 			F	
   	           Student	has	not	met	the	class	requirements
Below
        I      Incomplete
                  67
                              Catalog of Courses: Junior High School
 Language	Arts                              J607 Language Arts 6R (Reading)
                                            In grade 6, students refine and master
                                                                                            diagnostic data. Instruction will include
                                                                                            word	attach	skills,	fluency,	vocabulary,	
                                            previously	learned	skills.		Emphasis	           reading comprehension strategies, and
J602 Language Arts 6E (English)
                                            on vocabulary, listening skills, reading        listening skills. This course is required
In grade 6, students master previously
                                            rate	and	the	reading/writing	connection	        for students who have not passed the
learned	skills.		Along	with	develop-
                                            will be an ongoing part of the program.         Reading	TAKS	test.
ing	research	and	language	skills,	sixth	
                                            Strong attention will be given to increas-
grade students are able to select and
                                            ing the ability as well as the desire to        J702 Language Arts 7E (English)
use different forms of writing. Students
                                            read. Students study fiction, nonfiction,       In grade 7, students master previously
vary sentence structure and use more
                                            poetry and drama.                               learned	skills.		Along	with	developing	
complex	punctuation	such	as	hyphens,	
                                                                                            research and language skills, seventh
semicolons,	and	possessives.		In	sixth	
                                            J609 Language Arts 6R PreAP (Reading)           grade students are able to select and
grade, students edit their writing based
                                            This course is designed to develop more         use different forms of writing. Students
on their knowledge of grammar and
                                            complex	comprehension	skills	along	with	        vary sentence structure and appropriately
usage, spelling, and punctuation. Stu-
                                            introductory strategies of literary analy-      use verb tenses such as present, past,
dents produce final error-free pieces of
                                            sis.		The	reading/writing	connection	is	        future, and progressive. In seventh grade,
written composition on a regular basis.
                                            strengthened by writing to respond to,          students edit their writing based on their
                                            reflect	on,	and	analyze	literature.		Some	      knowledge of grammar usage, spelling,
J604 Language Arts 6E PreAP (English)
                                            of	these	writings	will	reflect	the	nature	of	   and	punctuation.		Students	produce	final	
In	grade	6,	PreAP	English	students	are	
                                            the	advanced	placement	exam	and	will	be	        error-free pieces of written composition on
expected	to	master	previously	learned	
                                            completed in class within a timed situ-         a regular basis.
skills	in	increasingly	more	complex	
                                            ation. Strong attention will be given to
presentations and written compositions.
                                            increasing the ability and desire to read          Students enrolling in 7th grade PreAP and
Along	with	developing	research	tech-
                                            works	of	literary	merit.		Literary	emphasis	      PreAP/GT Language Arts/Reading courses
niques and language assessment skills,
                                            includes	fiction,	nonfiction,	poetry	and	         have a summer reading assignment. Sum-
sixth	graders	in	this	class	are	able	to	
                                            drama. In addition, emphasis is on more           mer reading assignments will be posted on
select and use different forms of writing
                                            complex	vocabulary	development,	critical	              www.katyisd.org in late spring.
for specific purposes such as to inform,
                                            listening skills, and an increased reading
persuade, or entertain. In order to
                                            rate.	Students	enrolling	in	PreAP	(PreAP/       J704 Language Arts 7E PreAP (English)
support	the	reading/writing	connection,	
                                            GT)	Language	Arts	Reading	should	also	          Seventh	grade	PreAP	English	is	an	in-
students will also write to analyze and
                                            enroll	in	PreAP	(PreAP/GT)	Language	            tensive study of grammar, writing, and
interpret literary works on a regular ba-
                                            Arts	English.		The	number	of	major	works	       vocabulary. Students learn to identify and
sis, some of which will include in-class,
                                            required of students during the school          use	the	complex	grammatical	structures	
timed	writings.		A	more	intense	empha-
                                            year	will	be	4-5.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/          necessary in developing their writing and
sis on grammar will aid this analysis.
                                            Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.                       literary	analysis	skills.		Writing	emphasis	
Students	enrolling	in	PreAP	(PreAP/
GT)	Language	Arts	English	should	also	                                                      is placed on developing well elaborated
                                            G609 Language Arts 6R PreAP/GT                  multi-paragraph	expository	compositions.		
enroll	in	PreAP	(PreAP/GT)	Language	
                                                   (Reading)                                Vocabulary	acquisition	is	stressed	to	build	
Arts	Reading.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	
                                            This course is designed for the student         the language assessment skills needed
Guidelines, page 63.
                                            identified	as	academically	gifted	in	lan-       for	effective	textual	analysis	and	well-
                                            guage arts based on state guidelines and        written, concise compositions. Students
G604 Language Arts 6E PreAP/GT
                                            district	criteria.		Using	the	PreAP	curricu-    enrolling	in	PreAP	Language	Arts	English	
      (English)
                                            lum	(see	J609),	the	course	is	differentiated	   should	also	enroll	in	PreAP	Language	
This course is designed for the student
                                            for gifted students by modifying the depth,     Arts	Reading.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	
identified as academically gifted in the
                                            complexity,	and/or	pacing.		Students	           Guidelines, page 63.
language arts based on state guidelines
                                            enrolling	in	PreAP	(PreAP/GT)	Language	
and	district	criteria.		Using	the	PreAP	
                                            Arts	Reading	should	also	enroll	in	PreAP	       J791 Fundamental English - Grade 7
curriculum	(see	J604),	the	course	is	
                                            (PreAP/GT)	Language	Arts	English.		The	             Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
differentiated for gifted students by
                                            number of major works required of stu-                          mendation
modifying	the	depth,	complexity,	and/
                                            dents	during	the	school	year	will	be	4-5.	      The subject content of this course matches
or	pacing.		Students	enrolling	in	PreAP	
(PreAP/GT)	Language	Arts	English	                                                           the	grade	level	general	education	English	
                                            J692 Fundamental Reading - Grade 6              curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.
should	also	enroll	in	PreAP	(PreAP/GT)	
                                                Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
Language	Arts	Reading.	
                                                            mendation                       J707 Language Arts 7R (Reading)
                                            The subject content of this course matches      In	grade	7,	students	refine	and	master	
J691 Fundamental English - Grade 6
                                            the grade level general education Read-         previously learned skills. Seventh grade
    Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
                                            ing	curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.         students will read from a variety of classic
               mendation
The subject content of this course                                                          and contemporary selections as well as
                                            J605 Sixth Grade Reading (Elective Credit)      informational	texts.		Students	use	Greek	
matches the general grade level general
                                            This diagnostic remedial course is              and	Latin	roots,	prefixes,	and	suffixes	in	
education		English	curriculum	as	deter-
                                            designed for students who read below            reading. In the seventh grade, students
mined	by	an	IEP.
                                            grade level. Instruction will be delivered      recognize how style, tone, and mood con-
                                            in small groups and will be based on            tribute	to	the	effect	of	the	text.

               68
J708 Language Arts 7R PreAP (Reading)                 Students enrolling in 8th grade PreAP and        J618    English as a Second Language -
In grade 7, the student will become a skilled        PreAP/GT Language Arts/Reading courses                    Beginner (Grades 6, 7, or 8)
reader of a variety of literary forms. The           have a summer reading assignment. Sum-            The beginner level course is designed
student will develop analysis skills to inter-       mer reading assignments will be posted on         to	introduce	the	non-English	speaker	to	
pret	different	styles	of	fiction	and	nonfiction	          www.katyisd.org in late spring.              basic	English.		The	goal	of	this	course	is	
writing. Through the use of vocabulary                                                                 to	accelerate	the	non-English	speaker’s	
study and the study of the literary elements,      J804 Language Arts 8E PreAP (English)               acquisition	of	English	through	the	Acceler-
the student will be able to understand the         Emphasis	on	further	developing	critical	            ated	Learning	Model	in	a	Newcomer	Center	
social	and	historical	significance	of	the	         reading	comprehension	skills/strategies	will	       setting.		Newcomer	Centers	are	located	at	
reading selections. The student will re-           be an ongoing component of the program.             CRJH,	MDJH,	MCHS,	MRHS,	CRHS	and	
spond to the literature presented during           Students will review language and gram-             THS.		Emphasis	is	placed	on	vocabulary	
the course of study in a variety of writing        mar skills, with an emphasis on usage.              expansion,	written	and	oral	communica-
forms.		Students	enrolling	in	PreAP	Lan-           Students	will	focus	on	writing	fluency,	form	       tion, reading comprehension and attentive
guage	Arts	Reading	should	also	enroll	in	          and correctness for a variety of audiences          listening. The subject content of this course
PreAP	Language	Arts	English.		The	number	          and purposes. Strong attention will be              matches the grade level general education
of major works required of students during         given to writing as a recursive process, us-        course.
the	school	year	will	be	4-6.		See	PreAP/AP	        ing sophisticated elaboration techniques in
Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.	                   revision in paragraph and multi-paragraph           J718 English as a Second Language -
                                                   writing	as	well	as	editing.		Focus	will	include	           Intermediate (Grades 6, 7, or 8)
G710 Language Arts 7C PreAP/GT (English	           vocabulary development and a variety of             The intermediate level course is designed
       and	Reading)                                research skills and techniques using in-            for	the	non-English	speaker	with	some	
This course is designed for the student            formational	text	to	develop	higher	level	           degree	of	fluency.		The	emphasis	is	on	
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	the	          thinking	skills.	The	level	of	instruction/curric-   improving comprehension and oral skills in
language arts based on state guidelines            ulum will focus on preparing the student for        a variety of situations and reading strate-
and district criteria. This course integrates      advanced placement courses. The number              gies.		Intermediate	ESL	students	will	read	
Language	Arts	7E	PreAP	and	Language	               of major works required of students during          a variety of genres, use and apply develop-
Arts	7R	PreAP	differentiating	for	gifted	stu-      the school year will be 5-7.                        mental vocabulary and reading strategies
dents	by	modifying	the	depth,	complexity,	                                                             to increase comprehension, and produce
and/or	pacing.		The	number	of	major	works	         G804 Language Arts 8E PreAP/GT                      written	text	for	a	variety	of	purposes	and	
required of students during the school year               (English)                                    audiences. The subject content of this
will	be	4-6.	                                      This course is designed for the student             course matches the grade level general
                                                   identified	as	academically	gifted	in	the	lan-       education course.
J792 Fundamental Reading - Grade 7                 guage arts based on state guidelines and
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-            district	criteria.		Using	the	PreAP	curricu-        J818 English as a Second Language -
                 mendation                         lum	(see	J804),	the	course	is	differentiated	              Advanced (Grades 6, 7, or 8)
The subject content of this course matches         for gifted students by modifying the depth,         The advanced level course is designed
the grade level general education Reading          complexity,	and/or	pacing.		The	number	of	          for	the	non-English	speaker	who	is	con-
curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.                major works required of students during             versationally	fluent.		While	expanding	the	
                                                   the	school	year	will	be	5-7.		See	PreAP/AP	         student’s academic vocabulary, so the stu-
J705 Seventh Grade Reading (Elective               Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.                     dent will be able to successfully participate
       Credit)                                                                                         in	content	courses.		Advanced	students	will	
This diagnostic remedial course is designed        J891 Fundamental English - Grade 8                  be able to critique, analyze and evaluate a
for students who read below grade level.                Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-             wide	variety	of	written	materials.		Emphasis	
Instruction will be delivered in small groups                       mendation                          is also placed on producing written mate-
and will be based on diagnostic data.              The subject content of this course matches          rial for a variety of purposes and audiences
Instruction will include word attach skills,       the	grade	level	general	education	English	          in order to demonstrate mastery of the
fluency,	vocabulary,	reading	comprehension	        curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.                 structure	and	mechanics	of	English	with	
strategies, and listening skills. This course                                                          appropriate organization and development
is required for students who have not              J892 Fundamental Reading - Grade 8                  of ideas. The subject content of this course
passed	the	Reading	TAKS	test.                           Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-             matches the grade level general education
                                                                    mendation                          course.
J802 Language Arts 8E (English)                    The subject content of this course matches
In	grade	8,	students	refine	and	master	            the grade level general education Reading           J208 Applied English - Grades 6-8
previously learned skills. They continue           curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.                        Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
to read widely in classic and contempo-                                                                                   mendation
rary	texts.		Eighth	grade	students	edit	their	     J805 Eighth Grade Reading (Elective Credit)         Instruction is individualized according to the
writing based on their knowledge of gram-          This diagnostic remedial course is designed         IEP.
mar and usage, spelling and punctuation            for students who read below grade level.
and apply these skills to various forms of         Instruction will be delivered in small groups       J204 Applied Reading - Grades 6-8
writing.		Students	produce	final,	error-free	      and will be based on diagnostic data.                      Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
pieces of written composition on a regular         Instruction will include word attach skills,                           mendation
basis.		Eighth	grade	students	present	oral	        fluency,	vocabulary,	reading	comprehension	         Instruction is individualized according to
and written reports, including presentations       strategies, and listening skills. This course       IEP.
strengthened by visuals and media.                 is required for students who have not
                                                   passed	the	Reading	TAKS	test.

                 69
 Mathematics                                      G712 Math 7 - PreAP/GT
                                                  This course is designed for the student
                                                                                                    J205    Applied Mathematics - Grades 6-8
                                                                                                           Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
                                                  identified	as	academically	gifted	in	math-                           mendation
J611 Math 6                                       ematics based on state guidelines and             Instruction is individualized according to the
The primary focus at grade 6 is using ra-         district criteria. This course focuses on a       IEP.
tios to describe proportional relationships       portion of seventh grade and elements of
involving geometry, measurement, and              eighth grade mathematics in order to accel-       0211 Algebra I
probability.		Emphasis	is	placed	on	decimal	      erate	student	preparation	for	Algebra	1	in	              Prerequisite: See criteria for admission
and fraction operations.                          the	eighth	grade.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	                         on page 65.
                                                  Guidelines, page 63.                                     High School Credit: One
J612 Math 6 - PreAP                                                                                 This course emphasizes the study of linear
This	course	focuses	on	elements	of	sixth	         J715 Math 7 - Block                               functions. Students will use functions to
grade and a portion of seventh grade              The primary focus at grade 7 is using             represent and model problem situations
mathematics in order to accelerate student        proportional relationships in geometry, mea-      and to analyze and interpret relationships.
preparation	for	Algebra	1	in	the	eighth	          surement and probability. Students will solve     Topics include graphing, solving equa-
grade.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guide-            problems with decimals, fractions, and in-        tions and inequalities and systems of linear
lines, page 63.                                   tegers. Statistical measures will be used to      equations. Quadratic and non linear func-
                                                  describe data.                                    tions will be introduced.
G612 Math 6 - PreAP/GT                                                                              This high school course is NOT a PreAP course;
This course is designed for the student           This	course	is	a	one-year/two-period	format	      therefore it does not receive PreAP grade points.
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	             providing	an	extra	class	period	for	those	stu-    See NCAA warning on page 66.
mathematics based on state guidelines             dents who require additional instructional time
and district criteria. This course focuses        for success in grade 7 mathematics.               0214 Algebra I/GT
on	elements	of	sixth	grade	and	a	portion	                                                                  Prerequisite: See criteria for admission
of seventh grade mathematics in order             J793 Fundamental Mathematics - Grade 7                                 on page 65.
to accelerate student preparation for                    Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recommen-              High School Credit: One
Algebra	1	in	the	eighth	grade.		Curriculum	                          dation                         This course is designed for the student
differentiation will occur in part through the    The subject content of this course matches        identified	as	academically	gifted	in	math-
utilization of student processing skills in       the	grade	level	general	education	Math	cur-       ematics based on state guidelines and
creation of mathematical models.                  riculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.                  district criteria. This course focuses on
                                                                                                    elements	of	Algebra	1.		Curriculum	differen-
J615 Math 6 - Block                               J811 Math 8                                       tiation occurs in part through the utilization
The primary focus at grade 6 is using ra-         In grade 8, students develop basic principles     of student processing skills in creation of
tios to describe proportional relationships       of	Algebra	to	analyze	and	represent	propor-       mathematical models.
involving geometry, measurement, and              tional and non-proportional relationships.        This high school course is NOT a PreAP course;
probability.		Emphasis	is	placed	on	decimal	      Probability and statistics are studied and used   therefore it does not receive PreAP grade points.
and fraction operations.                          to describe data and make predictions. Solv-      See NCAA warning on page 66.
                                                  ing problems with rational numbers will be
This	course	is	a	one-year/two-period	format	      emphasized.
providing	an	extra	class	period	for	those	
                                                  J812 Math 8 - PreAP
                                                                                                     Science
students who require additional instructional
time for success in grade 6 mathematics.          Note:		This	course	is	designed	primarily	for	     J630 Science - Grade 6
                                                  students	with	prior	PreAP	math	course	expe-       Sixth	grade	science	is	an	integrated	sci-
                                                  rience. This course focuses on elements of        ence course. The curriculum covers a
J693 Fundamental Mathematics - Grade 6
                                                  eighth	grade	mathematics;	however	concepts	       broad range of topics, including chemistry,
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recommen-
                                                  are	covered	in	greater	depth.		See	PreAP/AP	      physics, life science, earth science, natural
                 dation
                                                  Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.                   resources, weather and space. Students
The subject content of this course matches
the	grade	level	general	education	Math	cur-                                                         will	experience	the	work	of	real	science	
                                                  J815 Math 8 - Block                               in applying data-handling skills, analyzing
riculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.
                                                  In grade 8, students develop basic principles     information, evaluating results, and learn-
                                                  of	Algebra	to	analyze	and	represent	propor-       ing to communicate their understanding
J711 Math 7                                       tional and non-proportional relationships.
The primary focus at grade 7 is using                                                               to others. The course is designed to give
                                                  Probability and statistics are studied and used   students a preview of future courses and
proportional relationships in geometry,           to describe data and make predictions. Solv-
measurement and probability. Students will                                                          develop basic concepts.
                                                  ing problems with rational numbers will be
solve problems with decimals, fractions, and      emphasized.
integers. Statistical measures will be used                                                         J631 Fundamental Science - Grade 6
to describe data.                                 This	course	is	a	one-year/two-period	format	             Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
                                                  providing	an	extra	class	period	for	those	stu-                       mendation
J712 Math 7 - PreAP                               dents who require additional instructional time   The subject content of this course matches
                                                  for success in grade 8 mathematics.               the grade level general education Science
This course focuses on a portion of sev-
                                                                                                    curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.
enth grade and elements of eighth grade
                                                  J893     Fundamental Mathematics - Grade 8
mathematics in order to accelerate student
                                                         Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recommen-
                                              	
preparation	for	Algebra	1	in	the	eighth	grade.	
                                                                      dation
Curriculum differentiation will occur in part
                                                  The subject content of this course matches
through the utilization of student processing     the	grade	level	general	education	Math	cur-
skills in creation of mathematical models.        riculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.
                  70
J632 Science PreAP - Grade 6                        G732 Science PreAP/GT - Grade 7                 concept	of	systems,	and	conduct	scientific	
PreAP	sixth	grade	science	is	a	general	sci-         This course is designed for the student         experiments.		Students	will	explore	various	
ence course. Concepts covered are similar           identified	as	academically	gifted	in	sci-       topics	and	identify	meaningful	scientific	
to	sixth	grade	science;	however,	the	topics	        ence based on state guidelines and district     problems for investigations. Students will
are investigated in greater depths. Students        criteria. Seventh grade science is an           experience	the	work	of	real	science	in	
will	experience	the	work	of	real	science	           integrated science course. The goal of          applying data-handling skills, analyzing
in applying data-handling skills, analyzing         each unit is to allow students to analyze       information, evaluating results, and learn-
information, evaluating results, and learn-         practical science problems, understand the      ing to communicate their understanding to
ing to communicate their understanding to           concept	of	systems,	and	conduct	scientific	     others.	The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	
others.	The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	   experiments.		Students	will	explore	various	    will focus on preparing the student for ad-
focus on preparing the student for advanced         topics	and	identify	meaningful	scientific	      vanced placement courses.
placement	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/             problems for investigations. Students will
Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.                           experience	the	work	of	real	science	in	         J530 Applied Science(R)-Grades 6-8
                                                    applying data-handling skills, analyzing        J206 Applied Science (L) - Grades 6-8
G632 Science PreAP/GT - Grade 6                     information, evaluating results, and learn-           Prerequisite: ARD Committee
This course is designed for the student             ing to communicate their understanding to                        Recommendation
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	science	       others.		The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	   Instruction is individualized according to the
based on state guidelines and district crite-       will focus on preparing the student for ad-     IEP.
ria.		Sixth	grade	science	is	a	general	science	     vanced placement courses.
course. The goal of each unit is to allow
students to analyze practical science prob-         J830 Science - Grade 8
lems, understand the concept of systems,            This	course	includes	strands	in	the	field	       Social Studies
and	conduct	scientific	experiments.	Students	       and	laboratory	investigations,	scientific	
will	explore	various	topics	and	identify	mean-      inquiry, problem solving, technology ap-        J620 Social Studies - Grade 6
ingful	scientific	problems	for	investigations.	     plications, force and motion, systems and       This course develops an understanding of
Students	will	experience	the	work	of	real	          properties, interaction in matter and en-       selected contemporary world cultures and
science in applying data-handling skills, ana-      ergy	as	explored	through	solar,	weather,	       significant	people	and	events	that	have	
lyzing information, evaluating results, and         and ocean systems, energy and the envi-         shaped them. The cultures studied repre-
learning to communicate their understanding         ronment, structure and function, geologic       sent different continents, different levels of
to	others.	The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	     processes, and earth systems. Students          development, different political structures
will focus on preparing the student for ad-         will	experience	the	work	of	real	science	       and economic systems and a variety of
vanced placement courses.                           in applying data-handling skills, analyzing     ethnicities. Students apply geographic,
                                                    information, evaluating results, and learn-     historical, economic, political and techno-
J730 Science - Grade 7                              ing to communicate their understanding to       logical concepts with current events as an
This	course	includes	strands	in	the	field	and	      others.                                         important theme.
laboratory	investigations,	scientific	inquiry,	
problem solving, technology applications,           J831 Fundamental Science - Grade 8              J622 Social Studies PreAP - Grade 6
force and motion, systems and properties,               Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-          This course focuses on the study of world
matter and energy, energy and the envi-                             mendation                       cultures in a contemporary setting. Stud-
ronment, structure and function, genetics,          The subject content of this course matches      ied societies are chosen from the twelve
response to stimuli, solar system and earth         the grade level general education Science       regions	of	the	world.		Influence	is	placed	
systems.	Students	will	experience	the	work	         curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.             on the historical development of these
of real science in applying data-handling                                                           societies economically, politically, and
skills, analyzing information, evaluating           J832 Science PreAP - Grade 8                    geographically.		Students	are	expected	to	
results, and learning to communicate their          PreAP	eighth	grade	science	concepts	            achieve a greater depth of understanding
understanding to others.                            include those covered in eighth grade sci-      through thoughtful discussion and reading.
                                                    ence	;	however,	concepts	are	covered	in	        The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	fo-
J731 Fundamental Science - Grade 7                  greater	depth.	The	level	of	instruction/cur-    cus on preparing the student for advanced
     Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recommen-          riculum will focus on preparing the student     placement	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/
                 dation                             for advanced placement courses. Students        Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.
The subject content of this course matches          will	experience	the	work	of	real	science	
the grade level general education Science           in applying data-handling skills, analyzing
curriculum	as	determined	by	an	IEP.J732             information, evaluating results, and learn-     J623 Fundamental Social Studies - Grade 6
Science PreAP - Grade 7                             ing to communicate their understanding to           Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
PreAP	seventh	grade	science	focuses	on	el-          others.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	Guide-                         mendation
ements	of	seventh	grade	science;	however,	          lines, page 63.                                 The subject content of this course matches
concepts are covered in greater depth. The                                                          the grade level general education Social
level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	      G832 Science PreAP/GT - Grade 8                 Studies curriculum as determined by an
preparing the student for advanced place-           This course is designed for the student         IEP.
ment	courses.	Students	will	experience	the	         identified	as	academically	gifted	in	sci-
work of real science in applying data-han-          ence based on state guidelines and district     G622 Social Studies PreAP/GT - Grade 6
dling skills, analyzing information, evaluating     criteria.		Eighth	grade	science	is	an	inte-     This course is designed for the student
results, and learning to communicate their          grated science course. The goal of each         identified	as	academically	gifted	in	social	
understanding	to	others.		See	PreAP/AP	             unit is to allow students to analyze prac-      studies based on state guidelines and
Entry/Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.                     tical science problems, understand the          district criteria. This course focuses on the

                  71
same topics and skills as the Social Stud-       J822 Social Studies PreAP - Grade 8                the fundamental and advanced skills
ies	PreAP	-	Grade	6	course.		The	level	of	       This course focuses on the history of the          essential to successful participation in a
instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	prepar-     United States from colonization to 1877.           competitive sport activity. These instruc-
ing the student for advanced placement           The emphasis on the social, political and          tional techniques will stress individual
courses. Curriculum differentiation will oc-     economic events that shaped the present            and team performance-related activities
cur	in	part	through	opportunities	to	explore	    country is enriched by advanced read-              that are coordinated with each of the high
areas of interest related to world cultures.     ings and activities which develop critical         school programs.
                                                 thinking. This course also includes the                Sport programs offered in Katy ISD
J720 Social Studies - Grade 7                    development of the government and the              junior high schools are as follows:
Seventh grade social studies students            Constitution.		Students	are	expected	to	               	 Football	      			Tennis
survey	major	events	in	the	history	of	Texas	     achieve a greater depth of understanding               	 Volleyball	 			Track	and	Field
with an emphasis on the development of           through thoughtful discussion and reading.                 Basketball
Texas	as	a	republic	and	a	state.		Impor-         The	level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	fo-
tant themes include the unique heritage of       cus on preparing the student for advanced
Texas	and	its	environment	and	geography.		       placement	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/             Physical	Education
Economic	development	and	the	govern-             Exit	Guidelines,	page	63.
mental structure of the modern state are                                                            There is a course fee of $15.00 per year for all
studied.                                         J823 Fundamental Social Studies - Grade 8          Physical Education courses.
                                                     Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
J722 Social Studies PreAP - Grade 7                              mendation                          J680    Physical Education 6 (Boys)
This course includes the study of the            The subject content of this course matches         J681    Physical Education 6 (Girls)
history	of	Texas	prior	to	European	coloni-       the grade level general education Social           J780    Physical Education 7 (Boys)
zation to modern day statehood by using          Studies curriculum as determined by an             J781    Physical Education 7 (Girls)
geographic, economic, historical and politi-     IEP.                                               J880    Physical Education 8 (Boys)
cal concepts. Students will study the eras                                                          J881    Physical Education 8 (Girls)
of	Texas	and	its	people	in	depth	through	        G822 Social Studies PreAP/GT - Grade 8
advanced readings and enrichment ac-             This course is designed for the student                The objective in these courses is to
tivities that develop critical thinking. The     identified	as	academically	gifted	in	social	       develop	an	interest	in	physical	fitness,	
level	of	instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	   studies based on state guidelines and              as well as an appreciation of the skills,
preparing the student for advanced place-        district criteria. This course focuses on the      knowledge, technique and sportsmanship
ment	courses.		See	PreAP/AP	Entry/Exit	          same topics and skills as the Social Stud-         involving lifetime and individual sports as
Guidelines, page 63.                             ies	PreAP	-	Grade	8	course.		Curriculum	           a participant and as a spectator. The daily
                                                 differentiation will occur in part through         curriculum will encourage students to work
J723 Fundamental Social Studies - Grade 7        opportunities	to	explore	areas	of	interest	        toward	achieving	a	basic	level	of	fitness	
    Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-           related to United States History. The level        and wellness and a beginning or interme-
                mendation                        of	instruction/curriculum	differentiation	will		   diate level of skill in each sport or activity.
The subject content of this course matches       focus on preparing the student for ad-             Knowledge	that	supports	lifetime	fitness	
the grade level general education Social         vanced placement courses.                          and wellness is the primary goal in each
Studies curriculum as determined by an                                                              course.
IEP.                                             J520 Applied Social Studies (R) - Grades 6-8
                                                 J207 Applied Social Studies (L) - Grades 6-8       J203 Applied Recreation Leisure - Grades
G722 Social Studies PreAP/GT - Grade 7                 Prerequisite: ARD Committee                       6-8
This course is designed for the student                          Recommendation                            Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
identified	as	academically	gifted	in	social	     Instruction is individualized according to                            mendation
studies based on state guidelines and            the	IEP.                                           This course is designed to provide indi-
district criteria. This course focuses on the                                                       vidual	experiences	in	leisure	activities	
same topics and skills as the Social Stud-                                                          while fostering student independence.
ies	PreAP	-	Grade	7	course.		The	level	of	        Athletics	                                        This course will focus generalizing skills
instruction/curriculum	will	focus	on	prepar-                                                        to everyday life application. Instruction is
ing the student for advanced placement           There is a course fee of $25.00 per year for all   individualized	according	to	the	IEP.
courses. Curriculum differentiation will oc-     Athletic courses.
cur	in	part	through	opportunities	to	explore	                                                       J210 Applied Personal Health - Grades 6-8
areas	of	interest	related	to	Texas	History.          Students enrolled in junior high school               Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
                                                 athletics during the school day will receive                          mendation
J820 Social Studies - Grade 8                    physical education credit for successful           This course is designed to provide instruc-
This course focuses on the history of the        participation and completion in any sport          tion in the areas of grooming, personal
United States from colonization to 1877.         activity during that semester.                     hygiene,	and	first	aid.		This	course	will	
The emphasis is on the political, social and         All	sports	conducted	in	the	Katy	ISD	          focus generalizing skills to everyday life
economic events that shaped the present          will be conducted under the guidelines of          application. Instruction is individualized
country. The course includes the devel-          the	UIL	Constitution	and	Contest	Rules.		          according	to	the	IEP.
opment of the government of the United           Each	participant	must	be	in	compliance	
States and the Constitution as well as           with	all	UIL	guidelines	throughout	the	en-
citizenship.                                     tire	school	year	and/or	sports	season.		
                                                     Instruction in all sports will be designed
                                                 to provide each participant, regardless of
                                                 size or skill level, an opportunity to learn
                72
 Off-Campus	PE	                                    J201 Activities of Daily Living Skills-
                                                        Grades 6-8
                                                                                                               NOTE: Several hours of practice are
                                                                                                               required every week outside the school
 Option                                                  Prerequisite: ARD Committee Recom-
                                                                     mendation
                                                                                                               day for band students. The band directors
                                                                                                               will assist in the selection of proper instru-
                                                   This	course	is	designed	to	provide	experi-                  ments.
J068 6th grade
                                                   ence in community, self help, recreation
J078 7th grade
                                                   leisure,	work	habits/behaviors,	and	social	                 J653 Beginning Orchestra
J088 8th grade
                                                   skills. This course will focus will focus on                This	course	is	for	the	sixth		graders	who	
The	purpose	of	the	Off-Campus	PE	
                                                   generalizing skills to everyday life ap-                    want to learn to play the violin, viola, cello,
Program is to accommodate students
                                                   plications. Instruction is individualized                   or doublebass. Students learn basic play-
who	wish	to	participate	in	special	and/
                                                   according	to	IEP	objectives.                                ing technique and present two concerts
or accelerated physical activities that go
                                                                                                               during the year. They also listen to and
above and beyond those normally sched-
                                                                                                               play a variety of string musical styles. A
uled in the school district. The program           Sixth Grade                                                 student in orchestra is required to furnish his/
is available to only those students who
                                                                                                               her own musical instrument or may obtain a
are attending junior high or high school,          J648 Theatre                                                Katy ISD provided instrument requiring a pay-
grades	6-12.		For	more	information	                This course will include an introduction                    ment of a minimal yearly usage/maintenance
about	the	Off-Campus	PE	Program	and	               and	development	of	expression,	acting	                      fee.
to download the information packet and             skills, theatre production and the history                   NOTE: Several hours of practice are
form, please access the Katy ISD web-              and appreciation of theatrical events.                      required every week outside the school
site,	www.katyisd.org.	The	Off-Campus	
                                                                                                               day for orchestra students. The orches-
PE	Program	Information	Packet	may	                 J650 Art Beginning                                          tra directors will assist in the selection of
also be obtained from the campus coun-             This course is designed to be an intro-                     proper instruments. The fees for this course are
selor or the Curriculum Specialist for             ductino to the study of visual arts and                     not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding instrument fees,
Health	and	Physical	Education.                     will employ drawing, painting, three-                       and optional entry fees and social events.
                                                   dimensional	and	mixed	media	processes.		
               Electives                           Students will be creating solutions and
                                                   designing original work using a variety of
                                                                                                               J665 Choir
                                                                                                               The	choral	program	for	sixth	grade	serves	
                                                   art materials and tools. Participation in                   as an introduction to the performance of
NOTE:		Elective	courses	must	have	a	
                                                   local	and	regional	art	exhibits	is	part	of	the	             choral music. Proper vocal technique is
minimum sustainable enrollment of 15
                                                   visual	experience	of	the	program.		There is                 stressed. Basic elements of music reading
students in order to be offered. Hence, not
                                                   a course fee of $10.00 per semester to purchase             are introduced including rhythm, pitch and
every course is available every year and at
                                                   student materials.                                          music symbols. Concerts and music con-
each campus.
                                                                                                               tests are a part of the choir program. The
                                                   J652 Exploratory Elective Survey                            fees for this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year and
J605 Sixth Grade Reading (Elective Credit)
                                                   In	this	survey	course,	students	explore	a	                  optional entry fees and social events.
J705 Seventh Grade Reading (Elective
                                                   variety	of	topics	and	skills	which	are	ex-
      Credit)
                                                   panded upon in electives offered at the
J805 Eighth Grade Reading (Elective
      Credit)
                                                   seventh or eighth grade levels. Typically,                   Seventh Grade
                                                   units are chosen from topics related to
This diagonistic remedial course is de-
                                                   visual art, performing arts, and communi-                   J660 Beginning Band
signed for students who read below grade                                                                       This performance based course places
                                                   cation	skills.		Additional	topics	including	
level. Instruction will be delivered in small                                                                  emphasis on the development of music
                                                   study skills, computers, other languages,
groups and will be based on diagnostic                                                                         fundamentals. The course is designed
                                                   and homemaking may be added based
data. Instruction will include word attack                                                                     to prepare students for participation in
                                                   on staff availability. There is a course fee
skills,	fluency,	vocabulary,	reading	com-                                                                      a performing group during the second
                                                   of $5.00 per semester to purchase student
prehension strategies, and listening skills.                                                                   year of band. The beginning band per-
                                                   materials (if applicable). Available only as                forms at least two concerts each year.
This course is required for students who
                                                   a companion to Fine Arts courses at certain                 Students receive small group instruc-
have	not	passed	the	Reading	TAKS	test.
                                                   campuses.                                                   tion organized by the instrument which
The companion courses, J605D/J705D/J805D
are	designed	specifically	for	students	who	have	                                                               they play. A student in band is required
                                                   J660 Beginning Band                                         to furnish his/her own musical instrument
been	identified	as	having	dyslexia.
                                                   In beginning band, the emphasis is on                       or may obtain a Katy ISD provided instru-
                                                   developing fundamentals of instrumental                     ment requiring payment of a minimal yearly
J608 Math Lab - Grade 6
                                                   music. The course is designed to prepare                    usage/maintenance fee. This course does
J709 Math Lab - Grade 7
                                                   students for participation in a performing                  require an extracurricular component which
J835 Math Lab - Grade 8
                                                   group during the second year of band.                       includes participation in after school hours
This class is required for students who
                                                   The beginning band performs at least two                    and weekend activities. The fees for this course
have	not	passed	the	Math	TAKS	test	or	
                                                   concerts each year. Students receive                        are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding instru-
have	substantial	gaps	in	their	learning.	A	
                                                   small group instruction organized by the                    ment fees, and optional entry fees and social events.
stronger foundation in mathematics will
                                                   instruments which they play. A student in                   NOTE: Several hours of practice are
be made through the continuous process
                                                   band is required to furnish his/her own musical             required every week outside the school
of building math skills, checking com-
                                                   instrument or may obtain a Katy ISD provided                day for band students. The band di-
prehension, and applying these skills to
                                                   instrument requiring payment of a minimal                   rectors will assist in the selection of
problem-solving situations. This course
                                                   yearly usage/maintenance fee. The fees for this             proper instruments.
will	focus	on	building	each	students	confi-
                                                   course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding in-
dence and competency in mathematics.
                                                   strument fees, and optional entry fees and social events.

                 73
J653 Beginning Orchestra                                    J750 Art I                                                course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding in-
This performance-based course is for the                    This course is designed to study the visual               strument fees, and optional entry fees and social events.
seventh graders who want to learn to                        arts of painting, sculpture and architecture.             NOTE: Several hours of practice are re-
play the violin, viola, cello, or doublebass.               Related problems in drawing and design                    quired every week outside the school day
Students learn basic playing technique                      allow	creative	application	and	extension	                 for orchestra students. The orchestra di-
and present two concerts during the year.                   of art materials and tools. Participation in              rectors will assist in the selection of proper
They also listen to and play a variety of                   regional	and	local	exhibitions	is	part	of	the	            instruments.
string musical styles. A student in orches-                 visual	experience	of	the	program.		There is
tra is required to furnish his/her own musical              a course fee of $10.00 per semester to purchase           J765 Choir
instrument or may obtain a Katy ISD provided                student materials.                                        This performance-based course. provides
instrument requiring payment of a minimal
                                                                                                                      the opportunity for students to develop
yearly usage/maintenance fee. This course                   J755 Publications                                         their vocal ability as individuals and ad-
does require an extracurricular component                   In this course, students apply writing skills             vance their skills and knowledge of basic
which includes participation in after school                to the publication of the school newspaper                music fundamentals. Sightsinging tech-
hours and weekend activities. The fees for this             and yearbook. Participation in this course                niques are emphasized and used to help
course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding in-     requires a recommendation from the cur-                   prepare music for performance, as well as
strument fees, and optional entry fees and social events.   rent	Language	Arts	teacher	and	approval	                  to	prepare	for	this	display	of	skill	at	the	UIL	
NOTE: Several hours of practice are re-
                                                            of the publication teacher.                               Contest.		The	choir	may	compete	in	UIL	
quired every week outside the school day
for orchestra students. The orchestra di-                                                                             contests. Choir members are given the
rectors will assist in the selection of proper              J760 Band                                                 opportunity to participate in Honor Choir,
instruments.                                                This performance-based course places                      Region Choir, and Solo Contest. Choral
                                                            emphasis on the development of music                      music varies from classical to contempo-
6311A Spanish IA (First semester of High                    fundamentals. Usual performances in-                      rary style. Several concerts are presented
     School Course) (For 7th grade only)                    clude pep rallies and winter and spring                   throughout the year. This course does
           Credit: One Half                                 concerts.		The	band	competes	in	two	UIL	                  require	an	extracurricular	component	often	
This course is designed to acquaint stu-                    events.		Music	fundamentals	are	expand-                   requiring participation in after school hours
dents with the Spanish language and                         ed	and	refined	through	preparation	for	                   and weekend activities. The fees for this course
culture. Students will acquire skills such                  these performances. The music played is                   are not to exceed $50.00 per year and optional entry fees
as listening, speaking, reading, writing,                   varied and ranges from classical to popu-                 and social events.
viewing, and showing while learning to                      lar. Students will be recommended by the
socialize, ask for and provide informa-                     band director for the appropriate band. A                 J998 Student Leadership
tion,	express	feelings	and	opinions,	and	                   student in band is required to furnish his/her                       One semester
persuade others to adopt a course of                        own musical instrument or may obtain a Katy               This course provides an opportunity to
action. They will also gain insight into the                ISD provided instrument requiring payment of              study, practice, and develop group and in-
practices and products of other cultures.                   a minimal yearly usage/maintenance fee. This              dividual organizational skills. It addresses
Students who successfully complete Span-                    course does require an extracurricular com-               leadership skills, parliamentary procedure,
ish	IA	in	the	seventh	grade	and	Spanish	                    ponent which includes participation in after              group dynamics, problem solving, team
IB in the eighth grade will be awarded one                  school hours and weekend activities. The fees for         building, motivation, goal setting, and com-
high	school	credit	and	grade	points	in	Lan-                 this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, exclud-    munications. This course is based on the
guages	Other	than	English.	                                 ing instrument fees, and optional entry fees and social   TASSP	curriculum.
See NCAA warning on page 66.                                events.
                                                            NOTE: Several hours of practice are re-                   J999 Teen Leadership
J744 Speech I                                               quired every week outside the school day                               Full year
           One semester                                     for band students. The band directors will                J999A Teen Leadership
Speech I includes the study of the basic                    assist in the selection of proper instruments.                        One semester
techniques and skills of speaking. It pro-                                                                            This course will help students develop
vides directed practice in different speech                 J759 Orchestra                                            leadership and personal and business
activities to inform and persuade as well                   This performanced-based course is for                     skills. They learn to develop healthy
as oral interpretation and creative dramatic                students with one to two years playing                    self-concept, healthy relationships, and
activities.                                                        e
                                                            experi	 nce	on	violin,	viola,	cello	or	double-            learn to understand the concept of per-
                                                            bass. Students will build on fundamental                  sonal responsibility. They develop an
J745 Speech I                                               techniques and skills, learning advanced                  understanding of self-awareness, self-
Speech I includes the study of the basic                    shifting techniques and music of a higher                 control, self-motivation, and social skills.
techniques and skills of speaking. It pro-                  level. The orchestra will play a variety                  They will develop skills in public speaking
vides directed practice in different speech                 of music and will present two to three                    and communication. They will acquire
activities to inform and persuade as well                   concerts during the year. Students will                   an understanding of personal image and
as oral interpretation and creative dramatic                participate in regional solo and ensemble                 of the effects of peer pressure. They will
activities.                                                 competitions. A student in orchestra is                   develop an understanding of the principles
                                                            required to furnish his/her own musical in-               of parenting, enabling them to become
J746 Theatre I                                              strument or may obtain a Katy ISD provided                better	family	members	and	citizens;	and	
This course will include an introduction to                 instrument requiring payment of a minimal                 an understanding of the need for vision in
and	development	of	expression,	acting	                      yearly usage/maintenance fee. This course                 goal-setting, personally and professionally.
skills, theatre production and the history                  does require an extracurricular component                 This	course	is	based	on	the	Flip	Flippen	
and application of theatrical events.                       which includes participation in after school              curriculum. NOTE: there is a $10.00 fee for this
                                                            hours and weekend activities. The fees for this           course to purchase student materials.


                     74
G900 GT Independent Study                                 J744 Speech I                                      6310 Accelerated Spanish
       Meet GT identification criteria                            One semester                                    Prerequisite: see criteria for admission on
This	course	is	designed	for	identified	gifted	            Speech I includes the study of the basic                           page 65.
and talented students who wish to pursue                  techniques and skills of speaking. It pro-              Grade: 8th Grade ONLY
an area of interest in greater depth than is              vides directed practice in different speech             Credit: One
possible in the traditional classroom setting.            activities to inform and persuade as well
Students will utilize research skills to create           as oral interpretation and creative dramatic       This course covers the same content in a
advanced products in a variety of media to                activities.                                        one year time frame as covered in Spanish
demonstrate their learning in their chosen                                                                   IA	and	IB. Students completing level one of
area of interest. This course is dependent                J745 Speech I                                      a language at junior high will be awarded
on course requests from GT students and                          Two semester                                one high school credit plus grade points in
                                                                                                             Languages	Other	Than	English.		This credit
not available at all campuses.                            Speech I includes the study of the basic
                                                                                                             counts towards satisfying the state require-
                                                          techniques and skills of speaking. It provides     ment	of	two	units	of	Languages	Other	Than	
                                                          directed practice in different speech activities
Eighth Grade                                              to inform and persuade as well as oral inter-
                                                                                                             English	required	for	the	Recommended	
                                                                                                             High School Graduation program.
                                                          pretation and creative dramatic activities.
J660 Beginning Band
This performance-based course places                                                                         6361 Spanish for Spanish Speakers I
                                                          J746 Theatre I                                       Prerequisite: Teacher or counselor approval
emphasis on further development of mu-
                                                          This course will include an introduction to                        and special testing
sic fundamentals. The course is designed
                                                          and	development	of	expression,	acting	                    Grade: 8th Grade ONLY
to prepare students for participation in a
                                                          skills, theater production and the history                Credit: One
performing group during the second year
                                                          and application of theatrical events.                ONLY	AVAILABLE	AT	SOME	CAMPUSES
of band. The beginning band performs
at least two concerts each year. Students                                                                    This course is designed for Spanish speak-
                                                          7511 Art I (High School Credit )                   ers who do not require emphasis on oral
receive small group instruction organized
                                                             Prerequisite: Priority given to 8th graders     language skills. Concentration is placed
by the instrument which they play. A
                                                             that have successfully completed a              on reading, writing and grammar skills. In
student in band is required to furnish his/her
                                                                 junior high art course or by teacher        addition,	TAKS	objectives	within	the	Span-
own musical instrument or may obtain a Katy
                                                                 recommendation                              ish curriculum are emphasized which will
ISD provided instrument requiring payment
                                                                   Grade: 8th Grade ONLY                     transfer	to	the	English	language.	Through	
of a minimal yearly usage/maintenance fee.
                                                                   Credit: One                               this course students are encouraged to
This course does require an extracurricular
                                                          This course offers the opportunity to devel-       continue the study of their native language
component which includes participation in
                                                          op a greater sensitivity to the visual world,      and build pride in their ethnic heritage. Stu-
after school hours and weekend activities. The
                                                          its formal order, and its overall unity. The       dents who successfully complete Spanish
fees for this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year,
                                                          students develop a vocabulary for art, and         for Spanish Speakers I in the eighth grade
excluding instrument fees, and optional entry fees and
                                                          the	skill	to	graphically	express	their	own	        will be awarded one high school credit and
social events.
                                                          inner ideas and attitudes. Students who            grade	point	in	Languages	Other	than	Eng-
NOTE: Several hours of practice are
                                                          successfully	complete	Art	I	(7511)	in	the	         lish. This credit counts towards satisfying
required every week outside the school
                                                          eighth grade will receive one high school          the state requirement of two to three units
day for band students. The band direc-
                                                          credit	and	grade	points	in	Fine	Arts.		This	       of	Languages	Other	Than	English	required	
tors will assist in the selection of proper
                                                          credit cannot satisfy both the Junior High         for	the	RHSP	and	DAP	plans. See criteria
instruments.
                                                          and	High	School	Fine	Arts	requirement.		           for	admission	on	page	65	and	NCAA	warn-
                                                          There is a course fee of $15.00 per semester to    ing on page 66.
J653 Beginning Orchestra
                                                          purchase student materials.
This performance-based course is for the
student who wants to learn to play the vi-                                                                   J844 Speech II
                                                          6311B Spanish IB (Second semester of                         One semester
olin, viola, cello, or doublebass. Students
                                                          High School Credit)                                    Prerequisite: Speech I
learn basic playing technique and present
                                                             Prerequisite: Spanish IA                        This	course	includes	an	extended	study	of	
two concerts during the year. They also
                                                                   Grade: 8th Grade                          the basic techniques and skills of speaking
listen to and play a variety of string musi-
                                                                   Credit: One Half                          introduced	in	Speech	I.		Emphasis	is	given	
cal styles. A student in orchestra is required
                                                          This	course	is	an	extension	of	the	material	       to competitive speech activities.
to furnish his/her own musical instrument or
                                                          covered	in	Spanish	IA.		Students	empha-
may obtain a Katy ISD provided instrument
                                                          size conversation and communication skills         J845 Speech II
requiring payment of a minimal yearly usage/
                                                          as	well	as	enjoy	exposure	to	the	Hispanic	              Prerequisite: Speech I
maintenance fee. This course does require
                                                          culture. Students continue to acquire the          This course includes an extended	study	of	
an extracurricular component which includes
                                                          skills of listening, speaking, reading, writing,   the basic techniques and skills of speaking
participation in after school hours and week-
                                                          viewing and showing through a variety of           introduced	in	Speech	I.		Emphasis	is	given	
end activities. The fees for this course are not to
                                                          tasks. Students who successfully complete          to competitive speech activities.
exceed $50.00 per year, excluding instrument fees, and
                                                          Spanish	IA	in	the	seventh	grade	and	Span-
optional entry fees and social events.
                                                          ish IB in the eighth grade will be awarded         J846 Theatre II
NOTE: Several hours of practice are
                                                          one high school credit and grade points in              Prerequisite: Theatre I
required every week outside the school
                                                          Languages	Other	than	English.	This credit          This course will include development of
day for orchestra students. The orches-
                                                          counts towards satisfying the state require-       expression,	acting	skills,	theatre	produc-
tra directors will assist in the selection of
                                                          ment	of	two	units	of	Languages	Other	Than	         tion and the history and application of
proper instruments.
                                                          English	required	for	the	Katy	Advanced	            theatrical events.
                                                          high school program in grades 9-12.


                    75
J850 Art II                                                   J865 Choir                                                   They will develop skills in public speaking
      Prerequisite: Art I (J750)                              This performance based course is for stu-                    and communication. They will acquire an
This course is designed to broaden and                        dents seeking to develop their vocal ability                 understanding of personal image and of
specialize individual interest in art tech-                   as individuals and advance their skills and                  the effects of peer pressure. They will de-
niques.		Application	of	art	principles	to	                    knowledge of basic music fundamentals.                       velop an understanding of the principles
specific	problems	is	stressed.		There is a                    Sightsinging techniques are emphasized                       of parenting, enabling them to become
course fee of $12.00 per semester to purchase                 and used to help prepare music for perfor-                   better	family	members	and	citizens;	and	
student materials.                                            mance.		The	choirs	compete	in	UIL	contests	                  an understanding of the need for vision
                                                              and members are given the opportunity to                     in goal-setting, personally and profes-
J855 Publications                                             participate in Honor Choir, Region Choir                     sionally.	This	course	is	based	on	the	Flip	
In this course students apply writing skills                  and Solo Contest. Choral music varies from                   Flippen	curriculum.
to the publication of the school newspa-                      classical to contemporary style. Several
per	and/or	yearbook.		Participation	in	this	                  concerts are presented throughout the year.                  G900 GT Independent Study
course requires a recommendation from                         This	course	does	require	an	extracurricular	                      Meet GT identification criteria
the	current	Language	Arts	teacher	and	ap-                     component which includes participation in                    This	course	is	designed	for	identified	gifted	
proval of the publication teacher.                            after school hours and weekend activities.                   and talented students who wish to pursue
                                                              The fees for this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year   an area of interest in greater depth than is
J860 Band                                                     and optional entry fees and social events.                   possible in the traditional classroom set-
This performance-based course places                                                                                       ting. Students will utilize research skills to
emphasis on further development of music                      J873 Technology Applications - Semester 1                    create advanced products in a variety of
fundamentals. The band performs at pep                             only                                                    media to demonstrate their learning in their
rallies, holds concerts, and competes in                                 One semester                                      chosen area of interest. Students who
UIL	events.		Music	fundamentals	are	re-                       This one-semester course includes instruc-                   enrolled in this course in 7th grade may
fined	and	expanded	through	preparation	for	                   tion in the use of both hardware and software,               repeat it in 8th grade.
these performances. The music played is                       spreadsheets, word processing, database,
varied and ranges from classical to popular.                  multimedia, telecommunications, and graphic                  0135V Independent Study & Mentorship
Students will be recommended by the band                      design. Students will learn basic data entry,                      PreAP/GT
director for either Concert or Symphonic                      storage and retrieval of information.                        0136V Independent Study & Mentorship
Band. A student in band is required to pur-                                                                                      PreAP
chase an instrument or pay a maintenance fee                  J877 Technology Applications - Semester 2                          Co-requisite : enrollment in advanced
for using a school owned instrument requiring                      only                                                          ELA course (PreAP or AP)
payment of a minimal yearly usage/maintenance                       Prerequisite: May include satisfactory                       Grade: 8 - 12
fee. This course does requires an extracurricular                               performance on a readiness                             Credit: One
component which includes participation in after                                 test administered prior to                 This	course,	based	on	the	Texas	
school hours and weekend activities. The fees for                               enrollment                                 Performance	Standards	Project	for	gifted/
this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding                 One semester                                      talented students, offers a nontraditional
instrument fees, and optional entry fees and social events.   This	one-semester	course	offers	extended	                    learning	experience	to	students	who	have	
NOTE: Several hours of practice are re-                       activity in word processing, database,                       the ability to create innovative products
quired every week outside the school day                      spreadsheet, graphic design, multime-                        or performances. Students will develop a
for band students. The band directors will                    dia, telecommunications, and emerging                        product proposal, compile a portfolio, conduct
assist in the selection of proper instruments.                technologies. This class is designed for                     in-depth research, be matched with a mentor
                                                              students	who	demonstrate	proficiency	in	                     from the business or professional community
J859 Orchestra                                                word processing, database, spreadsheet,                      and prepare for a public presentation of their
This performance-based course is for                          and graphics.                                                product or performance at the end of the
students with one or two years playing                                                                                     school year to be evaluated by an audience
experience	on	violin,	viola,	cello,	or	double-                J998 Student Leadership (One Semester)                       that	includes	experts	in	the	field.
bass. Students will build on fundamental                      This course provides an opportunity to                       Students work with a mentor to create a
techniques and skills, learning such ad-                      study, practice, and develop group and in-                   product	related	to	their	topic;	the	product	
vanced techniques as shifting and vibrato.                    dividual organizational skills. It addresses                 is required to have real-world application
The orchestra will play a variety of music                    leadership skills, parliamentary procedure,                  and tangible documentation. This course
and present several concerts during the                       group dynamics, problem solving, team                        is	offered	through	MCTC	online only.
year. A student in orchestra is required to                   building, motivation, goal setting, and com-                 Students	will	not	physically	attend	MCTC.		
furnish his/her own musical instrument or may                 munications. This course is based on the                     This course could be scheduled for an
obtain a Katy ISD provided instrument requiring               TASSP	curriculum.                                            elective period during which the student
payment of a minimal yearly usage/maintenance                                                                              works independently at a computer station
fee. This course does requires an extracurricular             J999 Teen Leadership (Full Year)                             with general supervision.
component which includes participation in after               J999A Teen Leadership (One Semester)
school hours and weekend activities. The fees for             This course will help students develop                       J300 Student Aide
this course are not to exceed $50.00 per year, excluding      leadership and personal and business                         This school service opportunity is one in
instrument fees, and optional entry fees and social events.   skills. They learn to develop healthy                        one in which students work in school of-
NOTE: Several hours of practice are re-                       self-concept, healthy relationships, and                     fices.		Students	who	have	an	interest	and	
quired every week outside the school day                      learn to understand the concept of per-                      who receive teacher recommendation will
for orchestra students. The orchestra di-                     sonal responsibility. They develop an                        be placed as aides on an as-needed ba-
rectors will assist in the selection of proper                understanding of self-awareness, self-                       sis. Counselors will provide infomration
instruments.                                                  control, self-motivation, and social skills.                 during the course selection process about
                                                                                                                           student assistant opportunities.
                     76
CAMPUS-BASED                                         Technology
COURSES                                              J751 Career Portals/Technology

(Junior High)                                                  Grade: 7th Grade ONLY
                                                     The student will research labor market
                                                     information, learn job-seeking skills and
                                                     create documents required for employ-
Family and Consumer Science                          ment. Student will also learn concepts of
                                                     technology in drafting and woodworking.
J700 Career Portals/FCS                              Safety instructions and tests are given on
         Grade: 7th and 8th Grade                    tools and operations. The fee for this course is
One	might	refer	to	this	course	as	“Skills	           $25.00 per year.
for	Living”.		Students	explore	college	and	
career	planning	within	specific	career	              8619 Concepts of Engineering &
cluster(s).		Students	use	self-knowledge	                 Technology
to	explore	and	set	realistic	goals.		Ad-                       Grade: 8th Grade ONLY
ditionally,	students	are	exposed	to	basic	                     Credit: One high school credit
homemaking skills that are essential to              This course provides an overview of the
becoming a successful, self-reliant, inde-           various	fields	of	science,	technology,	
pendent	adult.		Food	preparation,	basic	             engineering, and math and their inter-
sewing	and	clothing	selection/repair,	               relationships. Students will use a variety
and child development education will be              of computer hardware and software ap-
among the knowledge and skills available             plications to complete assignments and
in this course. The fee for this course $30.00 per   projects. Students will use multiple soft-
year.                                                ware applications to prepare and present
                                                     course assignments along with hands-on
8353 Principles of Human Services                    projects. The fee for this course is $25.00 per year.
         Grade: 8th Grade ONLY
         Credit: One - half or one high school
                 credit
One	might	refer	to	this	course	as	“Per-
sonal	Life	Management”.		Students	will	
investigate careers, including counsel-
ing and mental health, early childhood
development, family and community, and
personal care services. The course is
designed to address a broad range of
knowledge and skills related to personal
development and management, promo-
tion of strong families, and preparation for
adult	roles.		Other	studies	address	nutri-
tion	and	dietary	practices;	food	selection	
and	preparation;	budgeting	and	consumer-
buying	practices;	and	management	of	
family housing needs. The fee for this course is
$24.00 per year.




                   77
Notes
Notes
 Board of Trustees
 Joe	Adams, President
 Rebecca	Fox,	Vice	President
 Robert Shaw, Secretary
 Neal	Howard, Treasurer
 Henry Dibrell,	Sergeant-at-Arms
 Terry Huckaby,	Member
 Bill Proctor,	Member


 Administration
 Alton	Frailey
Superintendent
 Thomas Gunnell
Chief	Operations	Officer
 Lenny	Schad
Chief	Information	Officer
 William	Moore
Chief	Financial	Officer
 Christine	Caskey,	Ed.D.
 Chief	Academic	Officer
 Linda	R.	Menius,	Ed.D.
 Area	1	Assistant	Superintendent
 Patricia Paetow
Area	2	Assistant	Superintendent
 Joe Kelley
Area	3	Assistant	Superintendent


 The Course Catalog is produced by the Divison of
 Teaching	and	Learning.




It	is	the	policy	of	Katy	ISD	not	to	discriminate	on	the	basis	of	sex,	disability,	race,	
religion,	color,	gender,	age,	or	national	origin	in	its	educational	programs	and/or	
activities including career and technical programs, nor in it’s employment practices.

								
To top